michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Aug 11, 2008 15:14:29 GMT 4
Subject: I Believe God Wants You To Know Date: 8/11/2008 6:49:58 AM Eastern Daylight Time From: today@nealedonaldwalsch.com On this day of your life, dear friend, I believe God wants you to know...
....that the most dramatic conflicts are perhaps, those
that take place not between men but between a man
and himself.
Author Mark Moustakas said that, and he was right.
If we can win the struggle within -- the struggle that
Muslims call jihad -- we can win this human race.
What are you battling with right now? What unwanted
habit? What undesireable behavior? What old pattern?
Claim victory over these, and your entire life can change.
You will not have to think but a second to know
exactly why you received this message today.
Love, Your Friend....------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Atmos 21-July-2008 I come again to continue my thoughts about Ascension, as critical times are ahead as the Light and dark meet in the final hours of this cycle of duality. Never before has the Light been able rise up in such a majestic way, that it towers over the dark. It has been accomplished through the awakening consciousness of Mankind. A powerful energy of Light has been grounded upon the Earth, that it is destined to carry you forward to your ultimate and undeniable victory over the dark forces. We are here to help pave the way for you, so that in the last days you are fully prepared for Ascension. There has never been any doubt, that together we would establish the Light upon Earth. Now we await the inevitable outcome that shall release you from the lower energies, that have held you back for millennia of time. Already many of you are able to protect yourselves from their effects and confidently walk in safety. Not only that, you have helped establish a connection of Light between each other, that is speeding up the process of change. All proceeds as planned, and the momentum you have created will ensure that major events that will change your lives come quickly into manifestation. On the outside everything seems to be hurtling towards destruction, yet arising behind it is the new structure of society that must start to come into place before we can arrive and openly greet you. Our allies have laid down the foundations of that which is to come, and it shall neatly and efficiently slot into place at the right time. There is still much work to be done and we have planned the use of our resources accordingly. It is not that they are inadequate, far from it but once we start there are to be no hold ups. It will take time to establish the new order all over the world, but once the model is seen to be working in the U.S., others will gladly follow. Change is never greeted with open arms, but when the advantages are seen there will no difficulty in getting them accepted. What we have to offer is the answer to the mounting problems that beset you. We look on with sadness as the dark plan their last big gamble to retain control, yet it is bound to fail. On many occasions they have had opportunities to gracefully withdraw, but they have arrogantly pushed ahead with no regard for the death and destruction that their actions have caused. The sanctity of life seems to have had no meaning to them, and they have looked upon you as expendable, indeed their plans have deliberately sought to reduce the population upon Earth. The depth of their malevolence has no limits, as the dark energies behind them have urged them ever onwards. However it must be said that what you have been experiencing is but a reflection of what Man has created over millennia of time. Your journey through duality has been one of experiencing the result of using your freewill, and learning that you must accept responsibility for your creations. Therefore clearing your Karma has brought about the realisation of the Law of Attraction, and how it has resulted in the necessity of you serving repeated lives upon Earth. Ascension is your pathway out of duality, but it has to be earnt and will not just be placed in your lap. It is your individual responsibility to prepare yourself, and seek all ways that can raise the Light within you. As you are fond of saying, you have to be in the Earth, but not of it, so try to find ways of becoming centred within self, and hold your energies close to you. Be non-judgemental and compassionate for those who have not found their path, and remember you are all brothers and sisters bound together by the Love and Light of God. Many times you have all fell by the wayside, but you have not been damned because of it. Always a helping hand is held out to lift you back into the Light, so if you feel alone or neglected please ask for help and it will be given. The members of the Galactic Federation are ascended Beings, and membership is based upon that requirement. A place already exists for you dear souls of Earth who complete your journey on to Ascension. With your experience you will be a valuable addition to our forces. There are other civilisations developing elsewhere that would benefit from what you have learnt. You may well find that because of your attachment to Earth, you will volunteer to guide those who will still go on to experience in the lower dimensions elsewhere. The choice is yours as freewill is still your gift from God even in the higher dimensions. The difference is that you are so embodied in the Light; there is no place for the dark energies because they cannot exist within them. Having reached such a level, doing the Will of God in no way restricts or limits your experiences. It is exactly the opposite as Cosmos opens up to you revealing a richness of opportunities that are never ending. Whilst on the Earth, it is almost impossible to touch base with the beauty and joy of existing in the realms of pure Light. However, by comparison even at the relatively low level found in your regions of Nirvana, it leaves an indelible impression for those of you who have visited them. It is the pervading energy that totally envelops you that is ecstatic and uplifting, and brings a feeling of peace that you never wish to release or move from. Think only of what lies in store for many of you and set your sights on Ascension, and the earthly matters that assail your senses will recede into the background. We have endeavoured to tell you as much as is prudent, given that the dark forces are out to prevent the completion of our task to release you from their control. They of course avidly follow our communications, and know that we are filling your skies with our craft. Although we are no threat to you and have conducted ourselves in an exemplary manner, many times our craft have been chased and attempts made to shoot us down. Such action is however quite futile, and we have many options that enable us to avoid confrontation. Our peaceful intentions are therefore clear to see, and they have gone a long way to achieving your acceptance of us. I am Atmos from Sirius, and bring with me messages of congratulations for the fantastic progress you have made. You stand on the verge of the greatest achievement you have ever experienced throughout the cycle of duality. Thank you Atmos. Mike Quinsey. Source: treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/mike_quinsey/channeled%20messages/July%202008/07.21.08Atmos.htm
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Aug 12, 2008 15:03:45 GMT 4
THE CONTINUING ENERGIES OF AUGUST Tue. 7AM EST Notice: Work in process! Hey, Folks. I'm really trying to keep you current, but this morning, I have to wake my son and do some studies with him. I'll be back later, this afternoon with a buncha stuff on TONIGHT'S meteor shower, the upcoming full moon lunar eclipse, and more on the energies of August. If you'll notice, the date/time at the FH Forum is set at the time for Anwaar's area of longitude, rather than here in the united States.... Catch Ya Later! Michelle
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Aug 13, 2008 4:53:04 GMT 4
THE CONTINUING ENERGIES OF AUGUSTTue 6:15 PM EST I'm back; sorry for the delay. OK, about The 2008 Perseid Meteor Shower, they peaked very early this morning, but you can watch them tonight and tomorrow, best between midnight and dawn. I missed it too today and I usually go up river, away from the lights to watch. Tonight, I'll watch them from home, my son and I on our backs in the field near our home. I do have a video someone took of the show this morning and more info on how, where and when to watch... Enjoy! Michelle Perseid meteor showerFrom: 06solareclipse Joined: 2 years ago Videos: 137 Added: August 12, 2007 (Less info) Last night I videotaped some meteors with my night vision camera. Except the third one all meteors are Perseids. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Perseid Meteor Shower 2008Once every year, the Perseid meteor shower returns. Each year, the Perseids are an excellent meteor shower, and are possibly the most popular meteor shower. They are often very fast and bright, and can sometimes leave fiery trails in the sky. The Perseids are called so because of their apparent origin, called the radiant, in Perseus. Each meteor you see is actually a piece of the comet Swift-Tuttle. This comet leaves behind a trail of dust and debris every time it orbits the sun, thus refreshing the source of the Perseid meteor shower. This year's Perseid meteor shower will be at its most active peak on the morning of Tuesday, August 12th, 2008. The Perseids can be viewed any time between August 8th and 14th, however, since their peak is so broad. A good time to start viewing them would be Monday night (8-11-08) into Tuesday morning (8-12-08). Look to the North and Northeast to see the most meteors. Unfortunately, the waxing gibbous moon will be up for this event, which will wash out all but the brightest meteors. The moon will set at 2 AM, allowing observers an uninhibited view of the Perseids if they're willing or able to stay up that late! This is the best time to view meteor showers, as the Earth is rotating into the shower in the predawn hours. This will increase the meteor rate considerably. With good, dark skies (after the moon sets), expect up to 100 meteors per hour. Of course, light pollution and moonlight may decrease your observed meteor count. So to sum it all up, heres a timeline: August 8, 2008 - Perseids start. August 11, 2008 10 PM - Good time to start viewing. August 12, 2008 2 AM - Moon sets, viewing improves. August 12, 2008 7:30 AM - Actual peak. August 14, 2008 - Perseids taper off. Clear skies! For more updates like this, subscribe via our RSS Feed or via E-Mail! Posted by Sean Welton at 7:58 AM Labels: Meteor Shower Source: www.visualastronomy.com/2008/08/perseid-meteor-shower-2008.html------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Maximum Of Perseid Meteor Shower, August 12 -13, 2008ScienceDaily (Aug. 8, 2008) The evening of the 12th of August and morning of the 13th August is the annual maximum of the Perseid meteor shower. At its peak and in a clear, dark sky up to 80 ‘shooting stars’ or meteors may be visible each hour. Meteors are the result of small particles entering the Earth’s atmosphere at high speed and in the case of the Perseid shower these come from the tail of Comet Swift-Tuttle, which was last in the vicinity of the Earth in 1992. To the eye, the meteors appear to originate from a ‘radiant’ in the constellation of Perseus, hence the name Perseid. Although the Perseids peak on the 12th August, the shower can be seen for some time either side of that date and it is worth looking out for them the night before (i.e. from the evening of 11th August). To see the meteor shower, look towards the north-eastern sky from 2200 BST onwards. In clear weather and away from the light pollution of major cities, it should be possible to see a meteor at least every few minutes, with most appearing as brief streaks of light. The waxing gibbous Moon will be in the evening sky but will have set by 0130 BST on the morning of the maximum so its light will not interfere with the view after that time. Perhaps best of all, and unlike many astronomical phenomena, meteors are best seen with the unaided eye, rather than through a telescope or binoculars and are perfectly safe to watch. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The 2008 Perseid Meteor ShowerMark your calendar: The 2008 Perseid meteor shower peaks on August 12th and it should be a good show. "The time to look is during the dark hours before dawn on Tuesday, August 12th," says Bill Cooke of NASA's Meteoroid Environment Office at the Marshall Space Flight Center. "There should be plenty of meteors--perhaps one or two every minute." The source of the shower is Comet Swift-Tuttle. Although the comet is far away, currently located beyond the orbit of Uranus, a trail of debris from the comet stretches all the way back to Earth. Crossing the trail in August, Earth will be pelted by specks of comet dust hitting the atmosphere at 132,000 mph. At that speed, even a flimsy speck of dust makes a vivid streak of light when it disintegrates--a meteor! Because, Swift-Tuttle's meteors streak out of the constellation Perseus, they are called "Perseids." (Note: In the narrative that follows, all times are local. For instance, 9:00 pm means 9:00 pm in your time zone, where you live. ) Serious meteor hunters will begin their watch early, on Monday evening, August 11th, around 9 pm when Perseus first rises in the northeast. This is the time to look for Perseid Earthgrazers--meteors that approach from the horizon and skim the atmosphere overhead like a stone skipping across the surface of a pond. "Earthgrazers are long, slow and colorful; they are among the most beautiful of meteors," says Cooke. He cautions that an hour of watching may net only a few of these at most, but seeing even one can make the whole night worthwhile. A warm summer night. Bright meteors skipping overhead. And the peak is yet to come. What could be better? The answer lies halfway up the southern sky: Jupiter and the gibbous Moon converge on August 11th and 12th for a close encounter in the constellation Sagittarius: sky map. It's a grand sight visible even from light-polluted cities. For a while the beautiful Moon will interfere with the Perseids, lunar glare wiping out all but the brightest meteors. Yin-yang. The situation reverses itself at 2 am on Tuesday morning, August 12th, when the Moon sets and leaves behind a dark sky for the Perseids. The shower will surge into the darkness, peppering the sky with dozens and perhaps hundreds of meteors until dawn. Above: The eastern sky viewed during the hours before sunrise on Tuesday, Aug. 12, 2008. For maximum effect, "get away from city lights," Cooke advises. The brightest Perseids can be seen from cities, he allows, but the greater flurry of faint, delicate meteors is visible only from the countryside. (Scouts, this is a good time to go camping.) The Perseids are coming. Enjoy the show! Source: science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2008/22jul_perseiddawn.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The Eclipses in August 2008 by Guest Astrologer Marielle Croft www.croftastrologer.com Once again new opportunities to march through the veils of our own mystery are upon us! The greatest theme for this New Moon is global peace! 1. New Moon with Sun eclipse: August 1st, 2008, 3:12 am, PDT 2. Full Moon with Moon eclipse: August 16th, 2008, 2:15 pm, PDT Eclipses’ powers remain mysterious. We do observe, though, that everything seems to react to their coming months before to months after their culmination. They seem to invite into the invisible aspects of life – would they be within us or all around in the world. The magic and the mystery open their subtle doors. We could walk by without seeing or we could notice and explore. In legends we hear about a special tree. On a given Full Moon night, one discovers a secret entrance inside the tree, made visible only at that moment. One may enter and visit the mysterious underworld. It could be scary, it could be dangerous but one receives instruction and guidance. The guardian of the threshold even gives talisman for protection, objects to give to possible menacing creatures to buy a safe way through. The return remains uncertain… can we continue being the same person once the veils between dimensions have been lifted? This is a path of initiation. One can fail or succeed. It all depends how much mastery one has gained over fear, temptation, or pursuit of wrong goals. 1. NEW MOON (eclipse of the Sun) August 1st, 2008, 3:12 am, PDT This New Moon occurs at 9:32 degrees in Leo, the sign of the heart, love, passion, regal tastes, children, and stage arts. Each sign has a ruler. For instance, Aries is ruled by planet Mars; Gemini is ruled by planet Mercury; and so on. Leo is ruled by the Sun which is not a planet. Indeed, the Sun is a STAR! The sign holds more power and charisma for that reason. Now, what happens if the Sun is eclipsed? Well… during this New Moon the sign of Leo has several guests within it: Moon (of course), Mercury, South Node, and Venus. South Node tends to bring up to the surface unfinished karma (karma: Sanskrit word meaning “law of cause and effect”). It takes us into deeper feelings of self exploration. Our Soul’s evolutionary journey takes prominence and our Ego (mortal self) can’t get away without completing the tasks left behind. The South Node reveals the work needing to be done. The best outcome possible is indicated by the North Node always at 180 degrees from the South Node. The Nodes are magnetic points made by the Moon. Their presence remains abstract yet quite deeply felt. The North Node acts like a magnet pulling the activity of the South Node toward its natural evolution. At this New Moon the North Node is in Aquarius surrounded by Chiron and Neptune. What does it mean? Chiron, also called the “wounded healer”, creates deep initiations when it tries and realigns all of our 7 chakras with the 5 cosmic chakras. Neptune is the mystical planet of silence, spirituality, compassion, and communion with the Great Maker of this universe. The South Node in Leo is what causes the eclipse of the Sun. Before leaping forward one needs to return inside and find again the path of innocence, purity of intention, spontaneity, kindness, creativity, youthfulness, and personal love. Once there a gentle energy naturally elevates toward the higher spiritual experience of unconditional and humanitarian love, held in the North Node. The greatest theme for this New Moon is global peace! 2. FULL MOON (eclipse of the Moon) August 16th, 2008, 2:15 pm, PDT This Full Moon occurs at 24:21 degrees in Aquarius, the sign of humanitarian values, group consciousness, and individual realization within one’s community. Uranus is the natural ruler for Aquarius. Uranus relates to the 3rd eye or 6th chakra considered being the seat of the Soul. It is the place of intuition, originality, uniqueness, and enlightenment. This Full Moon amplifies even further the themes developed at the New Moon since the South Node still is in Leo and quite close to the Sun there, and the North Node still is conjunct Chiron, Neptune, and now the Moon as well. Now, what happens if the Moon is eclipsed? The Moon represents our unconscious, habits, familiar territories, the womb, the mother, the nourishing and the nurturing. Here the Moon is deeply immersed in a territory of such high frequencies that one can’t help but having inner visions or sudden flash back of a “home”. We come from another place. Our existence in the earthly plane is only temporary. We used to inhabit that other place. It has been lost for so long that we forgot we belong there. Watch your dreams during this entire Moon cycle from this New Moon to the next New Moon as revelations are likely. Entering the mystery of self or the Universal Mystery to remember, to return “home”, and to find again what is rightfully ours. When our true identity is revealed again can we continue living as if we don’t know? Deep changes in the world are underway and they come because people are changing from within. External reality can’t guide with the same accuracy as the internal alignment with natural laws. These eclipses activate the higher chakras powerfully. Some may feel light headed or ungrounded. It is helpful to keep the 3 lower chakras: Solar Plexus, 2nd chakra and Root chakra strong. If you are not sure how to insure that condition you could consult your favourite healer. With love and appreciation!
Marielle Croft, Astrologer Phone: (604) 873-5963, Burnaby, B.C., Canada Website: www.croftastrologer.com Email: marielle@croftastrologer.com Source: starchildglobal.com/------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The Energies for August 2008Archangel Michael through Celia Fenn Beloved Lightworkers, August will be a magnificent month in which the Earth will be flooded with the Golden Flame of Ascended Love. This super radiant Light will be focussed by the Solar Eclipse on the 1st and the Lunar Eclipse on the 16th, when New Light Codes for Earth's unfolding evolution will be received directly from the Galactic Center. Beloved Ones, at this time we would speak to you of the unfolding of the "plan" for the New Earth, as you have decided on the level of the Collective Consciousness of Light. In the midst of the apparent chaos we ask you to perceive the Divine Perfection of what is arising on your Earth. It is a Divine Gift of Great Perfection and Beauty, and it is the next step in your evolution as you bring Heaven to Earth. We will call it the New Structure for Planetary Management or Governance, and it is the form that will emerge in the twenty-first century that will represent Divine Government on Earth. Now, we wish to explain to you that there will be two phases to this "project", and that the First Phase is already in operation. In this First Phase, you are being gradually shifted from a Planet of separate national identities based on a money economy, to a Fifth-dimensional Unified Planet based on an Economy of Love, Co-Operation and Sharing. In the First Phase, you will begin to create networks and structures that will express the Fifth-dimensional energy of Oneness and Unconditional Love. Now, as these networks emerge and strengthen, they will begin to take the interest of those in "governments", and in the Second Phase there will be a merging of the functions of various governments into this Planetary or Global network of Love. Heaven and Earth will merge in a very literal way, and what will emerge at the end of this process will be a Unified Planet under the Stweardship of a Council of Elders who will guide the Earth's development in Co-operation with Spirit. Beloved Lightworkers, in the Spiritual Realms there is much rejoicing as we unfold to you the next steps that you, as a Collective, have chosen in the conscious evolution of your Earth and her peoples. Beloved Ones, we hope that you understand now why you are being drawn into Soul Families and Groups, so that you can begin to work together co-operatively, to manifest the next phase of Earth's transformation into the New Earth. Now, we will say, that the key aspects of all life in the Fifth Dimension are Oneness and Inter-connectedness. You will learn to see yourselves as part of a Planetary Consciousness, and you will work together for the Highest Good. But, in order to do this, you will need to be fully awakened and fully empowered. You must be centered in your Heart, and able to hold the welfare of the Group or the "Highest Good" as your goal in any situation. As an empowered Being, you must be willing to surrender to the Guidance of Spirit as it manifests in your life. As each of you awakens and allows yourselves to express awakened consciousness, you will be guided by your Higher Self to your perfect role in this emerging structure, as you desire and choose, and according to your abilities and talents. And, as we begin to describe this to you, we wish to emphasize that the different levels we discuss are levels of function and not of status. Those who move to the "higher" levels will be those who have given lifetimes of service, they will be the "Elders" who will be honored as such and for their Light and Love. But, you are all Manifestations of Light, and you are all equal in God's Love, and no matter what role you are called to perform, you are blessed and needed in that role, for Each is a part of the Whole, and Each One is needed to create the Whole. This is the essence of the Consciousness of the One. In this First Phase, Lightworkers will be drawn into different levels of service. On the first level will be the therapists and healers and teachers, and those who work with individuals in order to awaken and empower and heal. This is the foundation of the Great Awakening on the Planet, and it is an honored role and valuable service for those who are called to serve in this way. Emerging from this group is the next level, those Lightworkers who are drawn to create Groups or to facilitate networks of Groups in their areas. Now, these will not all necessarily be spiritual groups by any means, some may be business related or environmental, or have any level of focus. But, what will be common will be a desire to work from Love, the Heart and with Spirit. At this level, the formation of networks of Conscious and Awakened individuals begins to to take shape. Emerging out of this group level will be those whose gifts and talents will allow them to become Global or Planetary Networkers and Facilitators. Their work will be to link together Groups of People around the Planet in a Network of Heart-based Light and Love on the Fifth-Dimensional Heart Grid. These will be the Leaders, Teachers and Humanitarians who will strive to promote the Fifth-Dimensional concepts of Peace, Love and Global Co-operation through individual empowerment. And, as the First Phase moves into the Second Phase, these Planetary networks and groups will begin to join together to create a powerful Planetary network based in the Heart Grid of Inter-connected Love and Compassion. And, because this Light connects from the Heart, it will be immensely powerful and will be seen and preceived by people as they awaken around the Earth. And, as we have said, there will begin a merging of "spiritual" and "political" and "social" forms of being and functions. This will be a challenging task, but those who emerge as Leaders in the next cycle will be supported in their work. The "senior" level will be created with the emergence of a Planetary Council of Elders, who will be the de facto "managers" or facilitators of the Earth. They will be the Wise Ones, who, after a lifetime of dedicated service, will be selected by Spirit to guide the Planetary Consciousness in its expression of Divine Love and Creativity. This "Council of Elders" is already in formation, and those who are called to this service know who they are and what they need to do at this time. Beloved Ones, we give you this information to assist you to see how Divine Love is manifesting on Earth according to your Choices. We want you to know that this is what you have chosen in partnership with us. There were many long meetings on the Spirit levels as we worked together to agree to this plan, and so it emerges now as the most Just and Peaceful way to achieve Divine Management of the New Earth for the Highest Good of All. The chaos will gradually seem less threatening as you begin to see the emergence of these new patterns of Divine Grace on your Planet. As the economy of love becomes more apparent, you will begin to feel more supported and more connected. Beloved Ones, do not be anxious and worry about "where I fit in". Each of you has been part of this planning process, and each of you has a defined role. Many of you have been held back as you develop new skills and talents, or just learn to surrender to the guidance of Spirit by being willing to wait in patience until the next step is revealed to you. Know that when the time is right, you will be led to your perfect place in the emerging structure of Light. The Energies for August 2008Beloved Ones, as you know, this period of the year when Sirius rises with the Sun in the Northern skies marks the beginning of a Sacred Cycle on the Earth that we call the Planetary New Year. The energies that emanate from the Galactic Center are intensified as they are focussed through Sirius and the Sun in the constellation of Leo. In perfect balance, the Great Mother, Isis, as represented by Sirius, and the Divine Masculine energy as represented by Ra, radiate the Unconditional Love and Balance from the Great Principle of Cosmic Balance and Truth, Ma'at/Thoth, the energies of the Great Golden Heart of the Galaxy. On the 1st of August, at the New Moon, there will be a Solar Eclipse in Leo. This moment will represent the integration of New Solar Light Codes for the birth of Divine Planetary Governance on the New Earth, With the energies of the Lion's Gate, it will be a powerful time for the integration of new energies and focussing on the new work that comes to be received as a blessing of Light. On the 8:8:1 on the 8th of August, there will be another Harmonic Gateway that will open to transmit the New Light Codes from the Heart of the Great Central Sun into the Planetary Heart. On the 16th of August, there will be a partial Lunar Eclipse in Aquarius on the Full Moon. This powerful eclipse will allow for the integration of the Lunar energy with the "Water Codes" of Aquarius, who is represented by the "Water Bearer". He is the Water God, the Divine Masculine energy of the New Earth that protects the Purity and Power of the Water element so that All may experience the "Codes of Life" or the "Paradise Codes" that are carried in the Water. At this time, there will be many Sacred Spiritual Gatherings and Ceremonies around the Planet to celebrate the New Earth energy and to perform Sacred Water Ceremonies for the New Earth that is birthing in Great Joy. Beloved Ones, it is a month of Great Celebration. You have achieved what was desired and you have each played your part in this wonderful transformation. Together, you have cancelled the "end times" and re-written the "script" for a Peaceful Global Transformation into the Fifth Dimension of Oneness and Love. And so, it is being created as you have determined. This is indeed a great triumph of Collective Planetary Creation. We wish you Continued Joy in your Adventures of Light in this month of August.Source: starchildglobal.com/august2008.html------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ August 11 , 2008 THE CONTINUING ENERGIES OF AUGUST...IN THE EYE OF THE STORM Greetings! With August being a month for much celestial activity, there will be a meteor shower on August 12th. With a bit of a window around its arrival, the evening of the 12th of August and the morning of the 13th of August will bring forth the maximum of the Perseid meteor shower. Up to 80 shooting stars may be visible each hour! And then on August 16th, we will experience a full moon lunar eclipse. These celestial events will greatly support our arrival into the new and are bringing with them some awesome and very exciting energy. The total solar eclipse cleared the way for a brand new beginning. For several weeks before its arrival on August 1st, we were bottle-necked and sharing space with some very unpleasant energies indeed. The light of the new had not yet arrived, and much seemed to be going awry with seemingly out of control denser energies having their way. The solar eclipse opened the way for a new beginning. It enabled things to begin a forward movement, for energies to begin connecting again or anew, and even perhaps enabling us to feel good once again. If we had the opportunity to stay in our sacred spaces, we could easily now find immense peace, deep sleep, a new protection from these mischievous energies, and even perhaps a sense that we had completed some challenging, stressful, and deeply troubling phase. A time for rejuvenation was much needed and thus, this opportunity was given, if only for a brief period of time before new manifestations began arriving, along with more energies delivering a very powerful punch, rocking us to the core, in the months to come. We had decided at soul levels that we needed a jump start to really get things going. And thus, the energies of the June 21st solstice really shook things out of their grooves. Not enough souls were realizing what was truly important to them, not enough change was willingly being made, and thus, much suffering was incurred by many of our loved ones as they experienced great challenges. As these energies pushed and released much, panic, anxiety, and depression became near epidemic. Everything at times seemed haywire and out of control…even the darkness! When darkness is usurped or pushed out of its groove, it can seem to be everywhere. Thus, at times it felt as though we were in a deep pit of deeply unpleasant energy with nowhere to go to bring even a modicum of relief. But we were given the chance to begin anew, and to begin with much less of who we thought we were. Having no sense of control or of being in charge, most of July was comprised of an unknowingness about nearly everything in our lives. Where did we now belong? Where were we headed? What were we here to do? Who were we, anyway? And where in the heck will our security now come from? And why were we being beaten up so badly, nearly forced to stay home with barely a desire or an ability to even put a toe out there? But now enter the energies of August. Although a rocky road remains behind us, there will be much more smooth sailing ahead for us, if only for awhile. And know as well that in the months to come there will be immense shake-ups, much turmoil, and great change. During this time and the times to come, know that the more we remain out of the mainstream, or stay clear of what is falling, the less affected we will be. The key is to stay in our sacred spaces and provide our services from there. I am writing day and night of late, finishing Stepping Into the New Reality, which explains and gives guidelines and supports for this process. I am hoping to have this program ready by September. There will also be many complimentary supports on the new web site when it is ready. The site is going slow, but some changes have already been implemented within the bones or skeletal system of the site, in order for as many as possible of you to view it effortlessly with no glitches or problems. So then, the meteor shower is bringing in energies of fairy dust, like a sprinkling of light and beauty, magic and love, this cosmic event will only serve to make us feel good. Recharging our batteries and rejuvenating ourselves through these energies will be ever so possible. We will have the opportunity to laugh, feel a lightness and joy, to play with our brothers and sisters, to enjoy having many things fall into place effortlessly, and to feel good once again. On August 16th, we will experience a lunar eclipse and full moon. During this time, we will have the opportunity to experience and examine our shadow selves, what is inside of us, what our fears are, and we may feel and emptiness and rather spooky energy. It may feel that the light is temporarily gone and that we are only connected to a strange and dark space. We may not want to be alone then, and thus crave the companionship and connections to others. When we experience these opportunities to really see the aspects of ourselves that we would prefer to hide from others, we can feel vulnerable, inadequate, and almost powerless. But by embracing the energies that these cosmic events are here to support, love them and allow them to be utilized in their purest form, we can then let them go and move forward once again. It is then that we have even more gratitude for the love of another, or perhaps are then more able to see and have love for the seeming inadequacies of our brothers and sisters, as we know that we are not perfect either. Yes, we are currently in the eye of the storm, being given a period of rest, beauty, introspection, and a preparation for what is to come. The energies of August and into September will allow us to prepare our foundations more securely, to connect more securely to our loved ones, to begin our new endeavors, and to bask in the beauty of much love and light. By the time the next energy surge arrives in times to come, which will result in a much more intense and rapid manifestation of the fall, we will be ever so much more poised and ready in our brand new spaces. The energies of July were but a precursor for big events to arrive sometime before the end of the year, but we are being stabilized and anchored now so that this next wave will not affect us as it would if it arrived right now. If we can take advantage of these newly arriving energies of late, feel their sweetness and beauty, allow them to direct us to where we need to be, and know that we are always divinely protected and watched over, we can then be in alignment with what is being offered to us now. Bouncing out of the mainstream, out of the spaces which we may have occupied in recent times, and knowing that we no longer need to suffer, carry the burdens for anyone or anything else, and simply allow ourselves to be free and clear, we can thus take the road and ride the wave of what the universe is now supporting us in doing and in being. We no longer need to carry the planet or to carry anyone who resides upon her. We are free. We can now leave all of that role and reality behind. It is over. We need not suffer now. We need not feel or experience the pain of others who are in a very different space. We are free and clear, and we can go now…..go to our place in Heaven on Earth where we will hold the space for others to arrive when they are ready and willing to come where we are. And the energies of late and of the near future will support us in creating and arriving in our very new spaces. Wishing you heaven in your heart, starlight in your soul, and miracles in your life in these miraculous times... Until next time,
Karen www.whatsuponplanetearth.com Source: whatsuponplanetearth.com/latest.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OK, one more item that may be of interest to you. Celia Fenn and Michael mention a New Structure for Planetary Management or Governance, and it is the form that will emerge in the twenty-first century that will represent Divine Government on Earth. Here I have info from a team that offers an empowering Transformation Course. First We will begin with a fable of sorts: From: www.transformationteam.net/go?url=transformationfableA Fable of TransformationLong Ago and Far Away
Once upon a time in a far away corner of the universe in the outer reaches of a medium-sized spiral galaxy, there was a beautiful blue-green planet whose inquisitive inhabitants named their world Earth.
Many different peoples inhabited this planet teeming with abundant lifeforms. They had come to learn the many difficult, yet rewarding lessons of exploring in physical bodies what it is like to feel separate and disconnected from their own divine essence and from all around them.
The collective consciousness of all people on Earth greatly affected everything that happened on this revolving planet. Yet because of their explorations into separateness, the vast majority of these people - or humans as they called themselves - were unaware of how their collective will formed their world.
In order to learn the deep wisdom of this Earth school or Univers-city, these humans had chosen to forget how in their deepest essence they were all interconnected and how every individual played an essential role in what happened on their planet and to their people as a whole.
Over the ages and through thousands upon thousands of revolutions of this jewel of a planet around its shining golden sun, the people of Earth developed and expanded their awareness through many rich, beautiful, and sometimes even painful experiences of exploring both their separateness and their togetherness.
Through the rich drama and challenging lessons of many ages, they several times grew close to the point of feeling again their deep interconnectedness with all beings. Yet each time they came close, that awareness then contracted and was eventually shut down by their collective fear of losing individuality and uniqueness.
Major Crisis or Opportunity?
After several cycles of this expansion and contraction, at one point in a new expansion phase, the collective mind grew so intelligent as to permit humankind for the first time to soar beyond the gravitational confines of Earth in shiny, metallic spaceships.
The collective knowledge of the physical world in which they lived grew so deep that certain individuals began to see visions of a major transformation leading to physical paradise on Earth. At the same time, many others greatly feared that these new mental abilities and sophisticated technologies would be used by the militaries and greedy elite to destroy the very life and world in which they lived.
As their collective hopes and fears grew like never before, many humans dedicated to global transformation joined together in a deep prayer about their lives and world. So for the first time in the planet's history, a powerful collective call was sent out to the universe requesting help and guidance for the struggling planet and its people to move beyond selfishness and greed towards loving transformation and integration.
For the first time, humanity as a whole opened to connection and help from the great universe beyond the physical confines of their world.
Their prayer was heard.
The Transformation Team Kicks into Gear
In the vast and varied collection of civilizations and species spread throughout the infinite universe, the call for help from this small, beautiful planet was heard.
Unbeknownst to the people of Earth, there existed in the universe a special team made up of millions of caring souls from various planets, galaxies, and even other dimensions. This loving team had dedicated themselves specifically to serve and support all inhabitants of those developing planets who requested help in times of crisis and transition.
The vibrant souls of this intergalactic transformation team were committed to work together with the local transformation team of any planet that called for help in creating more nurturing, life-enhancing ways of living and growing. This loving team was activated by the collective call from Earth.
Feeling the call for help almost like a fireman on Earth responding to an alarm, the excited souls of the transformation team came together to focus their attention on this beautiful world in crisis. They opened their hearts and souls to the people there. They learned of the ways of humankind and became familiar with the challenges the people of Earth found themselves facing.
While some members agreed to observe and provide guidance from a distance, millions of these souls agreed to be born in human bodies and - like other humans - to forget where they came from, so that they might fully experience being human and more effectively provide help and guidance to humankind.
Lost and Forgotten?
Being born into human bodies and human families without memory of their origin, these transformation team members felt the many pains and joys of growing up while often feeling separate and isolated from those around them.
Some members even chose to go through serious traumas with their human families in order to develop deeper compassion. Others simply felt alone and bewildered, unable to comprehend why those around them couldn't see that love interconnects us all. At times, all of them felt lost and forgotten. They felt they somehow didn't belong and sensed an inner calling to some greater purpose.
As these dedicated transformation team members grew spiritually and the crisis facing the planet intensified, magical things began to happen. Key writings, dreams, mystical experiences, and even inspiring fables began to awaken members of the transformation team to their deeper purpose.
Awakening from the Dream
For some the awakening was gradual, while for others a powerful, unexpected single event lifted the veil. Collectively, members of the transformation team began to remember why they came to Earth.
They found themselves spontaneously connecting with other wise humans who were part of the transformation team and who further helped to awaken and inspire them. Their fears and feeling of separation gradually faded as they became increasingly excited to remember their deeper purpose, and to find themselves now playing an integral role in this empowering planetary transition.
Eventually, all members of the transformation team awoke. Upon awakening, a new, bright sparkle danced from their eyes. It was a sparkle of knowingness.
Knowing that all of us are already interconnected in a divine cosmic dance. Knowing that the joy of love is always there inside when any soul truly opens to it. Knowing that the team's purpose is not to save anyone, but rather to simply be a loving invitation and inspiration to all around them.
Knowing that uniqueness and individuality are welcome even in the interconnectedness of all beings. Knowing that when the people of a planet send out a collective call for help, the transformation team always answers. Knowing that the team never fails to give powerful, inspiring guidance to help make it through even the most daunting crisis.
Once upon a time, the transformation team came to Earth to remind humankind - and even to remind themselves - that we are not alone, that we are all equally important actors intimately interconnected in the divine unfolding of the universe.
The team came to remind us that fear is but an invitation to growth, and that in the end, there is no end. There is only this sacred moment in which to open to all the richness that we are ready to receive. There is only the eternal here and now.
And so to bring this transformation fable to a close (or is it an opening?), the transformation team found and continues to find ever more joyful, meaningful ways to love, explore, play, and grow together with all people of Earth, as they live happily ever after in the ever present here and now.
To join in the fun and deeply meaningful work of the planetary transformation team, enter here. www.transformationteam.net/membershipprocess Introducing The Transformation Team: Have you ever felt that one of the main reasons you are here now is to help transform our planet to a new way of living based on love and empowerment? Do you recognize that there is a divine essence in every person on this planet, and that as beautiful manifestations of the divine, all people deserve our love and support to be the best they can be? Are you committed to move beyond old ways which focused on negative judgment and separation and to instead choose greater connection and love for yourself and everyone around you? Are you willing to work on transforming your own weaknesses and fears? Are you open to exploring deep, hidden agendas affecting our planet? Are you willing to consider seeing fear as an invitation to spiritual growth? Are you interested in joining a large team of souls who know that a major part of the reason we came here is to help all who are ready on this planet to transform to a deeper, richer way of living in this eternal sacred moment? If the answer is yes, welcome home to all of us! This website is a multi-faceted portal for powerfully building and supporting transformational community both locally and globally. Designed specifically for all committed to the harmonious integration of all aspects of ourselves and our world, our exciting website and team are co-creating a new global paradigm based on love and empowerment. Come join our conscious community in action as we create empowering transformation both in our personal lives and in our world! Welcome to the Planetary Transformation Team!!! www.transformationteam.net/UPDATE!!! 8:30 PM: I sprained my ankle, bad.....for the zillionth time...crap! But not to worry, I'm back.....I wouldn't be here for anyone but you guys!.....Please send me healing energy, folks...I really don't need this now! Where was I? Oh yes, This team offers an empowering Transformation Course:Transformation Course Overview
Listed below are the number and title of the 12 lessons of the transformation course. The thought-provoking lessons generally take one to two hours to complete. They are composed of inspiring and educational materials presented in both written essays and engaging videos and documentaries available for free viewing on the Internet. The purpose of every lesson is to empower us all to be more effective and inspiring in promoting transformation in our lives and world through love and empowerment.Lesson 1 - The Infinite Potential Within Every One of Us Lesson 2 - Media and Public Perception on Planet Earth Lesson 3 - Taking Responsibility for Our Lives Lesson 4 - The War Machine Cares Not For Life Lesson 5 - Breathing Sacred Love Lesson 6 - Unidentified Objects of Love Lesson 7 - Every One of Us Makes a Difference Lesson 8 - The Power Elite and False Flag Terrorism Lesson 9 - Beyond Life and Death Lesson 10 - In Sickness and In Health Lesson 11 - Principles of Transformation (review of previous lessons) Lesson 12 - Infinite Energy Taken from: www.transformationteam.net/transformationcourseoverview[/color] In conclusion, if you feel this course might be something you're interested in, please go to their site at any of the links above to see more and explore.
Love, Light, and Laughter, Michelle
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Aug 30, 2008 3:41:33 GMT 4
A Letter to Awakening HumansI came across the following at Cosmic Lighthouse, a free on-line metaphysics magazine published from Singapore since August 2007. The magazine "explores spirituality, metaphysics and the new age movement." It provides a cornucopia of spiritual information to discover and is worth recommending to others: www.cosmiclighthouse.com/
As I explored the site, this article called to me. There are so many people just now awakening; maybe you're one of them or perhaps you know of others and find it difficult to describe the process. If you feel alone in your journey or wish to help others in their rise from slumber, I recommend the following.
I'll be back with more, soon. Until then, wishing you Love and Deep Peace, MichelleA Letter to Awakening HumansJune 7, 2008 This is part of a wonderful channeling by Tobias recently.And so it is, dear friends, we have heard your call. We have heard your prayers, we have felt your pain, and we know your confusion. That is why we bring this message to you. It has found its way to you on the wind. It’s found its way to you through your processes – you might call the Internet – through a friend who has given this to you, or perhaps strictly what appears to be at random, but we have heard your call and your prayer. We have come to answer.
I am Tobias of the Crimson Council, an angelic order that’s here to work with teachers of consciousness both on Earth and in the other realms. I join together today with the angelic beings who come from a place of love and compassion to support you and to love you.
You know you’re going through a spiritual awakening process when you begin to question things that you’ve never questioned before...
We also bring together this message from a group of human angels. They are in human form on Earth right now, but they are indeed angels. They have been exploring consciousness and Spirit and God for eons of time. They are physically embodied on Earth right now. They could be your next door neighbors, your family members or friends, perhaps people you don’t even know. But they are on Earth right now serving as a new type of teacher and a guide. They have been exploring the realms of new consciousness and New Energy and the whole concept of ‘I Am,’ which means Spirit, God, integrated with self on Earth.
We gather together the energies of the angels, of Spirit and of this group on Earth called Shaumbra, to bring this message to you in answer to your call.
You’re going through a spiritual awakening process. The awakening process can be challenging, it can be deceiving, and it can be beautiful all at the same time.
You know you’re going through a spiritual awakening process when you begin to question things that you’ve never questioned before, when you begin to question why you’re here on Earth, what is the meaning of life, what is it that you should be doing right now.
You know you’re going through an awakening process when the way you solved problems in the past doesn’t seem to work anymore, and when you know that there’s more to life but you can’t seem to put your finger on it. You know there’s a greater way, but you don’t know what that is. You know you’re ready to go into a whole new level of living and understanding, but you don’t know how to get there.
You’re going through an awakening process when you feel yourself withdrawing into you, when you feel yourself starting to not want so much external activity, when you don’t need the stimulation or the drama that you’ve had in the past.
You’re going through the awakening process when, in your quiet moments, perhaps late at night, you call out to God not knowing if there even is a God, at least in the old way. You call out for the higher being or the higher power somewhere out there. And you give a message totally from your heart, from the truest part of your being – “Dear Spirit, dear God, I’m ready.” From the truth of your being you say, “Dear Spirit, dear Eternal One, I am willing to do anything but I don’t know what it is I should do.”
You know you’re going through an awakening process where all of the old beliefs don’t seem to be so true anymore, and the things that you held so near and dear to you now seem like memories of the past, the ways of the past. You know you’re going through an awakening process when the things that used to be the dreams and the goals, the desires of the human self no longer truly matter, but you don’t know what matters anymore.
If you’re listening to this or reading this or have been touched by it in some way, we’re here to tell you that you are not alone. There are angelic beings who are with you right now – not some time in the future, not some time in the past that you don’t remember so well – but right now. With a simple breath, the doorway opens for us to be close to you, to love you, to remind you of your angelic origins, to let you know that we have the greatest compassion and love for you. You are not alone.
The simple breath in this very moment allows in the love and the compassion of many humans on Earth right now who have gone through or are currently going through a very similar process – the awakening of Spirit. They know what it’s like to lose those things that were near and dear to you. They know what it’s like for their belief systems to be challenged at every level. They know what it’s like for the things that came from the material world that were important at one time that start dissolving away. They know what it’s like to lose a relationship, or at least the illusion of losing it, so that they, and now you, can begin to have the relationship with yourself. With the simple breath you can open up and allow yourself to not be alone anymore.
We know it’s been difficult and challenging, and we know so much of what you’ve gone through is very emotional and at times dramatic. We know you’ve been trying to figure it out in your mind. You’ve been using systems and structures and methods, and you still haven’t found the answers. You’ve tried to analyze it, and it’s something that can’t be analyzed. It can only be felt and experienced.
Perhaps you’ve sought out counseling – from a professional or just with friends – and you know in your heart that the words they tell you are not truly fulfilling the deep inner yearning to know yourself and to know the Spirit in yourself.
... what you begin to know in the deepest, most loving level, is yourself as God also; yourself as Spirit; yourself as divine ...
We know that there are times when you just want to disappear. You just want to fade away. It’s not even about dying, it’s just about going out of existence. The challenges, the transformation, the changes can be so overwhelming and cause such duress that you choose just to go out of existence.
The angels that are with you right now understand your journey. They have a message for you today: You are not alone. They want you to know that the process you’re going through is actually quite natural. It may appear to be confusing and you may feel that you are lost, but what you are doing is very natural. You are allowing the old human façade and the illusion of who you thought you were to fade away. As it fades away, what you begin to know in the deepest, most loving level, is yourself as God also; yourself as Spirit; yourself as divine, no longer limited by the old human identity but now understanding that you are eternal, that you are grand and that you can choose your own reality, even how you live on Earth right now.
Those of us who gather around you share with you that all of the answers are within. They’re not to be found with some gurus. They’re not to be found with some angelic being. The answers are within you. Living in this state of duality as you have been doing, living with the concept of light and dark, good and bad, masculine and feminine, you’ve also bought into a belief system that says the answers are somewhere else. But indeed they are within you. They come from the most true and the most precious place within, and they can be discovered in the quiet moment, in the moment of breath, in the moment of acceptance of yourself.
Everything that you are experiencing right now in your life is by your choice. There are no outside powers or beings who are directing your life.
We share with you that there is no goal, there is no purpose, there is not some God in a far off heaven that is putting you through a maze or obstacle course. The reality is everything in your life is about your creation, your discovering of beauty, your discovering about the depths of reality. Everything that you are experiencing right now in your life is by your choice. There are no outside powers or beings who are directing your life. Nobody is dictating the destiny of your life. You’ll discover that it all by your choice.
When you take ownership of yourself, you will actually begin to understand the beauty of your journey. You’ll understand that you are not lost at all. You were just so deeply immersed in an experience that is filled with the richness of life, even if the experiences have been painful at times. You life up to now has brought new depth and meaning to your soul.
In this moment, in the awakening to your true self, it is a time to say goodbye to your old human self. You’ve been trying to hang onto it and repair it and resurrect it, and now it is time to say goodbye to that human identity, to the limited beliefs, to the old paths of karma, of the old progression of lifetimes that kept you on the old merry-goround. It is time to say goodbye to that.
Part of you may feel sad about it. It is a death of old consciousness, not a death of the physical body, but a death of consciousness. But as you say goodbye to the old self, you also release energies that were stuck or wounded, energies that don’t serve you anymore and haven’t served you for many, many lifetimes.
As you say goodbye to your old human self, you discover a new freedom. It is like taking off a costume or a suit of armor that is no longer needed. When you release the old human aspect, when you say goodbye, you now create a space within you to allow in the grander self, the divine self, and to your angelic self. Your divinity has been patiently waiting, waiting for you to finish playing this wonderful game, waiting for you to make a choice to invite the divine you into your life.
When you say goodbye to your human self, it brings up issues of fear, of death and of losing control. But these are all illusions. When you let go of who you thought you were, you now make room to be everything that you truly are. You might have a feeling that if you let go, you will fall into some dark abyss never to come back, never to be found, perhaps even just roaming throughout the dimensions and the universes lost. But this group of angels that’s with you right now, the group of humans that is with you, have all gone through the experience and they all understand that when you let go of who you thought you were, when you trust yourself on the most intimate, on the most beautiful level, you will now discover who you really are.
This is your choice, of course. But you have called out to us, you have prayed to us, you have asked for the answers and that’s why we are here now.
In the awakening to your true self, you also say goodbye to the Earth as you have known it. Many call Earth “Gaia,” the land, the water, the skies. Gaia is an actual spirit that has attended to Earth, has been nurturing Earth, all of her elements, all of her animals and all of her forests, ever since the beginning of time on Earth. In the awakening to yourself and saying goodbye to Gaia, you understand that it is not another spirit’s responsibility to take care of this planet. It is your responsibility to be a part of it.
In the awakening that you are going through, it is also time to say goodbye to human consciousness as you have known it.
The spirit of Gaia is slowly, slowly leaving so that you and all other humans can take responsibility for the water that you drink, for the land that you walk upon, for the sky above you, for all of the plant life and the animal life. What a blessed and beautiful experience it is to thank Gaia for all she has done, to bid her farewell and to now accept the responsibility of this planet.
In the awakening that you are going through, it is also time to say goodbye to human consciousness as you have known it. You will never be the same again. Recently, Earth moved into a new era and a new realm. We call it the new consciousness or the New Energy. In this new consciousness all things change. The Earth, human consciousness and humans are evolving right now. The change that you see outside of you could appear to be chaotic. It could appear that things are unraveling, everything falling apart. It could appear that there are shortages of critical goods. It could appear that everything is imbalanced.
It is time to let that go as well, because humanity is going through an incredible transformation process. They’re going through important changes, and what appears to be a lack of fuel and oil is actually more about new developments in technology, new energy sources. Instead of using old fossil fuel, it’s about the discovery of new fuel. What appears to be shortages of food is really about taking a look at how to take care of the biology in a new way, how to feed it in a new way, how to grow crops in a new, efficient and natural way.
Changes in governments, changes in politics are all part of the process. It is easy to go into fear and worry about what’s going to happen to the world right now, but this group of angels and humans know it’s just evolution. They know that the change can appear to be chaotic, but the natural law of evolution and expansion are at work right now, and you’re participating in it.
The world’s not falling apart, the world is evolving.
It’s about saying goodbye to the world as you have known it, even in terms of finance, prosperity and wealth. For so many years on Earth, the wealth, the power, the money was focused in just a few places and held by just a few people in a few countries. In the new consciousness that imbalance no longer works. So the wealth, even the balance of what you would call power, are redistributed. It doesn’t mean anyone gets any less, it just means those who were behind now catch up.
The world’s not falling apart, the world is evolving. The world is redistributing. The world is becoming more balanced and equitable.
In the awakening process life can appear to be dark and confusing. It can even appear to be evil. We are here to tell you that it is just evolution. The world will go on. The New Energy will come in. The new understandings of science and math, technology and education, finances and medicine, are all coming to be right now.
The awakening process can be lonely, because it is about rediscovering who you are without having others tell you, without having other’s belief systems shape and create your life. We know you’ve been going through a very dark and lonely and sometimes very sad part of your life, feeling so lost and confused, like no one’s listening. But these angelic beings and human beings want to let you know we have heard you. We know what you have been going through. And we want you to know that you are never alone.
Your process of awakening will continue to unfold and as it does you will see the beauty in it. You will see how you as a divine being have actually planned it for yourself. You will see that the fear goes away. The illusions of duality go away to be replaced by the knowingness of a new truth.
We bring you this message today from the angels and from all who are going through the awakening process: You are not alone.
And so it is.About the ChannelCopyright 2008, Geoffrey Hoppe, Golden, Colorado. Please distribute freely without the images which are licensed by our stock library to Cosmic Lighthouse only.
A Letter to Awakening Humans For more information about spiritual awakening please visit www.crimsoncircle.com
© Copyright by Authors and/or Cosmic Lighthouse Metaphysics Magazinewww.cosmiclighthouse.comVideo Excerpts From:A Letter to Awakening HumansFrom: jeaniliz Joined: 1 year ago Videos: 4 Added: June 26, 2008 (More info) A message from Tobias of the angelic Crimson Council, channeled through Geoffrey Hoppe
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Sept 7, 2008 14:44:36 GMT 4
Taming The Mind [plus info on the Seven Rays of Creation] Part 1 of 3
Today, I'm going to center on Master Djwhal Khul's latest teaching. I am drawn to the MasterDK.com site, but there are many others who channel him...you can search for these on your own; although, I will include one or two others here today. In September's lesson, Master DK talks about the current political race in the U.S. He draws our attention to all the oppositional statements being made and invites you to use these as a springboard for examining your own mind's methods of perceiving others and how this hinders your advancement.
Elsewhere at the FH Forum, I have purposely avoided discussing the presidential race. I find it all too tiresome as the same game is played over and over. One author, maybe Bill Moyers or David Michael Green, suggested that all the time we need to focus on this is at the voting booth. I agree, for I believe that my own exploration of and transformation of self is most important at this time. Aside from monitoring my reactions to any given situation, I find that sitting quietly with a lighted candle when I awake allows me to better prepare for my day. I usually ask for some guidance as to what I need to read and what to post; a few days ago, my attention was brought to the following. After, I will list some Q&As from the site which I find most relevant in regard to our enlightenment. This is a rather long post, but I wanted to give you a place where you can easily come back to. I felt that al the info compliled here was most helpful to me and my journey.....
May you also find this Helpful, Michelle Plane-to-Plane Memorandum To: My Beloved Students From: Master Djwhal Khul Subject: September 2008 Lesson Date: August 29, 2008 Beloved Students:I greet you this month in the rather frenetic business of politics, as the U.S. marches toward national elections. While much of the rest of the world watches with interest, I hope all of you are watching your own minds and are paying attention to how you project the events in your life. As regards the political season in the U.S., I find it interesting to note that many younger people are feeling their independence as their hopes rise, while many of my more mature students are finding the whole matter providing the impetus for their renunciation of the conventional reality. Fraught with confusion and chaos, the conventional reality displays the undeniable mark of samsara. Truly, the world does arise according to the way you behold it. One thing nearly all can agree upon is the fact that elections do provide ample opportunity for self-observation and reflection upon one’s projections, do they not? Wouldn’t it be an amazing experience if every voter (as well as all those side line referees) could see the power their own projections exert on themselves? All too quickly, the point of interest goes to the perceived “opponent,” generally accompanied by a litany of the horrors and/or ignorance of his or her beliefs, policies and positions. While getting caught up in the energy can seem revitalizing for many, the unfortunate part is that when you lose yourself in the political process, you have likely moved into some kind of trance. For most, such matters little, since they are lost in the energetic wave and that appears to be enough for the moment. The next moment, however, may present depression, since the wave of enthusiastic energy is sure to abate and be released back into the sea of experiencing – like every other wave before it. Thus, the waves of samsara continue. Indeed, as Hebrew King Solomon of old said, “I have searched the world over and have found nothing new under the sun.” Those who pay attention realize that the same old waves of samsara arise again and again, and in their repetition is the reminder that “there is nothing new under the sun.” Of course, this level of realization generally comes after years, perhaps lifetimes, of experiencing the repetitious cycles. While every now and then a substantive candidate may arise, still, the process remains much the same. The political machines still sit in the driver’s seat, hoping to either remain in control or gain control from the previous driver. The candidates all manage to be sucked into the political carburetor, most ultimately spewed out the tail pipe, exhausted and more wary of the process and the machines. The process itself, however, is basically unchanged, except that more and more money seems to be required to fuel the machine. You may have noticed by now that not much in the way of practical or applied altruism survives the process. Think of all the young (and old) minds that have been subjected to bickering, negativity, disillusionment – even some old corrupt political tactics. How shall you (and others) protect your (their) precious minds from influence of such thoughts, words and behaviors? Some might feel that the negatives on the losing side of the fence are balanced by the positives on the winning side, but I doubt it is solely that simple, since sometimes winning has a bitter aftertaste. What projections will you generate toward people who do not see matters in the same light as you? Have you identified your own karmic proclivities and projections accurately, or have you spent most of your time pointing out those of your “opponents?” As most of you know, the most important element of the Buddha’s teachings remains the work of taming, or transforming, the mind. Such fertile territory as comes to play in political campaigns can be a great place to begin the genuine work with one’s mind. In mastering this one element (the mind), Buddha assured his students that it would prove to provide the essence of all His teachings: peace, compassion and wisdom. Remember, the mind is the root of everything, for it turns out that both body and speech are completely subservient to the mind. Since the mind is the universal ordering principle of the body/mind experience, it could be said that it (the mind) is the creator both of happiness and the creator of suffering. Further, it is the projector of both happiness and suffering, and within that fact rests an amazing creative faculty. While most believe their suffering arises from some source outside them-selves, it actually turns out that the suffering they experience is merely projected outward from the perceptions and beliefs their mind already holds. While most actually do desire to stop suffering, the fact remains that they often spend considerable amounts of energy running toward the suffering they don’t want to experience! This is easiest seen in the mentations of the obsessive or compulsive mind, and in the paranoid mind, of course. In the end, transforming the mind is little more than transforming the appearances you often mistake for “reality.” Indeed, you must be clear on where appearances arise in the first place. They arise in the mind, and this has been true since the Buddha first taught it. For example, let’s say you hold a specific aversion for one of the candidates now running for President. If you are like most people, your aversion amplifies when you place all your mind’s projections and prejudices on the object of your aversion. While this latter step may happen quite unconsciously, still, your suffering is amplified to the same degree as your aversion. You first suffer from holding the aversion in your precious mind because the presence of the aversion blocks your mind’s natural luminosity. Then, when the projections, prejudices and preoccupations take over, your suffering can only increase. With added suffering comes added projections and preoccupations, and you discover that the whole process is actually a type of craziness. If the process becomes intense enough, you can altogether lose your precious mind. While it may be a positive thing to lose your obsessional mind, it is not so good to lose your precious mind! To reclaim your precious mind, you must draw it inward in search of its own true nature. Both samsara and nirvana exist within the mind. They can exist in no other place, since they are both perceptions and projections of the mind. We could say that samsara is experienced when the mind turns outward and gets lost in its own projection. It forgets it is projecting, and reads the reflected projection returning to it as reality. If the projection is accepted by the mind, a trance is created in which the individual may wander around for years – even lifetimes! The antidote is to draw the mind inward. Instead of getting lost in the trance, let it dissolve into the bliss of its own true nature. In so doing, one may enter nirvana, which is nothing but the mind seeing its own luminous nature. In the recorded lecture for this month, you will note that we enter once again into the mystery of the mind. We will consider whether what most regard as mind is actually mind, or if it is but a shadow of something that can be experienced as the real thing. We will look at the specific faculties of mind, such as conceptual mind, perceptive mind and emotional mind, as I attempt to add more clarity to the sometimes-confusing topic. Further, I put forth some practices for working with the mind that I hope will be helpful for each of you – particularly those of you who will be joining me in The Matter of Mind workshop next month. The most important work you will ever do in this precious life of yours is bringing about the trans-formation your own perceptions. Most people, you see, do not know how to use their mind to realize their “salvation” from samsara. Thus, the sleeping mind becomes antagonistic to the greater will of the individual – that which sees beyond the short focus of the ego mind. When the greater will (or the spark of divine will that resides within you) is obscured by the transient ego mind, the luminosity of original mind (or Buddha mind) simply cannot be perceived. However, when you come to know how to use the mind, it becomes your greatest asset – that which finds the way to the realization of your enlightenment. Please join me this month in studying and contemplating the material in Resting in the Gap, my most recent recorded teaching for you. I hope you find the material inspiring, as well as helpful in negotiating your path to enlightenment. You will learn, I believe, that your thoughts and emotions are but the appearance of mind, and not the real thing. Hopefully, you will also learn that in the process of loving yourself, you cannot help but love all others, since they are not separate from yourself. Perhaps you will even gain some new respect for meditation – or at least learn something you did not previously know about meditation. May this lesson help you find true happiness, and may you share what is true for you with others, knowing they are also looking for happiness. May you feel held and nurtured in the Great Heart, and may your luminous joy overflow to all of creation! Your loving teacher,
Djwhal KhulClick Here to Order: Resting in the Gap vajraflame.org/store/index:PN=T20080829Source: masterdk.com/monthly_lesson********* Master's Q & AQ.Why is meditation so important to spiritual development?A.As you all know, there are many books written on the value of meditation. In the East, people do not seem to question the value of meditation as folks in the Western world do. This is not to say it is easier for those in the Eastern countries, they just do not struggle with the issue in the same way. They may do it, or they may not do it, but they tend not to question it in quite the same way as do Westerners. Meditation aids one in many ways, and I will only touch on some of the basics in this answer. First of all, meditation helps you have a relationship with your mind. Minds, being as they are, tend to want to take complete control, and this is true whether you mind inputs to you more feelings or through thoughts. To most people, it does not arise in awareness that they need a relationship with their mind. In fact, most people completely identify with their minds, think the mind is who they are. As one begins to meditate, he/she begins to recognize how much he/she has been tyrannized by his/her own mind. For the most part, this is something that has to be experienced to be fully understood. One can sort of grasp the concept, but to actually "pierce the veil," or see through that tyranny, one must give some time and energy observing the antics of mind. You may care what you think about, but your mind does not. Indeed, it is capable of giving you the most annoying, the most negative thought right in the middle of your attempts to focus on peace and harmony. You may effort very strongly to keep your thoughts positive about losing those 15 pounds, but the moment you let your awareness slip, the mind gives you a highly charged thought that you cannot lose the weight. When through meditation, however, you simply learn to watch the thoughts the mind gives you. You learn that you do not have to go with them; you do not have to have feelings about those thoughts; you do not even have to believe them. With this recognition comes the first real chance of going free. It is quite a significant realization, really. Secondly, meditation gives one a break from their habituated mind state. When I look about humanity, particularly Westerners, I cannot help but notice the high numbers of people who are suffering from adrenal fatigue. Often these are people who are carrying chronic levels of stress. First there is the experience of stress. Then, there is the perception of stress and what such means. Along with this come the acquiescence to stress on the one hand, and the resistance to stress on the other hand. This internal push-pull often generates anger about stress, and that anger is most likely to be "shared." With the presence of these mental forces (which have arisen with the perceptions around and about stress), there is a literal attack on the physical body. The adrenals become overactive, and get depleted. The body gets used to running on adrenaline, and frequently such is substituted for a good diet, a good exercise program and sound, healthy sleep. Meditation is really helpful here. Practiced over time, one's body begins to respond in a very positive ways. In fact, in studies done on consistent meditators, it has been scientifically demonstrated over and over that the body's response is so positive as to reduce the actual age of the body. Now this has nothing to do with chronology, of course. In the blood, some 40 factors have been identified that are known as "age markers." Simply stated, these are factors that show the relative state of the body as a whole, and demonstrate the body age, which may or may not coincide with the chronological age. When blood tests are done, these factors can be counted and compared to the mean range of chronological age. Scientists have been baffled to note that meditators actually have the blood factors at levels from two to 12 years younger than their chronological age. Now where else can you get that kind of demonstration by your own body?!? Thirdly, it is through meditation that you can learn to see without your eyes, hear without your ears and know without thinking. Of course, this is not an immediate accomplishment. Rather, over time, particularly if you are doing certain tantric practices, you open the psychic centers in a way that is without ego, meaning, beneficial to yourself and others but without the trappings. You learn to become one with all that is, which is how you learn to see the Pure Land. What is enlightenment, after all, other than seeing all that is in a different way? You practice this kind of seeing in your meditation. Such is why meditation teachers give specific visualizations for you to master. Lastly, it is in meditation that you allow time and space to welcome your teacher, to further that relationship and open yourself to the potentiality that relationship holds for you. You open your heart to teachings that you may need, and you progress toward the perception of Emptiness. You confront your mind by addressing the ways in which you have seen things, and the possibility that the mind has made up its definitions of Reality from a faulty premise. For the most part, these levels of seeing and knowing are unavailable to you in your "normal" states of awareness. All in all, meditation is the primary doorway to your freedom. Why would anyone want to miss this direct approach? It is the only state of awareness where individuals are likely to confront their own minds, to grapple with old patterns and belief structures, and simply refuse to continue repeating old (possibly destructive), repetitive ways of being, seeing and doing. With so much at stake, why would anyone want to miss all the creative excitement that awaits one at the dawning of pure consciousness? ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Q.Master, when you look at your students here on the Earth Plane, is there one thing that seems to be holding us back from our spiritual accomplishment more than any other? If so, what is it?A.This is a good question, because it seeks to penetrate to the heart of the matter of spiritual accomplishment. Thank you, dear one, for offering this query to be put before my beloved students at this time. As I look at my precious students and view their efforts (yes, even struggles) toward enlightenment, I do see there is one thing that holds everyone back. The complex part, however, is that it presents differently (at least to the human eye) in every case. In truth, every person has flows of creative energy coursing through them, which creates continually that which one would call his/her "reality." The problem, however, is that this "reality" isn't Real. Each has the daunting task of differentiating between what is Real, and what is only really experienced. As you attend to the issues which cloud the human experience from fully embodying divine essence, you notice that there are different areas where different individuals get stuck, or perhaps trapped in repeating patterns. For some, poverty consciousness permeates their "reality." Now if such is not your issue, you may be able to pierce a deeper truth -- even for this other one who is steeped in poverty consciousness. However, if such is your issue, it is likely that you will believe it is Real, even though the truth is that such is only the way you are experiencing it. The same is true no matter where one's primary issues lie. For those with control issues it does really feel like they should be in control. For those with anger issues, it does really feel like someone or something outside themselves is trying to make them mad. For the one with greed issues, the felt sense is very likely to be that he/she really should have more than others. Pride issues arise when one's "reality" seems to demonstrate that they really are better than others. Paranoid issues, which might be obviously erroneous to an objective observer, seem Real to the one who experiences them. Of course, we could go on in this manner for the gamut of emotional and perceptual reactions people experience in their daily lives. The answer, clearly enough, is not in those reactions, since such are quite varied person to person, even experience to experience for a given person. Each must investigate deeply her/his own psyche to see if discovery can be made of what underlies those reactions. As you might guess, this is not a new question. Spiritual seekers have been asking it of themselves for as long as people have been spiritually seeking. Several centuries ago, there was a group of Christian contemplatives (men) who withdrew to the desert to ponder this very thing. They eventually became known as "The Desert Fathers," for they spent years in prayer and contemplation trying to answer the burning question: "What stands between me and God?" The level of self scrutiny many of them accomplished is both profound and noteworthy of seekers today. That which has always managed to "stand between" one and the Divine is the same thing that causes individuals to suffer. It is the same as that which causes divisiveness in a group of individuals or a family cluster. In fact, it is what is the root cause of all one's problems. No matter how they appear to arise, they are born, fed and supported by this one element. Wouldn't it be nice if each of you could see "it" rearing "its" ugly little face every time this type of consciousness grabs hold of your psyche? Actually, you can see it. You just have to remember to look for its presence. For many, however, it is easier to run from "it" than to seek it out in their own creative process. It hides within the recesses of the mind, directing your perceptions. "It" is really only the function of how you hold the awarenesses you make about your creative environment. This is to say, "it" is the driver that guides your mental perceptions, forces and reinforces your projections, and causes you believe in them, perhaps even try to enforce them upon others. "It" arises from the energy in your solar plexus chakra, which is the very seat of the "I" or the "Me" awareness. "It" is very powerful, and seems to arise in all naturalness. However, while it may be natural to the experience of the "I," it is not the true (shall we say "normal"?) state of being. It is an affected state of awareness that seeks to reinforce past experiences in a repetitive, cyclic manner. "It" even facilitates individuals becoming bored with life, generating the belief that one has "seen it all," and there is nothing new or precious about any arising moment. In truth, "it" demonstrates a rather tragic element within the human psyche, for "it" robs one of the ability to arise fresh in each and every moment, experiencing the wonder of Creation in all Her many living forms. Rather, "it" dulls the awareness capacity, and spreads not only boredom, but spiritual blindness and deafness as well. Such disables the creative psyche to perceive what really is. Rather, one sees only what appears to be reflective of past perceptions and experiences. In a perceived need to label these repeating perceptions, one may designate the perceptions as Real. Once this happens, that individual has no choice but to experience them as such (this is what we call "karma"), and continue raising the repeating perceptions until some experience short circuits the repetitive pattern, offering the possibility of breaking through. In the general experience of cyclic existence, this breaking through may take lifetimes. There is, however, another way to approach the whole matter that actually facilitates this "breaking through." In fact, such is precisely what seekers of all spiritual traditions ultimately come to experience. The discovery is that the mind is a very tricky creator, and it colludes with the ego to generate a false "reality" by reinforcing old perceptions and patterns. The "breaking through" is the process of learning to see, feel, experience and know outside the box of the mind. In fact, this is the very thing that each of you is trying to accomplish, although you may approach it in seemingly quite varied ways. The tyrant, the oppressor, the deluder is none other than the mind burdened with the weight of previous perceptions defined by an ego that raises itself as a sort of competing element for the experience of Essence, the True Self. It is the misnotion of holding the ego as Essence that retards the process of spiritual accomplishment. In other words, mistaking "what is really experienced" for what is "Real" thwarts the whole process of opening to one's divine potentiality. For example, believing in one's limitations to a greater extent than believing in one's own infinite potential causes one to experience those perceived limitations over and over again. Here you have to be a bit circumspect, for some have felt that the answer is to simply deny those perceived limitations (in which case, you may have noticed, they seem to become even stronger). What is more to the point is to consider whether you can experience those limitations that arise for your learning (recognizing such is your karma), and still hold the truth of your infinite potential. Such is the real work of your spiritual path. Celebrate it, and celebrate yourself for making the journey. ******* Q.What is the purpose of our experiential existence on Mother Earth and what is our Creator's ultimate plan for future generations?
A.This is an interesting focus for all beings, particularly as a New Year is approached. It is always good to ask within, "What is my purpose?" or "Am I fulfilling my purpose?" In truth, everyone should ask these questions on a regular basis, but it is particularly important at the dawning of a new year. When all is said and done, the one thing you take with you throughout all your experiencing is what might be called your "body of experiencing." In fact what else is there besides your experiences and the impressions you have drawn from them? Because there is really little else, it is important that you see how precious your experiencing really is. It is from your perceptions of your experiences that you, in fact, create your present moment. In truth, those impressions and perceptions are right now generating the energy for your future lives and your personal flight through the cosmos. Those impressions and perceptions have been replicating themselves throughout your creative stream all throughout time and space. As you generate experiences that demonstrate the smallness of those perceptions and impressions, you gain a vaster view of the cosmos, and you replace those smaller experiential demonstrations with vaster, more complete ones. Your experiences are also precious because so many of them are shared with other people. This sharing process gives you a view into the creational (i.e. experiential) realm of others, which can clearly prove useful to you. This sharing process also gives you poignant moments which punctuate your creative expressions with the many flavors of your emotional palette. Thus, your creational experiences become colored with the energies of those with whom you have shared experiences, adding verve and life to the experiential spectrum of sentient beings. As far as future plans for sentient beings, the goal of the whole process is to step beyond the boundaries of the mind with its tyrannical tendencies to only replicate the past. This begins with something as basic as just seeing the deep and profound worth of every being, whether or not they see the world in the same light as you do. Then, a larger application of that basic appreciation is generated, and you share vaster ways of being in relationship with one another. The ultimate goal is to transcend suffering -- both the experience of suffering, as well as the need some feel to make others suffer. This transcendent way of seeing and being is rooted in the recognition that this planetary experience is ONE experience, not billions of experiences all going on at the same time. Of course, each must use the lens of his or her own experiencing to view the vaster process. Ultimately, the personal way of seeing dissolves into a "para-personal" way of seeing, and it is only then that true Oneness can be experienced. As this kind of consciousness dawns in the collective human process, individuals are truly able to begin seeing the Divine in each other. Eventually, they even come to recognize that the Divine they see in others is but a reflection of the Divine within themselves. Then they notice that there is no difference between self and other, that all are expressions of the same Divine Consciousness, and that the purpose of the physical realm is to discover the Divine hiding in all parts of it. The good news is that in the end, one discovers he/she was never separate from Divine Essence, even though at various times one could not feel or recognize Divine Essence within themselves and others. Given such, it would have been impossible to have created the life stream any differently than it was created. Looking back from the perfected point, one sees that everything all along the way was somehow perfect for the lesson it taught. ********** Q.What is true power? Self-help books present concepts like "owning your power." We are all familiar with control and "power over," but if a spiritual person is powerful, what does that mean?
A.It is likely that there have been both questions and issues of power for dwellers on Earth since before the Lemurian time. Indeed, different civilizations have defined it differently. As you probably recognize, the more patriarchal a society, the more you get the definition of "power" as "power over." In the older, particularly the more feminine-centered societies, the definition of "power" is more "power for," which may be "for the family," or "for the community." While these differences may seem slight in terms of words on paper, they are profound in terms of philosophy. In more patriarchal societies, one is taught to evolve through comparing oneself to others. This, of course, can breed fierce competition, and a powerful, often conflictual, relationship of polarity between winner and loser, masculine and feminine, good and bad, etc. Of course, these notions are mere perceptions, but such does not diminish the felt experience of being on one end or the other of the polar arrangement. Because the West has been so strongly influenced by the Judo-Christian beliefs, I think those beliefs are a good place to begin. In both these traditions power is ascribed to God. In both these traditions, strong emphasis is placed on doing the "will of God." Such is supposed to bring a good life, filled with health, wealth and power. To some extent, we can generalize to many, even older, traditions, where power was supposed to come from outside oneself. Again, this is generally true of patriarchal systems, of which most spiritual traditions you know of are part. Power, whether we speak of spiritual power, governing power, educational power or political power, has traditionally been conveyed from man to man. Originally, this notion of power coming from God meant that the man who had it should be like God, or he would lose power. However, humans being what they are, there have always been those who found that they could "steal power," as it were, from God (or whatever they deemed to be the true source), and apply it as they chose. If you look at some of the teachings in the Hebrew tradition, God's power is often described in terms of wreaking havoc on humans in one way or another. The bad experiences that happened (plagues, insect infestations, floods, fires etc.) came about as a result of God's wrath toward humans. These stories demonstrate over and over the power of God to interfere with human workings. Now if such is one's basic understanding of God, and one believes he or she is supposed to be like God, how do you think they might act out, perhaps unconsciously, from the basis of their beliefs in or about God? If one believes in a harsh or punishing God, that belief will be reflected in how he/she creates relationships with others. Such can result in people who are punishing of others, but it can also result in people who are victimized by everyone. If their encounter with God feels highly punishing, how can they avoid drawing some kind of punishment from their relationships with people, as well? Perhaps there is a way to discover empowerment without playing out all those patriarchal notions about power. Of course, this might involve throwing out everything one believes about, or experiences, as power. When you look around at world events, you can see power issues everywhere. Whether it's nation struggling against nation, corporation struggling against corporation, or individual struggling against individual, you have myriad examples of people trying to understand and work out power issues. In truth, however, it is unlikely that these demonstrations of power will ever lead to true empowerment, because they are focused in the wrong direction. One possessing real spiritual power has no need to work out power issues outside him/herself. True, you can overcome another by sheer force, but that does not really make one empowered. The empowered person has no need to force anyone. True empowerment is simply the ability to transform one's own mind. This is what every spiritually realized individual has learned along their spiritual journey. A truly powerful person has his/her hands full managing their own mind, deciding what kind of thoughts they want to pass through their mind and holding the mind to task. All spiritual transformation takes place in the mind. You should all know by this point on your spiritual path, however, that transformation is no accident. It takes focus, mindfulness, and lots of effort to bring such about. This is where you see the fruits of real power. Removing the mind from objects of thought (sometimes obsession) that pull it into a downward spiral and placing the mind on objects of thought that will raise one's vibrational frequency are acts of power. Refraining from taking the events and circumstances in your life personally is an act of power. Reframing the way you look at yourself and others is an act of power. Forgiving is an act of power. Freeing your mind from negative self talk is an act of power. What's even more profound is the fact that these acts of power can never be overthrown by another individual or another nation. In the world, you are continually flooded with images of one regime toppling another, one corporation swallowing another, or even one person killing another. How can this be when each situation was founded on power, or so perceived? The answer must be that in these events there is no real power -- only force. If real power were involved, there would be no need for force. ********** Q.What is self-esteem and how is this related to the ego and spiritual enlightenment?
A.This is another good question, because it seems to me that there is actually some confusion about this whole area. Hopefully, this will be an opportunity to make things a bit clearer for all of you who are interested in the matter. Self-esteem is actually a western psychological term (pop psychology actually, that caught on in a big way). While you will likely find numerous definitions for this particular term, most attempting to present as psychologically based, I would like to add another perspective for you to consider -- that of humility. As many of you have previously learned from some of my teachings, I often use the word "humility" when I am talking about holding a correct perspective of self and the world. As you might expect, I do not mean any kind of a "less than" connotation with the word "humility" when I use it. Rather, it is a term referring to equanimity, or the establishment of one's rightful place in the scheme of things. That means neither over stating nor understating one's worth, or place when considering what we might call "the big picture." I would say the same is true of this notion of self-esteem. Equanimity seems to be somewhat difficult for many Western practitioners to understand and demonstrate. Often, I find that there can be a kind of affected presentation by some of my students because they are trying so hard to accomplish equanimity. Something is out of whack when that happens because the notion of equanimity and that of struggle are, in fact, mutually exclusive. This is also true of self-esteem. I notice when this issue arises, it is often from an individual who feels she or he is having difficulty rising to a point of appropriate self-esteem. Perhaps the individual is trying to overcome a sense of unworthiness, or a practice of being self-critical. In fact, I usually also notice a kind of helplessness accompanying this sense of low self-esteem. Of course, there are also those who feel it is spiritually fashionable to actually have low self-esteem. These are often individuals who have issues with others whom they deem view themselves too highly. Of course, either end of this spectrum comes from egoic issues. It doesn't matter if the ego regards itself as more worthy than others or less worthy than others. Either way, the ego is in control, and the individual is not free to experience the all-encompassing love that is ever present even when it may be thoroughly embracing the individual. Some are even arrogantly unworthy, you may have noticed. Of course, this is not an adequate reflection of the one's true nature. Once again, it may feel a bit affected, or it may also present as a kind of "holier than thou" attitude. Some folks even feel a bit righteous about their unworthiness. In any case, such is not what we could term appropriate spiritual self-esteem, for it has the trappings of overemphasizing a kind of "otherness" between one's ego and what it perceives as something "not self." The biggest problem I see, and I can assure you it is rampant, is the trying to force a sense of self-esteem by one who actually feels unworthy in some way. Now in truth, the quickest way to heal this is to go out and help everyone you meet raise their own self-esteem. I do not see that self-esteem is something one can pick up in a seminar, nor something that one person can give another. When you are genuinely helping others with their self-esteem issues, you may notice that you forget about your own issues. If, however, you attempt this on one of those days you are unable to come from a truly genuine and generous space, you may find you only end up reinforcing your own unworthiness. This, of course, is not the goal here. When one arrives at the appropriate space concerning self-esteem, one usually finds it is not as they previously thought it to be. It is not a condition where all unworthiness has evaporated, and you now feel quite differently about yourself. Nor is it an experience (for those whose egos tend to overstate their own importance) where one loses all sense of being "better than" and has simply wonderful feelings of self-acceptance and esteem. On the contrary, when one "arrives," so to speak, one is generally not aware of anything other than what was an issue is no longer an issue. There is a genuine caring for all others, and the self is just not on the screen very much. What has replaced the under-worthiness, or the over-worthiness, is in fact true humility. One is simply in the moment tending to what life is asking without much reference to how the self is feeling, or doing. The presence of Essence naturally takes over in the interactions, and with great compassion for the pain and suffering of those around you, you recognize you actually have less pain and suffering when you quit worrying so much about your own worthiness. In truth, the Creator did not deem that some are more worthy than others. Such is a human manipulation of divine Essence. There is no spiritual measuring stick that says some are more loved and honored among humans than others. Again, you can thank humans for that notion. If you hold too tightly to what the mind says about the self, regarding this worthiness thing, you will constantly be led out of the space of true humility and self-esteem, and flung back into the pangs of suffering. This tends to be the habituated response, so you can see how important it is to be mindful of all the control and manipulations of the ego mind. After all, you cannot go free from this control and manipulation if you cannot observe the mind at work constantly recalling you to old patterns of self-talk and old responses to that self-talk. Many of you have heard it said that the greatest need for all humans everywhere is to be loved. Indeed, the West is big on aggrandizing this idea among psychological communities. Now it is true that nurturing is received better in an environment of love than in one of neglect or non-caring. But if we ask what is the basic need of the spirit, or of one's true Essence, we find completely the opposite. The greatest need of all humans is to love. When that is completely recognized, then it does not really matter if others love one back. Simply by loving, one is filled with love, and when one can love fully enough deeply enough, compassionately enough, true humility and self-esteem are manifest. ******** Q.How do you define "spiritual?" How is living here on the earth spiritual? How does one see everything as spiritual - even that which is temporary? How does one stop judging this as spiritual and something else as not? What does it look like to see all here and now as spiritual?
A.When trying to understand one's situational experiences, often the mind, which operates in polar relationships, tends to color something spiritual (usually because it feels uplifting) and some other element as carnal, profane, or somehow less important, perhaps void of spiritual content. However, while the mind may enjoy this sort of categorization, clearly such comes from getting stuck in the small picture. Remember, things are often not what they appear to be to the mind. The term "spiritual" is really a term to denote the true nature of something. As you know, often the true nature is hidden under the powerful force of appearance. This can be confusing at first, since the mind may not yet be trained to look beyond the obvious. Whatever arises to the mind, is how something appears. For example, if you pass someone on the street, nod your head and say "Hello" to them and all you get back is a frown, it may appear that the person is angry at you. You see the signals that the face of the other is putting out, and the mind thinks, "Well, obviously, this person is angry. Otherwise he/she wouldn't frown at me that way." What if the person you just passed was so preoccupied with some bad news that he/she just got that he/she didn't even hear your "Hello?" In this case, what seemed obvious does not reflect the true nature of what is going on for the other person. Perhaps that other just learned that a dear friend was killed in a car accident. Or, perhaps s/he just learned that their job was being eliminated. While many other scenarios could exist that could cause the person to frown and maybe not hear your "Hello," none is obvious in the moment you experience the other person. The best you can do is acknowledge what appears to your mind to be transpiring in the moment. Indeed, since every being came forth from the Source of All Being, and since that Source is Infinite Light, then everyone you meet is encoded with a spark of the Divine within them. Now such is not always obvious when observing (and perhaps judging) the other individual. That is because the mind can at first only grasp at the appearance that arises before it. But as you know, two individuals can look at the same thing (say, a car accident) and give two completely different descriptions of what happened. You can readily account for this by recognizing the two observers were observing from two different experiential vantage points. That means that what appeared obvious to one may have been completely hidden from the other, and vice versa. Most of you have heard Me say that it may not be so important to figure out what is "right" and what is "wrong." Rather, if one can simply determine what is, that one is actually much further ahead in the game of life. Anything that helps you come a little closer in contact to your true nature is, for you, "spiritual." For many, living on Earth is not particularly spiritual. But when one can live in accordance with his/her true nature, that is living a very "spiritual" life. The whole idea of spiritual growth is learning to see through the conventions of mind to which one has become accustomed. Such changes the way in which one actually perceives his/her experiential realm. Thus, you recognize that something which appears only temporarily is most precious simply because of its temporary nature. As you learn more and more to see through appearances and touch the true nature of everything that arises, you cannot help but see you are spiritually engaged with everything you experience, literally all of the time. Bearing this in mind, you also become aware of how totally useless it is to designate anything as "more spiritual" than all else. Rather, it would actually behoove you to just look carefully into all that arises in the realm of appearances, recognizing things are likely not just as they appear. Knowing that the mind, when left to its own devices, will not try to see beyond the appearance, you drop the appearance and try to go deeper into the mystery of what is actually arising versus what appears to be arising. The real question is not "What is this appearance before me?" Rather, the real question is, "What is Life asking of me in this very moment?" When you learn to ask that question, you lead yourself into a different kind of seeing, and bit by bit, you instruct the mind to become less and less fascinated with appearances. As far as what it looks like to see everything as spiritual, you need to know that this cannot be so easily and glibly answered. When you actually see everything as "spiritual," they do not look "spiritual." You are simply aware of their true nature, and the impermanence of how they now appear. Therefore, their momentary arising becomes very precious to you. In a word, they seem supremely, exquisitely, magnificently ordinary. ******** Q.If one has become an enemy to oneself, is it possible for that person to ever achieve enlightenment?
A.This is a most interesting question - one which disturbs many Westerners. In truth, it is not the kind of thing that usually occurs in the evolving psyches of individuals who were born and raised in other cultures. In some ways, I believe this affliction to be a sort of "hangover" from the Judeo-Christian backdrop of the West. Both these religions teach that the way into the Divine is a path through guilt and shame, and I find the influence of that kind of thinking to be very difficult for individuals to throw off. In the more fundamental varieties of both these religions, practitioners are usually taught to think in terms of "either/or," and often the belief is that "If I do not feel horribly guilty and shameful when standing before God, I will affront God with my self-importance." In both these religions, it is not good to affront God! Often people adopt the stance that if they can punish themselves hard enough for all their little "transgressions," then God will go easier on them in the afterlife. I find this interesting, because as I scan the sacred texts in both these religions, I can find no instance where God says such a thing. That is, neither in "His own voice," nor through the voices of the prophets (Old Testament) nor through the teachings of Jesus' apostles, nor the teachings of the early Christians. This is something that has been inferred by the belief in a punishing God. But herein lies a great contradiction. One of the very often quoted biblical texts is simply, "God is Love." If one thinks about this from the point of a parent, as God is said to be, then one can perhaps see beyond the guilt-laden psyches which so populate the Western world. If you put yourself in the parental role, and think of your children (or perhaps your pets), would you really like it if they punished themselves for every single mistake they made? Think how you might feel if your children went around chanting, "I am so sinful I do not deserve any good thing; I do not deserve the love of my parent." Perhaps they even took to beating themselves with ropes or leather thongs that had stones or shards of glass embedded in the fibers. How would this make you feel as the parent? Do you think you might wonder where the children ever got such a strange idea about securing your love and grace? In this light, I must tell you about an incident that happened in one of the Dalai Lama's New York visits. He was hosting a meeting for great religions of the world to come together. At one point, he was giving audience to a group of Jewish Rabbis. They had been focusing on the similarities of spiritual paths (rather than on the differences which appear to divide religious people today). Near the end of the session, one of the Rabbis asked His Holiness, "How do you handle the problem of self-hate among your followers?" The Dalai Lama asked for the question to be repeated. When it was, he said again, "I'm afraid I do not understand. Could you repeat the question once more for me?" After the third asking, His Holiness turned to his interpreter and asked him to repeat the question in Tibetan. When that was done, His Holiness turned back to his guests and said, "I'm afraid I cannot answer your question. I do not understand it." Clearly, this notion of self-hatred had never arisen in the consciousness of this great teacher, who has heard the suffering of his own people, and has addressed the suffering of others all over the world. In the West, however, for many of you it just seems a natural state. I think it is a good time to ask yourselves, "Where did it come from that I think of myself in these terms?" "How is it I have come to consider myself my own enemy?" "Is it really even possible to hate myself?" Of course in the West it does feel as if one can hate him/herself, for many suffer greatly from this affliction, even though it may simply be a trick wherein the ego-mind "pulls the wool" over the eyes of the true, or Essential, mind. When one feels such strong and powerfully impactful emotions toward oneself, one must begin to dismantle the ego structure which holds that such notions can first of all be true, and secondly, that they are somehow an appropriate focus for the individual to hold. And so, one must cut through the presentation of this egoic notion. The interesting thing here is that such a perspective doesn't seem like it is an ego issue. Most people think of ego issues as being the over-aggrandized ego. But in truth, it doesn't matter whether the ego overvalues itself nor undervalues itself. Both are limitations of a wounded ego that must be seen through in order to gain an appreciation of what is. It doesn't really matter whether one likes or dislikes one's own ego - the job is still the same. One must cut through both glamour and aversions, to be whole. Perhaps a good place to start is to recognize that one cannot really be a friend to anyone else without being a friend to oneself. While this seems possible at one level, that is actually a false belief. In truth, you are the other. In generating kindness toward any other sentient being, one is actually generating kindness to oneself - even if the ego mind tells you otherwise. Since you are not separate (even though the ego disagrees here) from any other part of Creation, you cannot really be kind to one part and not kind to another part. When you are kind, you are kind to all Creation - self included. When you are mean spirited, you are such to all Creation. Is it possible for you to consider that all of life is moving through you? As you create your journey, you see before you two pools. One is a pool of kindness, the other is a pool of meanness, perhaps cruelty. You have the choice of walking through either pool on your life path. The decision is strictly up to you. If you are like most people, sometimes you seem to have one foot in one pool and the other foot in the other pool, for sometimes the pools seem to touch. Just know that since Life is flowing through you, you take all that experiencing with you when you wade into either pool. You cannot really walk for humanity - or all other sentient beings - in one pool, and walk for yourself in the other pool. Therefore, it leads one to consider whether the notion of self-hatred can even exist for someone who generally does care for others. In truth, if one is on a spiritual path, they cannot really be an enemy to oneself. Were that the case, that one would never look to deepen spiritually. The fact that one has such a question as this already shows such to be an impossibility from the large view. From the personal view, however, the ego may trick one into believing it is possible to hate the self. If one believes that, then there will be thoughts, words and behaviors that seem to demonstrate such. One is then confronted with the power of one's beliefs - even if those beliefs are false. When thoughts and feelings of self-deprecation arise, one must have a means for releasing those thoughts and feelings. It is clear that they are really not helpful in the enlightenment journey. To directly answer this question, I tell you that no thought nor feeling is too small for enlightenment. First, one makes space inside self for the experience to be exactly what it is. Then one investigates that thought or feeling with a sound intelligence. Ultimately, one learns that virtually every thought and every feeling is a kind of opportunity, or door if you will, to one's own enlightenment. For further knowledge in dealing with such heavy afflictions, you might like to order a recorded teaching I did on the subject. It is called Forest of Delusion. Thank you for this question. May you find your true nature, which is already whole. ********* Continued....
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Sept 7, 2008 14:48:58 GMT 4
.....continued from previous post: Taming The Mind [plus info on the Seven Rays of Creation] Part 2 of 3
....Master's Q & A
Q.Master, where does the human come from?
A.This is an interesting question, one which I have not been asked in at least 17 or 18 years.[/b] As you all know, the "human being" is one of the evolving consciousness types of beings. This means that the consciousness factor made available to this level of being is continually changing and hopefully, growing or expanding. Also fitting into the "evolving" category are the awareness factors held by animals, plants and even minerals on this planet. While all of these types of consciousness factors are evolving, it is easy to see that the evolving process differs kingdom to kingdom. There are also non-physical "forms" that fit into this evolving consciousness category, as well.
As consciousness "evolves," it will go through various stages, and with each stage there are experiences that mark that stage. The fact that consciousness can work in this way should be of great interest to everyone inhabiting the human form. You could say that the evolution is really a development process, one in which the idea is to expand the awareness with each succeeding stage of development. Many of you have heard me say that one of the big assignments for the evolving human consciousness to deal with is discriminating between what is actually Real, and what is only "really experienced." Clearly, such discovery is not a part of the evolving consciousness that is held by animals and plants, etc.
One notable example of consciousness that is highly creative and powerful but not evolving is that of the angelic kingdom. In this case, we have beings who are highly conscious, but who are not evolving in the way that human beings are. This is often a point of confusion for many spiritual students, and some even believe themselves to have come from the angelic kingdom before entering human form on this planet. However, such is not possible, although there are in fact individuals who try to trade their human form for what they perceive to be angelic form. While one can definitely learn from such experimentation, one can never really pull it off, since the consciousness that inhabits these two forms is essentially different.
This is not to say that angels do not learn. Indeed, they do. However, angels do not have "higher selves" and are not trying to merge with successively higher and higher levels of consciousness. They were imbued with a fullness of consciousness at their inception, and thus have not had the type of experiencing that human beings have. In the creational or generational process which begets individuated consciousness, the process that brings forth human consciousness is quite different than that which brings forth angelic consciousness. In the case of human consciousness (or that which will become human consciousness), the assignment is given at the birth of consciousness to go experience all of creation, in both the process of involution as well as that of evolution.
In the case of angelic consciousness, the assignment is not to experience involution and evolution, but to bear witness to it, and hold the parameters by which these two balancing creative processes exist. That is to say, the angelic kingdom holds the balance of these seemingly opposite creative activities which are continually stretching and developing the paradigm for all consciousness evolving on this planet. This process is held within the greater process of the paradigm for all consciousness evolving within this solar system, which is held within the paradigm for all consciousness evolving within this galaxy, which is held within the paradigm for all consciousness evolving within this universe, etc., etc., etc. At each juncture, members of the angelic kingdom are holding the creative space (in addition to the literal space) intact and are witnessing the process.
One of the main differences in the consciousness of the human kingdom and that of the angelic kingdom can be shown in the presence, or lack, of self-doubt. Because the human consciousness is expanding and changing, learning comes through experience with what is perceived. Of course, perception is ever changing, and the perceiver substantiates itself by stretching beyond the boundaries of previously experienced perceptions, particularly those that are found to be incorrect. This very process stimulates what is known as "self-doubt." It arises as one looks at one's experiential environment and tries to ascertain whether or not one's own personal experience is valid. After having all manner of experiences where one might see that he/she "got it wrong," the process becomes encoded in the very activity of evolving.
Angels, on the other hand, had a different beginning. You could say they are direct projections from the Source of All Being. This means that there is absolutely no area in which they could experience self-doubt. As they, collectively, were brought forth, they were encoded completely with full consciousness for the tasks, or mission, at hand. Because this is a different kind of consciousness than human consciousness, it is, of course, capable of different things than is human consciousness. Angels do not have a body form, per se, although they can take a physical form should such suit their particular assignment. Now in truth, there will come a time when each of you can manifest a physical body at will, too. That will likely be after you graduate to the level of consciousness in which you are currently experiencing. But there is one difference that will persist between you at that state and the state of angelic consciousness: you will still be an evolving being, and angels will not.
As you come to understand fully these differences, you will recognize that a suitable form is needed to "house" the consciousness which inhabits it. If you scout throughout this universe, you will discover a number of physical forms that work for evolving consciousness. Some of these would probably look a bit strange to you if you could actually see them with your physical eyes. However, the "model" that was chosen for Earth is a model that has worked well throughout the universe as you know it (that is, the universe which appears as you experience it in what you call "the third dimension.") This particular model is called the "Adam Kadmon," and has been around physical reality for literally eons. There are slight variations in this model from place to place (in the 3rd dimensional universe over vast flows of time), but basically, it has two arms and two legs with a trunk and a head. Varying from situation to situation might be the relative length of, say, arms to legs, or the shape and size of the head, or the shape and placement of eyes, nose and mouth, etc.
Other requirements aside, be thankful that this is the model that has worked so well here. One of the great advantages of this model is its seemingly infinite capacity for movement of all sorts. This alone adds much beauty to the process of being in physical form. Another quite popular model looks somewhat like a mushroom, but moves in a fashion that could only be described as amoeboid. Clearly, movement is slow, which ultimately informs the spiritual capacity as well, and spiritual growth is slower but much more focused. Because movement is limited, so is the spectrum of experiences that could divert one, or draw one off the evolutional path. Clearly, this other model gives its owner a somewhat different notion of individuation, and there is less spiritual learning through what you call "relationship." I'm sure you can get very creative in projecting what might be the differences of both the path and the lessons that lead to enlightenment.
While these two forms are the ones that have seemed the most successful in 3rd dimensional universality, certainly there are others which have been tried and worked with varying degrees of effectiveness, spiritual accomplishment and user satisfaction. Like all of you, I used only the Adam Kadmon model, and perhaps that is why I feel particularly fond of it. The spectrum for experiencing is broader for this model than for most others. It is this capacity for infinite kinds of movement that provide such beauty and preciousness to the life process of evolving consciousness on Earth. Enjoy your Adam Kadmons and marvel at all they can do for you - not only in getting around on Earth, but in realizing your True Nature, as well. *********** Q.How important is raising one's "vibration?" What does this really mean? Are there physical and spiritual components to this? Does this concept refer to the evolutionary progress of humans? What are some of the best physical and spiritual steps to take to achieve this?
A.There seems to be considerable confusion around this whole issue of "raising vibrations." For some people, this is just a catch phrase that they heard somewhere, and which they generally assume to be the right answer to something, or everything! However, as our questioner points out, the glib way this phrase is often used does little to help anyone understand what is actually being addressed (for those who do seek to address something).
Technically, "raising vibration" has to do with the frequency level at which one functions (or vibrates) in a number of areas. To some extent, the mere thinking that one chooses to "raise" their "vibration" is actually helpful in this regard. Making such an intention in a conscious way demonstrates an important level of mindfulness that is actually necessary before one can progress very much along these lines. First comes the intention, and this may occur prior to one's actual understanding of all that is involved. Nothing can take the place of mindful, intentional focus toward oneself in spiritual development. That being said, one must be somewhat cautious in simply accepting anything one hears regarding spiritual progress. To some, this could simply mean physical healing of one condition or another. Indeed, there is a spiritual component to such, and indeed, healthy functioning organs do vibrate at a higher frequency (bio-electrical frequency) than do diseased organs. But one must always be careful not to leave the impression that an individual who has a physical ailment is lesser evolved than another who is not experiencing such.
The point I want to make with you is that it is very easy to get into some notion of vibrational assessment without recognizing an egoic component at play. Some make the mistake of thinking they see accurately the vibrational pattern of another, when they're seeing only some unconscious interpretation of something they regard as another's vibrational pattern. Often just such activities can lead to a kind of judgment practiced (often unwittingly) against others. That being said, there certainly are elements with which one can work to effect a general raising of thought vibrations.
As you probably know, I sometimes talk about the "four bodies," meaning the physical body, the mental body, the emotional body and the spiritual body. Now these are not physically manifest (other than the physical body, of course), and thus are ways of talking about four different vibrational spectra which create human consciousness. In truth, you can work with any of these "bodies" (by which I mean composites of aware energy) and have a positive effect (or effects) on all "bodies." There is one of these four, however, that is probably the most significant in raising the overall vibrational quality of one's thought and feelings, and therefore oneself. The "body" of which I speak is the emotional body. By learning to raise the frequencies of the emotions one generates, literally all four "bodies" are positively affected.
Some of you have listened to a lecture I gave within the past year entitled, "The Last Frontier." In this lecture, it was the emotional body to which I was referring by the title. Indeed, it takes some level of both understanding and skillful application of mind to approach healing in the emotional body. Such healing, or vibration-raising, can result if one becomes mindful of three things: their thoughts, their words and their actions. By paying keen attention to these "three gates," as they are called in some traditions, one can learn to consistently move each to a higher vibratory level. Most people have not even thought of challenging their own thoughts and feelings. Rather, they just accept them as if they were completely true and adequate. If one is mindful, however, they will come to discover that they have accepted patterned reactions and behaviors, believing them to be legitimate responses to the many emotional stimuli in life.
When one can replace hatred or envy with compassion, that one has significantly raised his/her vibration. When one replaces pettiness with tolerance and listening, clearly one has shifted her/his momentary vibrational emanation. Practiced over time, one's heart chakra learns to relax and remain open. The individual learns to feel more secure in his/her own body/mind space, and life simply becomes more and more gratifying. The delicate part, however, is not to replace emotional reactivity with some form of denial. In such cases, one may look to others as if there has been some measure of transcendence, but in fact, things are becoming more complicated rather than more whole.
Often denial arises as a response to some area over which the individual has no control. It the person were really in the process of transcending the patterned emotional reaction, s/he would simply recognize that the best part is to drop the need for control. But if one is not yet able to do that, or if one fears confronting his/her own demons in order to drop the need for control, s/he may try to divert the energy flow beneath the surface of consciousness. Thus something is "denied," which may look like the person is ignoring the problem or that he/she is "maxed-out" and simply shifts the focus. While neither of these could adequately be called a "bad" response to the situation, if it is relegated to the unconscious process, one will need to "pay the piper" later on. It is only by paying full attention to one's own emotional responses that one is able to go free of the patterned, habituated reactions of one's past. It is likely these patterned, habituated responses have stood between one and her/his enlightenment.
In truth, you could say that such progressive emotional development is, indeed, part of the evolutionary process; but this is not something that can necessarily be seen or experienced by looking at the whole of humanity. It is rather an individual process whereby a person seriously decides to study how her/his mind (meaning both thoughts and feelings) works. To some extent, of course, one can learn from observing the progress of others, but until a strong desire to shift upward on the vibrational spectrum awakens, not much real progress is actually made. One can learn to demonstrate more socially acceptable mannerisms, or perhaps can learn to gain in popularity from observing the behaviors of others; but opening to one's own enlightenment is quite another matter. The latter course mandates rigorous scrutiny of one's own mind (or at least of that which one takes to be his/her own mind). Indeed, this path is not for the faint of heart nor the fickle of focus. It will require of each his/her very best effort, a lot of patience, and ultimately, supreme compassion. Unfortunately, many are not up to the journey (or so they believe).
Irrespective of what spiritual path one follows, the serious seeker will eventually come to the conclusion that s/he (or the ego that one takes to be oneself) is their strongest opponent one will ever face. True, it often feels like the trouble comes from outside oneself; but with close scrutiny, one discovers it is not so much the event one faces as it is how one faces the event that really matters.
Some seem to believe that if one is "living right," there will be no trying circumstances in his/her life. Such a proposition clearly demonstrates a lack of understanding both of karma and of what is taken to be a "self." The only way to break through the illusion of having/being an individual "self" is with rigorous scrutiny of the mind. Under careful examination, in fact, you can't really find it at all.
Of course, as one pierces the veil of illusion concerning the mind and the self, one cannot help but raise one's vibrational pattern. After all, it is the lower frequencies that concretize into a dense notion of "self and other." As one (knowingly or unknowingly) explores the emptiness of both, the thoughts and feelings begin to vibrate at successively higher and higher frequencies. Whenever one's thought and feelings move into a devotional connection with the Divine, they vibrate at a higher frequency. Whenever one is inspired or caught up in a flow of reverence, one's thought/feeling frequencies naturally and beautifully raise. When these sorts of "frequency raising" experiences are consciously sought and applied, all manner of physical distortions and afflictions may also respond to the higher frequencies and abate or heal. As one see through the illusion that these things are inherently "real," the grasp of the mind is freed and one has the opportunity to experience her/himself as pure consciousness. Frankly, the vibrations do not get much higher than that! ********** Q.Namaste, Master. My question is in regards to young practitioners (21 to 25) of the path. Whom they choose as a life partner is vitally important, since all need support. How do we choose the right person? Does it have to be someone at our own level? If we are going to grow spiritually, do we need someone to match us?
A.My dear child of the Universe, the question you pose applies not only to young people, but all people; and it applies not only to selecting a life mate, but to every other relationship, as well. Know this: relationships are driven by karma, both the good kind and the not-so-good kind. That is simply a fact, and in and of itself, is neither a good thing nor a bad thing. Ultimately, you find relationship with a partner who meets your karmic needs for growth and evolution, even though in some situations it does not appear this way. That being said, there are factors to consider in choosing a partner that are always helpful.
In the first place, look for someone in whose presence you arise in wholeness. In other words, asking for someone who is whole is asking too much. Ask for someone around whom you can be whole, or around whom you can grow into wholeness. This is the most important thing. In relationships, there is always some conflict that will arise, for such is the nature of relating. Many people ask me how they can find their "soul mates," but what they are really asking is how to find someone with whom there will be no conflict. The truth is, however, that one can (and does) have conflict in their own mind, whether there in another person around or not. When conflict does arise, however, one must be careful not to blame the other person for the conflict, for the roots of conflict were there all along. The other person might have provided a certain experience so that those roots (perhaps hidden to you) can become unhidden, therefore offering you an opportunity to heal.
In the second place, do not worry so much about what level a person is on, because how you see another person's level is determined by your own karma. If it is possible, however, try to find someone who is above your level, or what you perceive to be your level. This is not to say that you can find someone who appears to be above your level in every way, but it is good to find someone who has some spiritual skill that you are still working on. Their presence in your life will tend to cause you to feel some pressure to grow in that area. Indeed, the best coupling situations are not necessarily those free of all conflict, but are those in which each person knows they are learning something from the other.
Good communication is necessary for good relationship. This is true in every culture, although there are wide cultural differences in how such is determined. If good communication is not present, good relationship will be ruptured in one way or another. Without good and honest communication, trust cannot be built. It is the presence of trust in a relationship that brings forth the support about which you were asking. Try not to think you know how that trust should look in advance, but let trust grow over time, based on a true desire to know each other fully. Always remember there are parts to the other individual that you can begin to know only with the passage of time. Try to always be curious as to who this other person really is. Nurture respect and appreciation for both your likenesses and your differences. Never forget the wonder of what it is to be human, and try to help each other to be fully human, in the very best sense of the word.
Try not to worry too much about finding the "right" person. Ultimately, you have only your deep instincts to go on in the process of finding the right mate, and you can discover that those deep instincts are enough. If you fall into worry about the choice, you run the risk of making the whole event so complicated you will never be satisfied with your choice, and you will be prone toward much self-doubt, which only can become problematic in relationship. If you doubt yourself, you will end up doubting the other person, as well. Doubt triggers the destruction of trust and generally prevents good communication.
Lastly, relate to the other person as if both your enlightenment and theirs depended on how you create the relationship. This may sound complicated, but what it really requires is for you to bring your full attention into every relational moment. I often tell my students that to see what is really going on in the enlightenment process is a four-fold step, but it is the same advice I give students for creating a highly functional and spiritually awake relationship. These four steps are:
Show up. That is, bring your full attention and awareness to the moment. This is true whether it is a moment that feels gratifying or a moment that is difficult. Try to keep you mind present in the moment, letting go of the influences of the past and the hopes and expectations for the future. Try to see what is really going on in the moment by giving the present moment your full attention. Pay attention. Stay with what is going on between you and the other, and pay attention to the needs and wants that each of you bring to the moment. Developing strong concentration in your mediation will help you with this step. You must learn not to let the mind wander, but bring your full attention to the interaction at hand. Give the relationship your best effort. Guard against becoming sloppy in the relationship by thinking you know what is going on, or that you fully understand either yourself or the other. Try to be your best self in all situations, and try to bring the other person's best self out in every situation. Avoid being attached to specific outcomes. This is the hardest part, since most people feel there would be no reason to try to be their best self if they were not attached to a specific outcome. However, this kind of attachment can become the source of a lot of suffering, both for you and the other. Try to stay open to see what might be arising, but don't get caught in the trap of karma that your mind projects, believing that it holds liberation for you or your partner. The mind is forever tricky, and ultimately, you are trying to stretch beyond the boundaries of mind to discover Consciousness. Relationships are very good for showing you where you have not yet reached engaged neutrality. Thank you for this question. I hope people of all ages and all levels of relational competence will be able to learn something from your openness and sincerity. Many blessings to you! ********* Q.What is the relation between the personal ego and Higher Self? How and why does the ego become an enemy of the Higher Self; and finally, is the ego destroyed or merged into the Higher Self in enlightenment? Please inform us more about the Higher Self. Thank you.
A.My dear friend: These are very important questions to ask, and I do appreciate your quest for deeper insight into the relationship between the Higher Self (or Essence Self) and the lower self (or ego). In truth, these two are not generally understood other than in a cursory way, but with one's enlightenment hanging in between the two, it should behoove every serious student to investigate deeply into this great Mystery.
As a spiritual teacher, I often see situations where students believe they are hearing guidance from the Higher Self, when in actuality, they are hearing only from the ego mind. Often, the voice of the ego mimics the "sound" of the Higher Self, particularly in areas where an individual may be steeped in one form of non-clarity or another. Learning to differentiate between these two "voices" requires considerable understanding of the ego, in particular, and of the nature of Consciousness, generally.
In truth, the ego is not actually an enemy of the Higher Self. Rather, it is a part of consciousness that perceives itself to be separate from, and therefore in conflict with, the Higher Self. As a result of its perception, the ego struggles for power over anything that would threaten its illusion of ultimate power. This is why the ego is the source of suffering for every person. In the first place, its perception that it is separate from the Higher Self causes it to suffer. But secondly, the ego's insistence on needing to remain separate in order to maintain its own individuality from the Higher Self also causes it to suffer. As you can probably see, this is a "No Win" situation for the ego. And yet, the ego's illusion is that it must, and is, continually winning something. The Higher Self, on the other hand, does not keep score; has no need to exert power over the ego, but rather, sees the continual suffering of the ego and experiences great compassion for it.
As the spiritual journey progresses, the ego is not killed or extinguished in any negative way. Rather, one could say it is "re-educated." Ultimately, it does appear as if this is a merging process, but the Higher Self does not merge with the ego in its "uneducated" state. To do so, the Higher Self would have to overpower the ego and dissolve it against its little egoic will - an action which is categorically NOT of Higher Mind, or Essence. Rather, the ego must cleanse its creative force of the non-clarity and distortional thinking which caused the perception it holds of being separate from, and/or in conflict with, the Higher Self. In truth, while this perception of separation is really experienced, it is definitely not Real. As the aspirant progresses along the path, discernment is cultivated until the illusion of the separate ego is seen for what it is: a mental projection based on the karmic imprints one is seeking to transcend. ******* Q.Master: In these times of changes, great violence is being played out. What purpose do light workers have in these troubled times? How can we keep ourselves centered and not get too pulled into the duality? — From London, UK
A.My Dear Friend: The questions you raise are in the hearts and minds of many people the world over at the present time. As we enter the Aquarian Age, much is being "brought up," so to speak, for healing. In truth, if one knows where to look, one can see situations reflective of virtually every kind of distortion that has ever existed upon this lovely planet. It is in just such times that one's spiritual maturity is, or can be, severely put to the test. Indeed, the works - even the very thoughts - of those invested in the Light are very important. Some would tell you that the job of these precious aspirants is merely to "balance" the darkness that one might perceive in simply looking about the world. While there is some validity in this kind of thinking, real spiritual maturity requires of each to investigate more deeply into the matter.
The "duality" of which you speak is critical in sustaining the conventional reality - a "reality" that is actually only the appearance of something, not the Real thing. While it is preferable not to get "pulled into the duality," as you nicely put it, one must still feel the effects of the duality - effects which can bring (and have brought) about phenomenal suffering for countless sentient beings. Indeed, it is impossible to transcend, or cut through, anything that one has not experienced. What can be easily observed from such violent times is the apparent power of such afflictions as anger, greed, hatred, belligerence, and domination. While spiritual aspirants long for a collective experience where these mental afflictions do not exist, the truth is that they will not simply disappear from the Earth plane. These states, both personally and collectively, must be cut through to establish the "Peaceable Kingdom" so many seekers believe in and long for. In truth, those who cannot conceive of a world without these afflictive energies will not be able to transcend, or cut through, such energy states. The cutting through, if it actually comes about, will be done by those who not only conceive of such a world reality, but who find a way to live within that reality - even before it becomes observable to most of humanity.
Indeed, feeling the pull of the poles is an important step in the process of bringing about the transcendence so needed. These polar energies provide a type of dynamic tension which, when applied along strands of consciousness, can not only "stretch" consciousness, but can induce a literal breakthrough in what could be called the "enlightenment curve." Much like a rope that is stretched beyond its capacity to withstand the opposing forces, consciousness can "snap" out of one reality into another. When the tension is great enough, the parameters of a given form of consciousness break apart. This is how movement from one paradigm to another takes place. The old awareness snaps apart and in a flash, a new reality is born. The interesting thing to note, however, is that although the new reality simply "dawns" on the individual whose consciousness breaks through the old paradigm, the new paradigm is found to be completely intact at the very moment of its perception.
This is good news for all the "light workers" about which you speak, for all that has to happen is for the snap in consciousness to take place. The "new reality" does not have to be engineered, constructed or built. Indeed, it already exists; it has been co-existing with the conventional reality all along. In fact, these two realities, interacting as creative polar partners, exert a bi-directional pull on consciousness similar to the one you experience as the duality of conventional reality. You could say it is simply happening at a different frequency, or perceptive level, than the one you reference in your question.
If one is standing on a seesaw and is assigned the task of keeping both ends from touching the ground, one may accomplish this in either of two ways. One may run back and forth along the plank, turning around as each end dips, or one may simply find the balance point in the center of the plank and stand still at that point. The first option is like being pulled back and forth by duality, isn't it? One runs toward one end, recognizes one is off center, and runs back toward the other end, until one again realizes s/he is again off center. Clearly, this would be much more tiring than simply finding the point at which the plank balances over the fulcrum and standing there. When one is "centered" in Essence, balance and equanimity are accessible and much more attainable than when one is busily running back and forth from position to position. While the example is simplistic, it does serve as an instructive model for managing duality.
Thus, every spiritual seeker who desires the breakthrough in consciousness that can arise from the applied energies of such polar tensions (abundantly available at the present time), must accomplish several things: 1) become centered in Essence; 2) observe the events unfolding in the world with highly engaged neutrality (that means no checking out and no denial); and 3) persevere with mindful concentration and conscious creation of the goal (this means believing more in the goal than the conditions that appear to block the goal). ******* Q.Master: If a person commits acts of cruelty against another in this life, then later recognizes what they have done and truly regrets their actions, can that karma then be worked on in this life, or can it be worked out only in a future life? If the karma must necessarily follow to another life, how can one find any measure of peace or self-forgiveness in this life, knowing they have harmed another? — From Alaska, U.S.A.
A.My Dear Friend: Of course it is possible to begin clearing karmic relationships in the life in which the karmic insult occurs. In fact, the first step is experiencing genuine remorse for one's actions. The next step is to ask for the other person's forgiveness. I know this can be a difficult step, since (depending on the act for which one has remorse) doing so can expose one to potential rejection, and rejection is particularly painful when one is asking for forgiveness. However, expressing one's remorse to the injured person is important - not so much for the other person as for the purification of oneself. In so doing, often one gets a powerful opportunity to confront internal "demons," or powerful levels of resistance, both of which can be significant teachers.
It is the heart coming open to change that actually cleans up the karma. Often, hearts open by literally breaking open. When remorse is genuine enough to crack open the heart, real healing begins. As the heart opens, one's creative capacity opens; and in truth, even though everyone makes mistakes and has experiences they later regret, still everyone has an infinite capacity for creating goodness, as well. It is important to celebrate the fact that no matter how many mistakes one has made; and no matter the gravity of those mistakes, one still retains a tremendous capacity for generating kindness, compassion and goodness. Indeed, if one forgets this very important point, then it does become impossible to "find any measure of peace or self-forgiveness in this life," as you so eloquently put it in your question above.
If one really chooses to clear karma in the life where it arises, it is necessary to go even deeper. Remorse, left to the devices of the ego mind, can lead one into depression, hopelessness, or other even more morbid mental state. This is why the mind must be transcended. It thus becomes necessary to enter into some mental purification with regard to the person one has injured. Perhaps you imagine this person as a Buddha, or a Christ, and you see yourself bowing or doing prostrations to her/him. Mentally, try to experience profound gratitude for their presence in your life, for it has been through the unfolding of the course of events that you have received a great lesson. You have seen something about yourself (or what you perceive as "your self") that you may not have seen had this person been absent from your experiential realm. What a gift his/her presence was to you - even though you have remorse about the turn of events. Hypothetically speaking, if another person shows up in your life and opens himself/herself to pain and injury so that you may become awake to the power of your thoughts, words and actions, what greater gift could that "other" offer to your enlightenment?
Of course, one cannot simply assume that the other person consciously remembers agreeing to serve in such a capacity. Indeed, it is always important to compassionately attune to the particular pain the other experiences, for such seeing begets true remorse and ultimately, compassion for both self and other. However, it is also important not to let the remorse (which is desirable) deteriorate into guilt (which is not desirable), for guilt often dissolves into paralysis, which is helpful neither to self nor the other person. What is helpful to both parties is compassionate understanding of the tremendous prices people pay to obtain their respective learning. It is ultimately through these often painful, seemingly demeaning, learning experiences that one gets her/his greatest growth. The Soul, you see, is willing to pay nearly any price to have its liberation.
Celebrate your learning, and celebrate the fact that others come into your life to facilitate that learning, whether consciously or unconsciously. It is indeed powerful to recognize that another human being loves you enough to take whatever karmic abuse the "lower self" dishes out in order that you might have your liberation from old karmic patterns. We must be careful not to wax "glib" here, for such gifts from others come with a significant price for them, as well. Rather, one must always be sensitively aware that all beings everywhere are paying heavy prices to obtain their learning - the learning that will ultimately free each from the suffering levels to which all have (and must) pay their dues.
I encourage you to delve deeply into the waters of reconciliation and redemption. Such is the work you came to do, and it will produce the spiritual maturity you seek. Do not wait for another life to dawn to clean up those karmic debts. Rather, use every opportunity you are afforded in this precious life to cut through the limitations of the ego mind, allowing transcendence to be the mark of your presence here on Earth. Apply yourself diligently to the task at hand, and rest in the assurance that like others before you, you too shall have your enlightenment. Walk gently upon the Earth, and dare to love all beings - that includes yourself! ********** Q.Master: What does one do when one finds oneself always angry about everyone and the whole world - so much so that this one cannot even keep a job for more than three months? How can he show compassion with so much anger about the world - particularly in that he is so enraged about the way the world is so devoid of real love? — From Oregon, U.S.A.
A.My Dear Friend: You describe a plight that is truly profound for many people at this time. When one has so much anger, one is literally "in hell". What one must do, of course, is recognize that one is in hell, and find a way to get out. Now, I do not say this in a glib or dismissive way, for the condition you describe is rampant at the present time; and perhaps what that says is that the Earth, Herself, is seeking to release some profound level of this energy (or it likely would not be so prevalent in the hearts and minds of so many of her children).
Anger is a hell realm, and anyone who finds his/her mind caught there is well aware of this truth. One of the rather curious things I notice about the current time is that so many people are in denial of their anger. From my perspective, virtually everyone (whether in touch with her/his anger or in denial of it) has "seva" ["service"] to do for the Earth in this area at this time. Clearly, the question above denotes a situation of great suffering for which liberation from this particular hell realm is sought.
In the first place, one so afflicted must see clearly that s/he can be free of this mental hell realm, and that s/he can sustain a job for more than three months. This is true, even if the track record seems to indicate something else at the given moment. It is very important that one begin visualizing oneself in a calm state - even though the world around may not rise to perfection at the present moment. Indeed, the angry self is the false self - a "self" determined by karmic influences, that attempts to hide the true self from not only one's personal view, but the created "reality" as well. The first step is to begin "re-visioning" oneself in terms that are more compatible with the true self - that part of each being which came to this experiential plane on a flow of goodness and wisdom. You see, it is only that the true self has become disenchanted with this realm of experiencing, and the ego mind is convinced that this one has no control over the hell realm that comes to claim his mind.
We must be careful here not to slip into denial. Pretending that one is not angry is definitely not the answer. Re-visioning oneself, however, is critically important, and I will give a practice below to help accomplish this. However, the first thing that must be understood is that with any major issue (not just anger), one has basically two choices: one may either learn to relate to the issue (in this case, the anger), or one has no choice but to relate to everyone else - even the world - from that issue (whether it be anger, guilt, greed, hatred, etc.) Clearly, nothing that is denied can be transcended. Yet if one can see that even the powerful negative emotions have the capacity to teach something, then one can make use of any mental affliction - no matter how severe or unyielding it may seem.
As I mentioned above, I believe everyone has some work (seva) to accomplish at this time in the area of anger. Some are more angry with themselves; others point their anger outward toward others, and still others have anger at both self and others. When one has a severe case of being angry at everyone and everything, often it is really a misplaced anger at God. Rather than look deeply at the possibility that one's anger is literally at God (for whatever reason), it seems easier to project it outward to everything and everyone in one's personal landscape of experiencing. Of course, it is important to delve deeply to find the root of one's anger, which is what the following 15-minute meditation practice will help one do.
This practice can be divided into three five-minute segments, and thus one may wish to have a small clock within viewing distance as one begins the meditation. After taking a few deep breaths and centering oneself for a couple of minutes, one then remembers an incident wherein the anger was powerfully present. As one calls forth the memory, one seeks to re-experience it as fully as one can, but does so from an observational point, not allowing oneself to get lost in the remembered anger, nor allowing the mind to get into blame-fixing on either self or another. When the incident and the emotional memory comes alive within the imaginal realm, for five minutes one repeatedly asks oneself, "Where does this anger come from?" One waits for the mind to produce an answer ("It comes from ______ saying ________ to me"); and in response to the mind's offering, one calmly responds, "No, I think I had the anger long before that incident." Then, one asks the question again, and responds in like fashion to any "answer" the mind produces. In this fashion, the question is repeatedly asked of the mind, and the mind gets to "dump" all its many excuses and justifications for the presence of anger.
At the end of five minutes, one simply drops the process and continues to the second question: "When this anger is here, how does it move through my body and how through my mind?" In response to this question, simply recall the body sensations (knot in the stomach, sweaty palms, pounding in the head, etc.) and the mental tapes ("How dare s/he talk to me that way!" etc.) that went with the anger. Be as specific as possible, and allow the emotional content to arise as well. Pay particular attention to how the same (or similar) reactions have arisen with multiple episodes of anger, and make strong mental note of them. This way, when one is in an actual situation where anger is arising, one may recognize its presence early, perhaps to avert its destructive properties.
At the end of the second five minutes, one simply drops the process and continues with the third question: "When it is with me, how does anger control me?" Here it is good to have a notebook and take some notes (you may also choose to take some notes on the second question). Of course, one cannot abide in a hell realm unless one gives oneself over to that hell realm. However, rather than just trying to stop the anger (which most will tell you has a high likelihood of failure), great insight can be had by examining it in meditation through asking (and responding) to these three questions. Practiced over a bit of time, this technique allows one to be present for (rather than fight) one's experience of anger. In learning to be present for anger, one touches compassion for all those who ever have, are or ever will feel it intensely. This is the beginning of true compassion, and as one persists with the practice, a genuine desire to liberate all beings from this hell realm will arise.
At the end of the third five minutes, one might reflect on how one feels at the completion of the process, and note changes that come about in practicing this little meditation over time. Of course, those who are in denial of their anger will probably not see any need to do this exercise. If they can at least attempt the meditation on behalf of someone they know who suffers from this hell realm, it will at least be a productive venture into compassion. Additionally, the same meditation may be used for any negative or afflictive mind state: guilt, hatred, envy, pride, vanity, fear, stinginess, or resentment. Indeed, even denial.
As you incorporate this practice, please know that you do this not just for yourself, but for all who have suffered because of these powerful mental afflictions. Know that in so doing, you make the experiential realm of this lovely planet a bit calmer - indeed a bit nicer - for all beings to inhabit. ************ Q.Master: You speak often about elevating one's consciousness by learning to distill the difference between what is "Real," and what is only "really experienced." Can you please elaborate on this lesson for us? — From California, U.S.A.
A.My Dear Friend: This is a very important question. In truth, until one really wrestles with this, or a question with similar terminology, one cannot delve deeply into the projections and pretenses of ego mind; and thus, no real piercing of the veil of illusion can occur. That being said, in virtually all spiritual traditions there exist many vehicles to transport one's consciousness into creative proximity with a veil-rending state of awareness. While at first blush, these practices, techniques and moments of grace may seem quite different, in the final analysis all are intimately connected and derived from the various proclivities of mind to grapple with the Unknown (yet not unknowable).
In the first place, one must be aware that the experiential realm is a realm of appearances, not a realm of ultimate "Reality." Things often (perhaps always) appear to be one way, when they are, in fact, another way all together. For example: let's say you are driving your car on an interstate highway, when you look in the rear-view mirror and see that another car is coming upon you very fast. You notice that this car is darting in an out of lanes, passing as many people as possible. Perhaps you even estimate the speed of the vehicle to be in excess of 90 miles per hour, and you may even experience a moment of fear. As the car passes you, you look at the driver of the other vehicle and see that his/her face is furrowed in a frown, and that s/he looks angry and seems to be in his/her own world, giving little or no concern to other drivers on the highway.
You might write off the situation to yet another case of "road rage," and simply be glad when the other driver passes you. Perhaps your heart speeds up a bit, and if the darting in and out produces one or more "close calls," you might even find yourself breaking into a sweat. Perhaps you even comment to yourself (or a passenger in your car) that road rage is abundant these days, and that it creates very dangerous situations for innocent passers-by who are simply minding their own business along the road of life. Indeed, your mind projects the scenario based on what you have experienced in the past. The mind has given you the whole story (or so it seems), and in the moment you do not question it. You simply feel relief that this "angry person" got out of your direct line of experiencing.
You may have noticed by now that minds are very good at "filling in the blanks" of any experience that arises in your immediate field. Often, minds fill in the blanks for experiences that you did not even have, as in the case, perhaps, of someone describing to you one of their experiences. The very best information the mind has is merely that of what appears to be happening. In truth, maybe the person in the speeding car cited above just learned that a child of theirs was in a bad accident at his/her school, and in a state of abject fear, is rushing to the child's side. In truth, no matter how creative the mind can be at dreaming up details, the very best it has is simply what appears (to your mind) to be happening. Likewise, in the old example of six people witnessing a car accident and each one giving a different version of what happened, one can see quite easily that what may have appeared to be true to one person is not necessarily what appeared to be true to another person witnessing the same event.
Ultimately, one must ask how it is that person to person, what appears to be going on can be reported so differently. In witnessing the car accident and then giving a synopsis of the event, each person did "really experience" the flow of events as s/he reported them. Yet sometimes those "reports" differ radically; and, hearing all the reports, one ends up asking, "Did anyone here really see what was going on?" The mind is quick to provide details - details which, although "really experienced," could not later be substantiated at all. Such is an example of the difference between what is "really experienced," and what is "Real."
Another example might be observed in simply how people experience the relative solidness of things they encounter in life. It does seem, after all, that those walls that support the roof of a building are solid. Yet upon inspection of the actual substance of the walls at the subatomic level, one discovers that there is millions times more space than there is actual substance. If we consider a rather simple atom, and increase its size proportionately to where the nucleus is about the size of a cherry, you would find that the little electrons zooming around it in orbital paths would scarcely be big enough to see. Since the little electrons are merely electrical charges flying around this nucleus, you might conclude that the substance is found in the nucleus, since you also discover that the field needed to contain the orbital paths for those little electric charges is perhaps the size of the Vatican! "So much space," you think, "so little substance!" Yet if you delve even more deeply into that nucleus, you will discover that virtually the same ratio between substance and space exists at the subatomic level as is found at the atomic level. You are thus confronted with the great question of how all this apparent substance you find on the Earth actually hangs together. After all, those walls do appear to be solid; but with profound and deep investigation, you discover there is really nothing existing that can be truly defined as substantive. Rather, everything that exists (or that you perceive to exist) is merely different combinations of space and energy; and that at the ultimate level of existence, there really is no substance - even though certain thing do appear to be heavier and denser than other things.
Clearly, this is another example of the difference between what is "really experienced" and what is "Real. You are very fortunate to be living in a time wherein your scientists confirm that there is, actually, no substance. Such helps you grasp this difference between the "Real" and the "really experienced" in ways that previous generations could not know. Thus, it becomes obvious to note that one cannot really trust that which one "really experiences" as having any ultimate "Reality" at all. This is not to say that there is no reality in experiencing, but rather there is no inherent reality in what one experiences.
If this seems confusing, simply be aware that there is a kind of "functional reality" in what one experiences, which does have merit and which can give meaning to experiences. For example, if everyone experienced the ultimate emptiness of a form, say, such as a table, the table would lose its ability to function as it appears to function to most everyone in the conventional reality.
Let's say you live on a planet where people intake water by drinking it from a glass. Then, let's pretend you visit a planet where people (or the form of life you meet there) intake water quite nicely by placing a finger in a pool of water and simply drawing it in through the process of osmosis. On that particular planet, the glass would lose its meaning/function. In fact, individuals living in that "reality" might not even be able to see a glass should you hold one up for their inspection. Since the glass would have neither meaning nor function, it could not be a part of that "reality." Based on that experience, one would then have to ask oneself, "Which 'reality' is the 'Real' reality?" Well, perhaps neither would actually qualify.
While this line of discussion may seem a bit "far out" for some of you, it should at least provide for the possibility that things are simply not as they seem. This is where those who require some kind of proof for the spiritual plane, or the presence of spiritual beings on a physical plane, run amok. When we talk about proof, we must first qualify the level at which we seek to demonstrate proof. If one hits a brick wall with his/her fist, it will appear to be solidly there. Yet if one can penetrate all the way to the subatomic level, there is simply nothing to be found that is solidly "wall." Thus, what appears to be "provable" at one level is completely devoid of "proof" (indeed meaning) at another level. While one does "really experience" the wall when one strikes it with the fist, upon deeper investigation, one cannot truthfully say there is anything "there" at all.
Until one has seen the true nature of all phenomena, one simply cannot say, or know, what is "Real." When one experiences Emptiness directly, however, one may know what is "Real," but still one may not be able to say what is "Real." All this leads us to the point of recognition that one should always question what appears to the mind. This is not to say the mind is wrong, exactly, in what it perceives; but we must hold that due to the way in which the mind "fills in the blanks," it simply cannot be trusted to see the full, or whole, story. In simply allowing that the mind may be projecting whatever is perceived based on past experiences and beliefs, one leaves the door open (so to speak) to perceive other "realities" as well. If one believes completely that what one sees is actually what is, then one will never see in any other way than one has always seen. In other words, such a one is not likely to be calling forth a direct experience of Emptiness, for what the mind believes is all-powerful in determining (or interpreting) the moment.
Simply stated, one cannot trust one's mind to perceive, or hold, anything that could be termed "ultimate truth," or "ultimate reality." What one can do, however, is to keep the door to "other realities" open through questioning the mind's perceptions at every turn. Thus, if someone says to you, "You're a closed person," instead of replying, "No I'm not," inquire as to how they came to their conclusion. You may think you know how you appear to someone else, but in truth, that perception is coming only from your mind. As you learn to question your mind's "take" on the appearances that arise for interpretation, you become profoundly interested in how things appear to others. You become perhaps even more interested in how things appear to others than how they appear to you, since you know you cannot trust the interpretations of your mind, anyway. Of course, you cannot trust the interpretations of another person's mind, but you can stay open to the possibility that another might just see something a bit more clearly than you see it. As you become freer and freer of the conditions of your own mind, you awaken to the delightful possibility (indeed, probability) that much more is going on than appears to "meet the eye." You may even awaken to the recognition that there are an infinite number of "realities" all compressed into the same "space," neatly co-existing and superimposing themselves upon each other in a truly magnificent creative expression of Divine Mind. ****** Continued....
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Sept 7, 2008 14:50:53 GMT 4
.....continued from previous post: Taming The Mind [plus info on the Seven Rays of Creation] Part 3 of 3
....Master's Q & AQ.Master: You talk a lot about working with the mind, but I find I have difficulty pinning down anything concrete - other than specific thoughts when they arise. Is it possible to work with my mind in a more holistic way? From Lafayette, CO, U.S.A. A.My dear friend: You are quite correct[/b] about the difficulty in "pinning down," as you say, the mind. One of the more difficult propositions to master, with regard to solid mind work, is gaining the necessary objectivity to see the mind for what it really is. This is to say, it is likely not what you think it is. It is true that one must work with arising thoughts; but often individuals get lost in those arising thoughts, and even try to own them - as if they really exist as they appear to exist. If all this sounds a bit confusing, rest assured that it is. Were transcending the mind an easy task, you (and many others) would have accomplished it by now. The mind, you see, is something much vaster than the thoughts that arise into consciousness. Indeed, thinking is only one of many activities of mind. While most people tend to think of mind as the part that thinks, it is also true that mind is the part that feels; projects a perspective or perception into future experiences, and then judges its own thoughts, feelings and projections. One must begin, of course, by examining the thoughts and feelings that arise. One must look at the process (as best one can) that stimulates and interprets the thoughts and feelings that arise. However, it is very important not to become possessive of your thoughts and feelings. Some fascination is fine - particularly in the beginning; but that, too, must eventually be dissolved if one is to see what the mind really is. In truth, your thoughts are not your own. They do not come from you, although they may appear to do so. Many think of their own thought and feeling realms as being private, believing that no other person can know the thoughts they think. However, believing in this manner indicates a lack of understanding for the process. If you persist in your investigation of the mind, however, eventually you will see through the stunning illusion of "mind." As I mentioned above, your thoughts are not from you. No matter how fascinating and provocative they seem - no matter how attached you may be to some of them - they existed long before you came to own the body you now use to sail upon the ocean of life. Thoughts exist in a non-physical realm that could be called a sort of repository for the consciousness that takes form and evolves on a particular planet. For example: you could say there is a thought realm for Earth, one for Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and so on. Since you cannot use the same form to evolve consciousness on these different planets, you will find you have access only to the thought realm that coincides with the body form and planet upon which you currently are "growing" your consciousness. Of course, consciousness is not something that comes from you, either. It exists as a field of charged awareness which encompasses a particular celestial body (say, Earth, for example), and from which you borrow as you develop spiritually and find ways to embody more and more of your divine potential. The good news is that you do not need to create either, since that has already been done for you. Your task is to expand the consciousness you designate "yours" so that you can discover the vast expanse of Consciousness emanating directly from the Source of All Being. Indeed, in this process, "mind" eventually dissolves into Consciousness. In working with the mind, one first pays attention to the thoughts and feelings that arise in any given moment - often asking within something like: "So how is it this mind I call my own picks this thought (or feeling) out of all the possible thoughts (and feelings) available for harvesting at this particular moment?" In other words, the first step is to generate profound curiosity for this thing called "mind," seeking to explore virtually every thought, feeling, belief, assumption, opinion, and/or projection that arises. In so investigating, you will (or at least can) discover a tremendous amount about what it is to be human. You will learn how mind moves from thought to thought, feeling to feeling, thought to feeling, etc. - much in the same manner as a monkey in a tree goes from branch to branch, often with little or no logic to its movement. Like the monkey, the mind likes movement for the sake of movement. If you persist in this deep inquiry into the nature of mind, eventually you will see through the whole grand illusion. You will see the profound collusion of all human beings to keep the illusion "alive" - or at least in tact. You will eventually come to a point in awareness where you see thoughts coming and going, indeed before the "eyes" of your awareness. No longer will they appear to come from you. You will see them as existing in a realm unto themselves, but floating about, being picked up by minds in much the same way as a radio receiver picks up broadcast signals. While you cannot see the broadcast signals moving through the air, you know they must exist because you can pick them up on your radio receiver set. In like manner, thoughts move through the air, vibrating at a speed faster than the speed of physical light. You cannot see them, but your mind picks them up and plays them for you much like a radio plays the broadcast signals. In understanding how mind works, you naturally begin to work with it from a more holistic perspective. As you understand the nature of thought, you gain some distance from what you may experience initially as coming from yourself. In this way, you become available to experience thought/feelings/etc. in a different way. As you do so, you will ultimately come to actually view thought floating by. As this happens, you develop a tremendous level of compassion for all those who suffer from believing their thoughts come from themselves. You see clearly that owning those thoughts can be yet another form of suffering. You will also come to see the results of such a process as potentially the most powerful form of generating suffering. For example, let's say that the thought arises in a person's mind to murder someone. Without describing any kind of scenario, we can recognize that the potential for suffering now becomes immense. One person having such a thought may act on it, causing suffering for numbers of people, including him/herself. Another person, having a similar thought, does not act on it. While not acting on the thought of killing another may spare all the individuals the kind of suffering that might have arisen with the death of someone close to them, it does not necessarily spare the "thinker" from suffering. In fact, it is likely that the person will obsess upon the thought, wondering why they experienced it; or perhaps obsessing about how to control the thought and not act upon it. In both of these cases, the person suffers. All suffering has roots in the mind. Since the idea of working with the mind in the first place is to eradicate suffering, it is most helpful if one can understand the workings of the mind. To understand this is to find a way to free oneself from suffering. Of course, freedom from suffering is not likely to occur in a "blast from the blue," as the saying goes. Such freedom is the product of rigorous investigation; and once seen, will then have to be mindfully established. That means you (and others) will first learn to see through the mind's projections, realizing those thoughts and feelings come to you (rather than from you), and you have simply accepted them as your own. As you relinquish ownership of those thoughts, you discover a freedom that cannot really be described - only experienced. May you have much good fortune in your journey through the thing called "mind," and may you awaken to the truth of who you really are! ******** Note From Michelle: The following and last two Q&As are a bit different from the others. A bit of info on the Ascended Masters and the Rays of Creation are found within them. After, I've posted more on this from other sites.Q.Master: What is your connection to Jesus? Your Teachings seem very spiritual, but they are quite different from the Teachings of Jesus. Can you help me put this into perspective? — From Rogers, Arkansas, U.S.A.
A.My dear friend: All beings who approach Earth as spiritual Teachers do so because in a quite literal way, each has been asked to do so. Like Jesus, I am not currently in physical form. Like Jesus, I departed the life in which I cut through the illusions of the physical plane. Like Jesus, I am not subject to the pressures nor the demands of time and space, or other confines that arise on the physical plane. Like Jesus, I have mastered a spiritual tradition or two; and also like Jesus, I am considered a pretty good teacher. While there may be differences from spiritual tradition to spiritual tradition, basically all spiritual Teachers have the common goal of seeking to free humanity from the confines of small mindedness and degraded living. (Please see the question I last answered for more details here.) All on this non-physical plane Who are helping Earth at this time are part of a huge spectrum of infinitely creative energy. It is this energy that "begat," you might say, the Earth and all its inhabitants. As you probably know, there are may theories of Creation - indeed there exist a plethora of Creation stories which span not only the physical scope of the globe, but the psychological, mythological, ideological, theological and cultural scopes as well. One way of seeing the Whole is to understand that energy brought forth matter. You could say that the Source of All Being extended Itself into Its own Creation via these varying energetic formats. These energies, like the phenomenon of color, are chromatic aberrations of the infinite and profoundly undifferentiated Light Source. Just as when white light enters a prism the rays are separated out as individual colors, a similar condition exists at a cosmic level, which ultimately manifests as the Rays of Creation, for lack of a better term. Emanating directly from the Infinite Source of all Light are the two basic Rays of Creation called the First and Second Rays. The First Ray is often visualized as a bright red, having tremendous causative energy, masculine in nature. The Second Ray is often visualized as a bright sky blue, having the properties of reception and understanding, feminine in nature. From these two emanate the Third Ray, often visualized as a bright yellow, which has the power to hold things together. It is neither masculine nor feminine, although it supports the balance of all opposites in the configuration of polar arrangements that basically provides for all experiencing in this cosmic day. (Please try to see this teaching as given for illustrative purposes, and not dogmatic intent.) From the Third Ray, there emanate the four remaining Rays of Creation: the Fourth Ray, often visualized as emerald green, also known as the "harmony through conflict" ray, or the emotional ray; the Fifth Ray, often visualized as bright orange, known as the ray of higher or abstract understanding; the Sixth Ray, often visualized as indigo or dark purple, also known as the ray of devotion; and the Seventh Ray, light purple in color, sometimes called the "violet flame," and understood as the alchemical ray, or the magical ray, governing all transformative processes. From this brief overview, you can perhaps understand that everything arises in a natural creative order, and that things material originate not in the material realm but in the spiritual realm, becoming manifest into physical form through the flow of these creative energies. If One is to be a Teacher for Earth, One must come forth as an extension of one of these cosmic energies. Thus, there are Teachers on the First Ray, Teachers on the Second Ray, Teachers on the Third Ray, etc. I am a Teacher on the Second Ray, and Jesus is a Teacher on the Sixth Ray. One of the most widely known and revered Teachers of the First Ray is El Moya (about whom you can read in the works of the Theosophists and C.W. Leadbeater). Those working with the Third Ray may know the Master Paul. Those working or learning with the Fourth Ray are likely to know or work with the Master Kuthumi. The Fifth Ray is "headed," you might say, by the Master Hilarion; and the Seventh Ray by Master St. Germaine. While it is not necessary that you differentiate these energies, nor the Teachers Who are supported by each, just know that there is an orderly arising for all the Masters Who love and support Earth at this time. Indeed, the various energies simply ensure that the totality of Teaching energies span the spectrum of Creation. This is important. For example, the prophet Mohamed is also a Sixth Ray Teacher, and while there are clearly similarities between His teachings and those of Jesus, they do not overlay identically - even though these two Teachers are both supported by the Sixth Ray. There are many Second Ray Teachers (many of you know and love Kwan Yin, Who is a Second Ray Teacher, as is the White Tara.). One of the interesting marks of Second Ray Teachers is that We all tend to teach from many perspectives, not just one. This is why there are so many of Us working with Earth beings at this time. Indeed, if you delve into the teachings I have given through Kathlyn alone, you will find origins in many different spiritual traditions. Each of the Rays of Creation have special energetic formats which support different, although purely compatible, ideas and understanding for what is and what works to free the mind from the prison of suffering. Thus, all are important in the total presentation of the Source of All Being. As I mentioned earlier, try to resist any temptation to become dogmatic about any of this material. Rather, see it as a means of explaining the whole gamut of Spiritual Teachings and plethora of Teachers over the entire life of this planet. If you can see in this manner, you discover that every teaching - indeed every Teacher - is beautifully presented within the vibrant spectrum of our Source. May you find this teaching helpful in your journey to Truth. May you discover remnants of all Teachers within your Great Heart; and may you have your full awakening in this very lifetime! ******* Q.Master: It is my understanding that all the beings who have started major wars throughout history have been "sixth ray" individuals. If this is true, how does this play out, and would that be true of George Bush, current president of the United States? — From Denver, CO, U.S.A.
A.My dear friend: This is a very interesting question, and I hope by answering it, there will be a meaningful consideration for many who read it. Many people are looking for answers as to the current world situation, and while the "lookers" are many, the answers may seem few and far between. Of course, you would not be asking this question if you were an individual who is satisfied with the kinds of surface answers that many accept. There are many seekers, like yourself, who have found little comfort in the simplistic "answers" offered by those who tend to see things in black-and-white, so to speak. Your understanding that all who have started wars are of the sixth ray, is perhaps a bit of a generalization, but you are "onto" something in your reasoning. While many who actively wage war are working and learning through the sixth ray, others also in that category may be working and learning via the first ray. Indeed, both these energetic formats, particularly at their lower levels, can contribute to the emotional and mental complexes that produce warmongering. The whole proposition of war is an interesting one, and is perhaps less simple to understand than most would see it. I find that much of a person's understanding of this complicated issue is determined by how one perceives and holds the Divine. While I may run the risk of over-generalizing too, I will present something for your consideration. If, for the sake of this teaching, we can put humanity into two camps with regard to how the Divine is experienced, there may be something of value to be learned that can shed additional light on your proposition regarding the propensity of specific ray energy - particularly at the personality level. One of the interesting things that can be observed regarding humanity and the Divine is that there are two basic ways of perceiving the Divine and creating communication and interaction with It. As you know, all of the physical realm is supported, or you could say "held together," by the supporting parameters of time and space. Virtually every spiritual tradition on Earth will approach the Divine via one of these continuums. When we speak of the space continuum, we are really addressing the realm of matter, since matter is what fills space, and all matter requires space to exist. The time continuum, however, is aligned with consciousness. Indeed, all levels of awareness are somewhat aligned in reference to these two. At the plant and animal level, it is pretty clear that the form the matter takes determines the consciousness that indwells it. Nearly everyone recognizes that a rose will not produce acorns, nor will it ever look like an oak tree. The consciousness that indwells it is specific to the form in which it arises. To a large extent, this is true of animals as well. For example, a dog will never have the consciousness of a cow; a zebra will never have the consciousness of a butterfly; a snail will never have the consciousness of an elephant. The particular special form determines the consciousness for each species. When we move into the human realm, however, we begin to see something different. While at the beginning level form does appear to have considerable influence over consciousness, as the human evolves, it becomes clear that consciousness determines form. Nearly everyone knows of someone (or has at least heard of someone) who obsessed so much over contracting cancer or coronary disease that it finally manifested in their body. The clinical designation of the hypochondriac is all too well known, as are the conditions of psychosomatic illness. In these cases, it is very clear that consciousness influences/determines form. We could go on with many other examples of how this plays out, but suffice our consideration here to say that as one evolves spiritually, the body is also "informed" by the changes in consciousness. You may have noticed that when animals have a great deal of contact with humans, they begin to show behaviors which mimic the human state of consciousness. In these cases, the animals are said to be in a transitional state, taking on the consciousness of humans by their association with/to humans. You may have noticed that not all animals become human-like merely with human association. Animals, too, are seeking spiritual awakening, although they do not have the conceptual backdrop necessary to particularly know what it is they are seeking. Perhaps they simply want to be like those they love. However, you can easily observe those animals that "take to" the human type of consciousness, for they may seem more "human" than certain members of the human kingdom! When this phenomenon is observed in animals, it becomes clear that something is going on within the time/consciousness continuum. The animal is in a transitional stage wherein consciousness begins to determine/inform its matter. In some cases, you will even note that an animal dies of the very same disease as afflicts its owner, or somehow manages to develop physical symptoms in accordance with its owner's physical or mental state. Having explained the mode for the coming together of time/consciousness and space/matter, we can then recognize that spiritual traditions will approach the Divine more in alignment with one or the other of these two continuums. Quite simply stated, those who see (or approach) the Divine more from the continuum of space/matter are much more likely to see war as a holy, or at least noble, event. By experiencing the Divine in this manner, there are many justifications for war. One might feel called to protect a certain area of the world from perceived "enemies." Or, one might feel called at a spiritual level to protect one's own "tribe" from the "infidel," (however that term is defined.) Also, a conviction that one is called to "spread the word" to areas outside one's own home or comfort zone could also raise spiritual justifications for war, as could the belief that one is called to "convert" others to the spiritual path of one's own preference. The religions which have very clear-cut regimentations (or rules, dogma, etc.) may also find spiritual justifications for waging war. Even those who may describe themselves as "pacifists" can support, or even wage war, given an insult to their faith. If, however, one's spiritual approach to the Divine falls more along the time/consciousness continuum, one might feel there is absolutely NO justification for war. In this case, spirituality becomes seen as an evolutional process of consciousness expanding, and the greater identification is placed in unity rather than in separation. To these spiritual aspirants, any compromise of any conscious being is a compromise to the condition of one's own consciousness. Indeed, waging war would not be possible, although under conditions of perceived threat, going to war might be acceptable. Proponents of the time/consciousness continuum tend not to be "keeping the rules" laid down by a religious organization or particular spiritual leader. Rather, their approach is to expand what they perceive as their own consciousness to include, and become unified with, all other consciousness. In the final analysis, waging war may have much less to do with politics than most believe, and much more to do with how one recognizes and relates to the Divine. When we draw together this information with the influence of the cosmic rays, you can begin to see that the issue is of considerable magnitude. The influence of the rays mostly has to do with the relative non-clarity with which individuals may apply (or use) the energy of the rays. As you probably know, the First Ray is associated with Divine Will. However, many individuals must experience the forceful energy for many lifetimes before they are able to bring their little personal wills into alignment with Divine will. Thus, while experimenting in the flow of energy, some confuse their personal will for Divine Will. When applied at a distortional level, First Ray energy can bring about a great deal of destruction - even though the one(s) applying it may believe that their thinking, and the resulting behaviors, are coming straight from God. With Sixth Ray energy, the pattern is somewhat different. One of the distortional uses of Sixth Ray is the inability to turn lose of some idea, or way of being. This may be observable in some individuals who continue to remain entrenched in the past, not wanting to give up the old ways, even though they may be antiquated and out of step with the current time. When this type of Sixth Ray usage is applied in the area of philosophy, or religious fervor, however, there can be a tendency to "go overboard" by requiring others to think and feel the same way or be punished. In truth, both First Ray energy and Sixth Ray energy can be (and often are) used in a punishing way. If applied at an international or global level, both energies may be a causative force in waging war. With regard to George Bush, it is not really appropriate for me to speak in this venue about the path of another human being. However, you are clearly free to grapple with the material here provided and draw your own conclusion (or make your own projection) as to what energetic forces may have been applied to bring about the current situation in the Middle East. Know, however, that your goal should be to gain fuller understanding of the complexity of the matter, rather than cast aspersions at anyone in particular for what you may perceive his/her driving force may be. While some would offer that the situation is "black and white" (and indeed there are cases to be made along these lines), I would also suggest that you try on the possibility of great complexity with multiple influencing forces and factors. The idea here is not to come to some "right" answer, but rather to have an appreciation for how big the picture really is. Michelle: I've posted about half of the Q&As at MasterDK.com : the ones I felt you may wonder on or struggle with. If you wish, you can view them all here:masterdk.com/questions_and_answers------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Here's a Glossary of terms and some of the Masters:Glossary of TermsAdam Kadmon – Refers to the body style of Humans on Earth, containing a rare and much sought after combination of physical, emotional, mental, spiritual and etheric bodies in one embodiment. Other incarnates elsewhere in the Universe have 3 or 4 of our 5 qualities. Angelic Invocation* – On behalf of Humanity, in conjunction with the Spiritual Hierarchy, the Office of the Christ, and the Planetary Logos, we hereby invoke the presence of the Angelic Realm on Earth as it is in Heaven, specifically at the ratio of twenty angels per human. We also hereby invoke the presence of the Angelic Kingdom for the other kingdoms upon the planet, namely the Animal, Plant, and Mineral Kingdoms, at the ratio of ten angels per embodied animal, plant or mineral. We hereby invoke the visibility of all angelic presence to be seen as well as heard and felt by all life forms, human, animal, plant and mineral, upon the planet Earth, now. *Channeled by Djwhal Khul through Rev. Terri Newlon on December 19, 2007, "Angelic Invocation" full teaching available on audio and transcript. Ascended Master – One who has achieved Enlightenment through a series of physical incarnations (lifetimes). Chakra – An energy center or wheel inside the body, according to Eastern philosophy of Sanskrit origin. The body has seven main chakras, and several secondary and auxiliary chakras. The main chakras or chakra column, depict energy entering at the top of the head (crown chakra) and exiting at the base of the torso (root chakra). Channeling, Conscious – The art of connecting to a higher consciousness, and in some cases the wisdom of the inner self, and allowing that level of consciousness to flow through the “channel” or chakra column. Literally connected to “hallowed be thy name” in that one becomes hollow, or a conduit for Spirit. This can manifest as voice channeling, inspiration or ideas, singing, painting, writing or other art forms, getting “God-bumps” in a holy place, exceptional athletic or emergency abilities, or intuition (knowingness without knowledge). Everything in Creation has this ability, and the skill can be developed in such a way that is turned on and off at Will. One is aware or conscious of the material coming through them, thus requiring that the conscious mind be disciplined. Belief systems must be cleared on an ongoing basis by the Channel in order to remain a clear conduit. This is the preferred style of channeling in the Aquarian Age. Channeling, Trance – See Channeling, Conscious, and add this information - One who is in a trance state (such as Edgar Cayce) and does not recall or is not aware of the information as it is coming through them. Sometimes they leave their body, and return when the other being is done. While the conscious mind does not need to be disciplined in this style of channeling, the subconscious mind does collect the excess data and can not process it. Most trance channels have exhausted their bodies within a 10 year period, and their heart muscle gives out. This is considered to be the Piscean Age style, and less preferred due to possible complications of the health. Christed Light, Gold or Cosmic – All purpose Healing Light, vibrationally attuned for our Universe. Christed Light , White – All purpose Healing Light, vibrationally attuned for our Earth. Clairaudient – The ability to hear beyond what is considered to be ordinary capacity. Clairsentient – The ability to feel beyond what is considered to be ordinary capacity. Clairvoyant – The ability to see beyond what is considered to be ordinary capacity. Divine Love – Transcends Earthly forms of love, and most certainly dysfunctional love. It is the lesson being learned by all those incarnate in our Universe. It is sometimes referred to as the theme of our Universe, with the themes of our sister Universes being Will and Wisdom. (See also Three Star One.) Djwhal Khul – Pronounced “Do-all Cool”. Ascended Master in the Second (Blue, Love-Wisdom and Teaching) Ray Department of the Spiritual Hierarchy. Also known as “The Tibetan”. Known to Madam Blavatsky and The Theosophical Society as one who studied with El Morya and Kuthumi in Tibet. Creator of the extensive library of The Alice A. Bailey teachings, published by the Lucis Trust Foundation. “DK” was also incarnate as Confucius, and created the I-Ching. Most recently, he created the 12 Ray Attunements, positive aspect only, through Rev. Terri Newlon, who mentored under Janet McClure and has channeled DK since 1980. DK Group – Refers to all those who enjoy the teachings of Ascended Master Djwhal Khul, either in their wakened state or in their sleep state, which is sometimes referred to as night school or inner planes teachings. This is estimated to be a very large number of Spiritual Students and Colleagues. El Morya – Ascended Master in the First (Red, Divine Will) Ray Department of the Spiritual Hierarchy. El Morya was incarnate with DK and KH (Kuthumi) in Tibet and met Madam (H.P.) Blavatsky of The Theosophical Society when she traveled to that region. Empath – One who is clairsentient, and often also clairvoyant and clairaudient. An empath can feel into any other consciousness, such as another person, an animal, a tree, or even an inanimate object. This ability should be reserved for consciously requested healing purposes only, and never for psychic spying or any other form of invasion of privacy. Great Invocation – The third draft of an invocation from Ascended Master Djwhal Khul, through Alice A. Bailey in 1945. Truly a classic World Prayer or Mantra. More recently made gender neutral in this adapted version: THE GREAT INVOCATION *
From the point of Light within the Mind of God Let light stream forth into human minds. Let Light descend on Earth.
From the point of Love within the Heart of God Let love stream forth into human hearts. May the Coming One return to Earth.
From the centre where the Will of God is known Let purpose guide all little human wills - The purpose which the Masters know and serve.
From the centre which we call the human race Let the Plan of Love and Light work out And may it seal the door where evil dwells.
Let Light and Love and Power restore the Plan on Earth.
* adapted versionHelios – Logos or Being that ensouls our Sun. Hilarion – Ascended Master in the Fifth (Orange, Science and Divine Place Clarified) Ray Department of the Spiritual Hierarchy. Jesus – Ascended Master in the Sixth (Indigo, Devotion, Religion, World and Family) Ray Department of the Spiritual Hierarchy. Sometimes referred to as “Sananda” in the Mystery School teachings. Mystery School teachings believe that Jesus was over-lighted by The Christ (Lord Maitreya) during his incarnation and at the time of his crucifixion. Kuthumi – Pronounced “Koo-Too-Me”. Ascended Master in the Second (Blue, Love-Wisdom and Teaching) Ray Department of the Spiritual Hierarchy. Know to Madam Blavatsky as one of Djwhal Khul’s teachers in Tibet. Kuthumi, El Morya and Djwhal Khul are also said to have incarnated as The Three Wise Men. Melchizadek – Logos or Being that ensouls the Universe. Metaphysical – Meta or beyond; and Physics or the science that deals with energy, matter, motion or force. Literal translation is beyond known science. Metatron – Logos or Being that ensouls our Galaxy. Mission or Purpose - In addition to The Tibetan’s philosophy that “The Purpose of All Life is Happiness”, each individual consciousness has one or more lessons or agreed upon services to perform in each lifetime. Mother Earth – A living, breathing Being with full sentient (feeling) powers, much like any other Being in Creation, except in a heavenly or celestial body rather than Human or other life form. New Age – A term coined by Ascended Master Djwhal Khul, when he was delivering telepathic communications to Alice A. Bailey, who’s work is published by the Lucis Trust Foundation. It simply refers to the Age of Aquarius, as he was working in the time period of the Age of Pisces. It is not a religion or a spiritual practice. Office of the Christ – A post or title that is occupied by an Ascended Master known as Lord Maitreya. This is sometimes seen as a bridge between Christianity and Buddhism, or Eastern and Western religions. Oneness – Realization that all of Creation is made in the image of the Creator, and therefore is One or Whole. Also refers to a state of being which lacks separation. Paul the Venetian – Ascended Master in the Fourth (Green, Harmony through Unity, Healing and the Arts) Ray Department of the Spiritual Hierarchy. Purpose or Mission – In addition to The Tibetan’s philosophy that “The Purpose of All Life is Happiness”, each individual consciousness has one or more lessons or agreed upon services to perform in each lifetime. Sanat Kumara – Logos or Being that ensouls our Mother Earth. Separation – Mind perceived state of consciousness that is contrary to True Creation, which can never be separate. See Oneness. Serapis Bay – Ascended Master in the Third (Yellow, Divine Intelligence, Teaching and Healing) Ray Department of the Spiritual Hierarchy. Spiritual Hierarchy – A group of Enlightened Beings, divided into Seven Departments that reflect the Spiritual Government or the “as above, so below” concept. The Spiritual Hierarchy, and the Office of the Christ, reflect Humanity at its fullest potential. They work in a Holy Trinity with Sanat Kumara for the good of all. Spirituality – Awareness of Oneness that is deeper than a religious or spiritual practice. St. Germaine – Ascended Master in the Seventh (Violet, Transformation and Divine Manifestation) Ray Department of the Spiritual Hierarchy. Three Star One – Refers to the Holy Trinity, or literally The Mother of Creation. Djwhal Khul describes this Great Being as the Logos or One who ensouls what is known as our Universe, and our two sister Universes (reference to photons or light of other Universes he believes have been photographed by our space telescopes). Download Invocation here. 12 Rays – The way in which Creation is defined in the vibrational sense. Sound has color, color has vibration, and each is specific to its purpose. In the year 2005, Djwhal Khul, also known as The Tibetan, began a new area of Service to Light Workers. He began working with the POSITIVE ASPECT ONLY of each of the RAYS OF CREATION. The delivery of this body of work is considered to be perhaps his best yet, including the Alice A. Bailey material and the I-Ching. It took the entire year to complete. These attunements became so popular, that not all requests were able to be filled during the time frame that DK set forth. The Rays were originally delivered to a CORE GROUP OF STUDENTS, offering just ONE RAY PER MONTH in a strategic sequence. Here is the information that DK channeled about the Rays:Each Ray of Creation contains the Holy Trinity in some form. Rays, 1 through 7, and the Higher Rays, 8 through 12, each contain a positive, neutral and negative quality with the vibration of their color. These Ray Attunements eliminate the vibrational resonance of the neutral and negative qualities, leaving only the positive aspect available for use by the Incarnate Soul. The four bodies, then, begin to radiate this POSITIVE ONLY QUALITY on the Earth Plane, making it MORE AVAILABLE TO HUMANITY. This is the original sequence, and the suggested way of proceeding if you are new to these attunements: 4th Ray ~ Green ~ Harmony | 1st Ray ~ Red ~ Divine Will | 7th Ray ~ Violet ~ Divine Manifestation | 9th Ray ~ Blue-Green ~ Exquisite Joy | 12th Ray ~ Gold ~ Inner Wisdom | 6th Ray ~ Indigo ~ Devotion | 11th Ray ~ Pink-Orange ~ Universal Knowledge | 2nd Ray ~ Blue ~ Love-Wisdom | 3rd Ray ~ Yellow ~ Divine Intelligence | 5th Ray ~ Orange ~ Divine Place Clarified | 8th Ray ~ Green-Violet ~ Purify and Manifest | 10th Ray ~ Pearlescent Pink-White ~ Prepare Humanity for Soul Merge DK originally suggested a minimum of 3 days integration time, with each attunement having an affirmation. One can proceed through the entire sequence uninterrupted, or jump about using discretion. Source: www.terrinewlon.com/glossary.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Master DK from another channel; this one addressed to the Indigo children. Many refer to the Indigos as very young; this isn't always true; although we did have a huge influx of them in the early 1990s. If you are in your 30s, 40s, 50s, 60s and so on you might be an Indigo too...I am one, a prototype parent to my son, who is an Indigo/Crystal type. See: How do you know if you, or someone you know, is an Indigo or Crystal Child or Adult?www.starchild.co.za/what.htmlWe will ask Djwhal Khul to come and sit with you and speak with you about the rays.Michelle: I skipped the intro to this; it can be found here: www.drjoshuadavidstone.com/wist/DK-children.htmDjwhal Khul Speaks to the ChildrenWell, blessings to you, Beloved Ones! You have traveled many different planes (of existence) and many existences in your Earth and beyond your Earth. You are like a little time traveler. You are one to be honored and one to be cherished. For you are a divine child of God. And yet living on the Earth is not always easy for you. But then you chose this. You asked to be present on the Earth at this time. And you asked to be able to bring a certain focus that may be slightly different. In other words, the focus on the Earth and the perspective of many who live there, what is expected of you by many and what is desired of you by some, is NOT your focus. Is that so? You have a different gift to bring to the Earth. And you are an Indigo Child. You may not be an indigo child like some; you are a variation, for they are not all the same. Perhaps you have brought in the indigo heart and the indigo need for truth and the need for beauty. Perhaps you have brought in the indigo sensitivity that only wants to be about love. It wants to circulate love and create love. Maybe you have brought in the artistic perception of an Indigo. Or even the Grand Intelligence and Deep Scientific Calculations of an Indigo who is at home with computers and devices of intricacy. There are things for you to learn and there are things for you to teachThis does not make you better than anyone else. Nor is anyone else better than you are. All are of GOD. It is like a grand garden. There are many flowers that grow in this garden. The seed that sprouted your particular flower has come from a long, way away. And yet it has seeded in the garden of the Earth. So know that you are in your right place for now because you are here. You need to be here. There are things for you to learn and there are things for you to teach. You need to be here. So do not waste your time dreaming of leaving. Because in your dreams and in your visions and those that are forthcoming, you may see and catch glimpses of other worlds. They are worlds that you have lived in. But it does not mean that there is any mistake that you have come here. For you have come here to open the heart. Even if it is in a rather unique way, as seen from the perspective of some on the Earth. And I shall not tell to you all the things that you will do. For you are a flower that grows upon a vine. And what does that mean? It means that you grow entertwined with others. And there are others that shall come and they will join you. And you shall grow together. And you shall find the others that are like you. And then you will not feel so alone. For you have come to build a new societyDeep inside of you you know why you have come, for your heart knows. And you have come to seed a New Kind of Being. And it does go against the grain of your socieity. For you have come to build a new society. You have come to become a builder of a new focus and a new society. And it is as if there is a prism and you have come to polish one of the colors on the prism. But I say to you in order to accomplish that which you have come to do – your job – your gift – it is important for you to honor the other colors in the prism. And it is important that you achieve a certain amount of balance in your world, so that others might listen to you. So that you might learn about many things. So that THEN you can bring your own gift, and others will listen to you. For they will not always understand you, but when you understand them, by dabbling, you might say, a little bit in all of the things that are important to them, then you shall bring them to you, endear them to you. And then they will not be afraid of you. And they will not be put off by you. And they will come closer to you. And then they will be able to see your gift. And those things that you create, you will then be able to share with them, because you have not separated yourself from them. It is important that you learn something about everybody. That is why you are in schoolAnd it is not that you should separate yourself from any other, but that you would bring the Gift of Unity and Oneness. Perhaps you are a golden thread. But then there are threads that are silver and threads that are white and there are threads that are green and gray. And you have come to take a needle and unite all of the threads. And not to be superior and not to be inferior. And not to stop listening to your own heart either. But in order to gain the heart and the ear, so that others will see your works and listen to you, it is important that you learn something about everybody. That is why you are in school. You have already come with a gift and you have a purpose. It is to restore beauty on the Earth. To restore the heart. And to hold a focus of the Divine Feminine. And the Divine Feminine comes forth from you like a fountain. Much beauty and much flow of harmony, for you are all about harmony and love. And where there is no harmony, you do not understand it. And where there is no love, you do not want to be there. And where it does not make sense to your heart, your mind wants to leave and not be there. And that is why the dreams are so strong within you. And that is why the force of love is so strong within you. But in order to grow and strengthen your stem and build your leaves and branches as the bright flower are, it is important, since you are planted in the soil of the Earth, to understand something of the Earth. And that is why you are in school. To understand something of things that you may not choose to be with for very long. But go through the learning of it. And learn something about it. Why? So you can speak with many people. So you can love many people. So you can share your gifts with them and learn from their gifts. And it doesn’t mean that you will lose the wondrous gift that you bring. You are different but you are also the sameYou are different but you are also the same. Because everything is united. That which created Everything. Every flower, every bird, every planet, every universe, every little dog and every little human and every little angel. The Creator of All put a thread of Unity through all so that everything moves altogether. On your Earth, it is not so easy to see the threads. They look invisible, but they are not. Everything is united. So please, Beloved Indigo Child, please honor and love yourselfSo please, Beloved Indigo Child, please honor and love yourself and know that you are honored in Heaven, even as you shall be honored on Earth. And there is unity there as well! Heaven and Earth are really one. Everything is really connected. This you will see before too long, if you do not already see it. Earth is a little bit of a school itself. You may not like school and you may not like Earth at times. But please honor Her. Know that She is alive. She isn’t just a big ball that you walk on. She is alive. Every little part of Her. Even as you walk on Her Big Body, She is conscious and She is growing. And She is, in one sense, in Her own school of development, of expansion. She is spinning through space and doing many things. And She shelters you. And She is one of your mothers, for She nourishes you. Her elements are in your physical body and Her soils, although depleted by Humanity, give you food to eat. Her waters give you drink. The Rays come out of GOD that created Everything. And what they are are different little colors, like streams. When you draw a sun you sometimes put lines that come out of the sun. If you go back to the original sun that created and warmed everything, you will have what is called GOD. And the lines that come out are like the rays. Each of the rays stand for a major part of God’s personalityYou have a personality and God has a personality. Each of the rays stand for a major part of God’s personality. Now everybody who walks onto the Earth in a body, even though they are Spirit, they have a body around them. If you are here, and you are here, then you are here to master living on the Earth. To live on the Earth and be able to join the personality of God with your own personality. 7 major points of personality God has. And it is for you to also have them. Certain ones are very very strong within you. GOD has 7 points of light that are God’s personality. You have these points of light, too. You have to because you are a Child of GOD. Well, some of these are very very strong and others are not so strong. They are there, but they may be less strong. While you are on the Earth, it will be your choice to try to embrace all 7 of them. To invite them all into your life. If you do that, you will be very balanced and you will bring a certain harmony, a certain melody of peace to yourself and all others. People call this working with the raysPeople call this working with the rays. Working with the personality of God. It is joining a Rainbow. All the colors. And saying, “I want to work with the whole rainbow. Not just a few colors. Let me work with the whole rainbow.” When you work with the whole rainbow, then you have a Whole Big rainbow around you and you have a huge prism of light that has all the different colors. This is Wholeness. This is Unity. And it feels very full. This is Fullness. This feels like God. God is ONENESS and UNITY. This will be fun as I tell you about the 7 rays. The First Ray is about Power. The power of God is like a big wind that moves Love everywhere. And when Power is Moving Love, then everyone feels a lot of Faith because there is nothing to fear. How can you be afraid when so much love has moved in? Fear is the opposite of Love. You do not fear when you are full of Love. Ray number one is filled with love and moving with the Power of God. There is safety and protection. This kind of power that comes from a Divine Source has a strong sense to move forward. If GOD wanted something to happen, you might say that it was the Will of GOD. It was God’s intention to make that thing happen. When what you want lines up with what God wants, then you can say that your will and GOD’s will are lining up. The First Ray of Power lines up the two wills and makes them one. When one is lined up with the Intention and power of GOD, there is a sense that all is right and there is no fear. After all, GOD’s way is always the way of perfection and truth. The Second Ray is Love. It is the love through the heart. It is that beautiful wisdom from the heart. The heart that knows what to do. That knows only love. The heart that wants to teach it and wants to share it. Wants to give it. And you serve the Light in this way. It seeks to walk a path of Truth planting seeds of truth for others even as it eats the fruits of Truth along the way. It wants to learn so it can become “wisdom.” Wisdom of the heart. The heart that knows how to love. This ray always wants to expand something. And here you are a teacher. You work from the heart and want to provide love for others. You want to understand everything, through the Eyes of the Heart. There is a radiant shimmer that is like a magnet. This ray is all about love, teaching, growing – with the emphasis on the heart. This is about building a circle that will awaken humanity to love. It wants to allow others to open the love valve now. If you need a little bit more power call in the first ray to push you and help you do the things you need to do. The third ray can come and help you find a form to fit love into. You can picture a bowl or a pot and you fill it with water. Love is like water. And the pot is like the third ray. There needs to be something to catch the love so that others can use it. If a cup goes there, then the cup of water can be offered to someone. The Third Ray is Intelligent activity of God that says, “I’ll take the Love and I’ll take the Power and I will join them and I will go about and create something tangible, something that has a form. And I will change the world through these ideas that come about. This ray takes all kinds of wonderful ideas and builds things. It is like building a house and laying first a strong foundation. The plan is to move Love and Power forward, but you need a plan to do this. The Third Ray gives you the plan of action to move Love and Power into the world. It relates to the strong mind that creates movement in order to produce something in the world. It can be said that it is love in action. Rays 4,5,6 and 7 come out of the Third ray. Did you ever see an outline in school with a capital A, B, and C. And did you see under the letter A, what is a number 1, 2 and 3. Perhaps you did. That is the way the third ray is. Third Ray is intelligent; it uses mental light to make things happen. It is using lots of ideas. Then from those ideas and the activity of creative imagination, comes 4,5,6 and7. Like in an outline. The Fourth Ray is the ray of harmony and purity. It is very creative. It is very sweet and loving and affectionate. It comes to deliver purity and hope. To bring the full heart and the Divine Mother. Some Indigos are strong in this ray. They find it difficult to be where there is disharmony and lack of purity. Hope is so important. When hope falls away, deep sadness comes in. They want to see love restored everywhere and they may look around and not see the love they want. This may sadden them. Here is the artist. This ray is all about beauty. What you want is to lift the entire world to a pedestal where it is perfect and everything is harmonious. And yet the fourth ray sometimes can feel like a tug of war. There is a rope and there are children at one end pulling and there are children pulling at the other end too. Fourth ray can sometimes feel like you are caught in the middle. You want it to stop and be the same on both sides. You want equal on one side and equal on the other. Here is where you love the animals and the colors and the waters and the earth and the butterflies. Here is where you reflect the life within everything. Here is where the restoration energy comes to restore purity. So there is a lot of change because life is mirrored in change. Here is the painter and the dancer and the one who sings for all is an expression of Joy and of Love. Then there is the Ray of Five. It is more scientific. Some Indigos have very strong fifth ray energy. It is holding a strong concentration. Like a horse wearing blinders so that it keeps a very intense focus and does not look around. It pays total attention to one thing at a time. This ray is scientific and it is strong in the mind. It is the ray of doctors who must hold a strong focus as they operate in hospitals. They can’t be looking here and there; not when someone is under their knife! This is the science of healing the body, the mind and the spirit. It also has to do with holding a lot of facts and figures in the mind and finding out what is true and what is not true. It is like mining for gold and really going after the gold. If a big wind comes up can you hold your focus even when the wind is blowing? The Ray of Five keeps going even when the winds blow. It is that strong because it wants to find the answer and will not stop until it does. It is the ray that puts science and technology together with Spirit. Please think of the Archangel Raphael and Mother Mary. They are very very focused and concentrated. Then the Sixth Ray comes. It is like a fountain of love that has devotion pouring out. God’s personality has power, love, a strong will, faith, protection. It also has activity and things to do. It also has a purity and harmony. It has a strong focus in order to do things and get them done. Now it shows devotion and reverence for life, God, and the Masters. This is the sixth ray. It is a ray of loyalty. This is like a guardian angel who says, “I will stand by you. And if others leave you, I will not. Because I love you and it is my job to be devoted to you, loyal to you. And you can count on that! You may lean on me.” This is forgiveness and peace. Also parts of the personality of God. It is wanting to take care of others. It is leaning on God and the Masters and it is also letting your friends lean on you or count on you. The Seventh Ray is all about Freedom. Freedom happens to a person who is full of God. Why? Because freedom of God takes away all the blocks and all the friction. Freedom wants to remove big rocks in the river. In the River of God there are no rocks slowing down the water. There are no blocks. And that feels good and that feels like God. God is freedom. The Seventh ray takes out all that is in the way and turns it into something else so flow comes back in. Seventh ray wants victory. It wants to merge Heaven and Earth together and it will be very organized. It organizes so that freedom can then come through, step by step by step. Picture someone standing firmly on the Earth and reaching their hands into the Heavens. They are on the Earth and yet they are also in the Heavens for they are working with both. They make everything sacred and yet they make it practical. They follow rules and laws because the Universe has rules and laws that make it run smooth. But victory is what they want. This ray sets up all the rules to follow so that Everything can break out and change. So that everything can change its form from one thing to another thing. That is called Transformation. The rays are like 7 friends who go everywhere togetherAll of these rays need each other. They are like 7 friends who go everywhere together. They want to be together. Power isn’t good without love. Because when power is there without love, then it will get controlling. Have you ever been around someone who pushes you around and orders you around and is aggressive? That is power without love. Fear is there when there is too much power and not enough love. But love needs power because if there is no power, then the little boat sits on the ocean and doesn’t go anywhere. The power is like a motor that moves the boat. And the wisdom of ideas and activity that comes from the mind, takes the power and the love in order to do something in the world of form. Now you need to make your way through the world of form. So something can be completed and be finished. Third ray sees it all the way through to the finishing line. It is like a little battery that keeps everything going and going and going until your assignment is complete. Remember, Wisdom without Love is quite cold. It needs Love to warm it up. And it needs Power to move it and to make sure that it is wise, as God is wise. To make sure that it is set up following the Will of God, not a selfish will. So it is not ME ME ME, but it is GOD that is making everything happen. The rays all need each other. And all the ones that come under the Third ray all need to be joined also. Harmony needs Peace. Harmony that wants to balance everything may feel sometimes that it doesn’t have peace. It wants to call to its friend, Peace. And Peace wants Freedom and wants to take the steps to accomplish Freedom. Sometimes it wants to organize something and be very focused. Sometimes the focus needs to be there, to hold the mind steady, so it can learn something and understand something else. And Focus needs to have Purity and Harmony and a God Purpose; or else it will be too dry and not at all fun. God is enjoyment. Being in JOY. Without Peace, it may not help anyone. Think of Those that have their noses in the books all day and do NOT have the time to watch a bunny hop around or see the color in the face of a flower. Why they may be a little caught up in the mental and they need to bring the heart in! Any one ray without their friends, can be imbalanced and too muchAny one ray without their friends, can be imbalanced and too much. The Heart and the Mind must go hand in hand. So, please, Beloved One, honor your heart for it is full. And honor your mind as well. For it is full. They go together. The mind follows the heart; let the mind keep pace with the heart. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Also See:Rays Of Light & Soundlightworkers.org/blog/33429/rays-of-light-sound
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Sept 16, 2008 15:47:51 GMT 4
THE NEW EARTH IS HERE! ....So where the hell is it?
Hey, folks. Yes, you read correctly, our new Earth is here and ready for you to travel upward with her, should you choose to complete your mission. Now you might feel a bit confused about this; maybe you feel you missed the boat....The world's a crap hole, and well, maybe your life isn't what you thought it would be by now. Don't fret, you are still in process; each of us experiences Ascension according to our own life plan.
Let me share what I've been going through lately; this will be of some interest to you parents out there, most especially. I said in my last posts that I am what I call an early proto-type Indigo, mother to an Indigo-Crystal son. As a Lightworker, who happens to be a parent, this can be exceptionally challenging. Also, my son and I are both Virgos and two Virgos together in any kind of relationship can be particularly maddening! His birthday is today and I just didn't think that I would make it to today, where I could honor and celebrate his birth! He's had me so frustrated lately!...All while these stepped up energies have been hitting us. And while I was aware of the changes to Earth, it was hard to see where I was in my progress. But we don't experience progress unless we live and learn our karmic lessons. Yes, live them. Here's how Addam's and my karma has affected us and played out:
We spend more time together than most; I home school him, a huge responsibility, for both of us. I did this because I saw where he was [or wasn't] going in regular school, and realized that he needed a more individualized approach. Although he needed my help here, he often sees correction as criticism. The time he spent in regular school made him feel as though he was stupid. He is difficult to teach because of this and his way of looking at and doing things is very different from mine and the 'norm.' I also use the help of a tutor, and we both feel frustrated with this many times....No doubt he sees this as verification of what he felt at school.
My son, Addam, has some very messy habits too. Let me tell you, it goes beyond what I ever expected from a child/teenager. His room is piled with shit; it gets closer to the ceiling with the passing of each year. I tried to let him have his space, but the fact of the matter is that his mess spills over into our common areas. Our home is our school and this 'chaos' doesn't allow for enough space to work comfortably. I have felt this as defiance to my authority as a parent...He displays most of the signs of the classic passive aggressive personality. This may be part of his makeup, which is OK, we're all who we are, but one must take responsibility at some time and see that others' reactions may be because of our actions. On the other hand, this was also a lesson I had to learn, because I tried to use force to make him change his ways...anger too. What a battle we've been locked in!
So, this past month, I realized anger, resentment, and other reactions of mine only made the situation worse, and really depleted my energy. Now Addam is in Boy Scouts and he loves it. Scouts also demands that he give much social volunteering, and work on gaining merit badges.....The volunteering isn't hard for him [just me, getting him places, waiting for him, and sometimes pitching in myself.] The merit badges and other required work however, well, Addam has an aversion to sustained effort to accomplish a goal! This is the same for home duties and school work. With Scouts and a summer job he had, he couldn't or wouldn't balance his time for extra [or any] help at home. And with my recent sprained ankle, I needed his help more than ever. In the meantime, school work has begun again.
This left me with making an ultimatum for him: If he couldn't balance his time between outside activities, home, duties, and school, he'd have to pull it from Scouts; he couldn't attend anymore. I HATED to do this! Scouts has been good for him.; it caused me much guilt to do this. Well, I waffled on it and gave in and things remained the same...more fighting. So, just yesterday, before we went to tutoring, I looked at his room and the house and said, firmly and calmly: I gave you a choice and you refused to act. You can't go to Scouts tonight. Folks, last night was a Court of Honor, a ceremony where he would have gotten recognition and badges he earned this summer at camp.; so it was important. You know what? Addam got real quiet, didn't argue and we spent the most pleasant day, free from tension, the best time together we've spent in months! Me, I had to learn to not go back on my discipline, no matter how much it hurt him...or me. So maybe, I had the bigger lesson to learn about being a parent. That, yes it's tough, [sucks actually], I can't always allow him to do what he wants, even if this makes me the 'bad guy.' For being angry, makes me worse of a person and parent, and that my son and all our children need us to be firm but gentle and stick with our discisions...They need stability, not parents who can't follow through, or fret over the outcome of their decisions. Perhaps later, he can go back to Scouts; that is entirely up to him if he owes up to his home/school responsiblities....I hope he does make that choice. Until then, I stand firm in 'tough love.'
Yesterday, I spoke to friend Isabel and she sent me part of a most interesting spiritual news letter, new to you at the FH Forum. Without further ado, here it is...Notice the part on our children!!!!: Today's Children--Is it Criticism or Not? And thanks for listening! May my burdens give you solutions to your own...
Happy Days! Michelle Uriel Heals Newsletter Enlightening Your Life September 15, 2008 The September article is posted on the Uriel Heals website and this month's message is about Living Through Truth. When we accept our spiritual authority, the next step is to live in the Truth of who we are, divine, spiritual beings having a human experience. When we can ask 'Is this true?' of every limiting belief we are challenging our material truth so we can replace it with a truth that reflects our true spiritual perfection. Read more about 'Is This True' in this week's article. Resistance is the energy of our will and fear, surrender is the energy of divine Will unconditional love and we have a choice between them with every lesson. This is Archangel Uriel channeled message for this week. Hear this message by clicking the link on the home page. What is the difference between helpful suggestions and criticism to an Indigo? They often view all of our comments as critical, no matter how gently we approach the issue, as discussed in this week's Today's Children article. Read the September article on the Uriel Heals website. www.urielheals.com/Messages.html The series on Indigos and Suicide is available on the Today's Children page in response to your requests. Read the newsletter in Spanish at Templo del Sol, thank you Xitlalli! The link is on the Uriel Heals home page. Be sure to visit the Lightworker Resources page on the website to see helpful tools for your spiritual, emotional and physical well-being. An audio file of this week's Uriel message is available on the home page. I would like to welcome all of our new subscribers and thank you for joining the Uriel Heals Newsletter. Recent newsletters and articles are available on the 'Archives' page. The subscriber list grows daily and your emails and testimonials are appreciated. To ensure that you receive the newsletters please add its email address, healing@urielheals.com to your address book. Is this True?
Being in our spiritual power awakens us to the need to review the truth of the different truths we believe. Without this kind of introspection we can life our life according to a range of beliefs and things that we accept as the truth and they serve to limit our ability to create and receive abundance, joy, peace and love. But just like the day we discover that there is no Santa Claus, inspecting the real truth behind what we have always believed to be true is the moment we are ready to accept responsibility for our reality as co-creators with the Universe. 'Is this true' will become our mantra and it will help us release the old truths and create new ones that are more reflective of the powerful and perfect beings that we are. A common element among our material truths is the way in which they contradict the spiritual truth of who we are. How do we know when we are accepting a material truth instead of a spiritual truth? Our material truths remind us of our powerlessness, compel us to seek approval and validation from others, focus on what is missing and what we are not capable of or do not deserve. Often, they are the echo of what we have heard from others, even those things that we cannot remember. When we have the courage to challenge our material truths we can ask ourselves 'Is this true' every time we hear a voice that reminds us of our fear, what we cannot or dare not do or what is not possible. Each situation that we look at with fear or dread because we feel that we are not enough is an opportunity to challenge our material beliefs, asking whether this is really true, finding the source of that truth and replacing it with the knowledge that our potential is limitless. We are here to create space for heaven in the material world, to become the miracles we wish to manifest and to raise ourselves out of the vibration of fear and limitation into unlimited potential. That process starts with our acceptance of our spiritual Truth, replacing our material truths that have held us back for lifetimes of existence with the knowledge of our divinity. Every time you feel a limiting thought this week, ask yourself 'Is this true'. Just by asking that you are opening the door to a higher vibration, a new way of being and allowing your spiritual Truth to become the foundation for your reality. Read the September article: www.urielheals.com/Messages.html The Uriel Heals Enlightening Life radio show The next Uriel Heals Enlightening Life radio show will be Wednesday, September 17 at 8PM Central time on Blog Talk Radio. I have extended the show to 90 minutes to give us more time for readings. Join us as we talk about the latest newsletter and I will give free short readings to callers, call in at 718-664-6504. Click here for show details and to download or listen to previous shows. What Happens to the Contract?
When clients are told in a reading that their part in a soul contract has been completed they are a bit skeptical and want to know what happens to the contract. We assume that the contract is completed when it has a happy ending and we have closure. Right now this is not always happening. Situations, relationships and experiences end, sometimes in a difficult, unexpected and unusual ways and we don't always get clear and definite closure. Our fear is that we have not ended the contract properly, given the other person enough opportunities to resolve their part of the karma and will have to face this karma again. The karma we have within our soul groups has been an integral part of our lifetimes. It is why we incarnate again and again, attempting to heal, forgive and complete our karma. We may move a small step forward or even move backwards in different lifetimes, until we are able to raise our vibrations enough to recognize the healing, apply forgiveness and end the karma. Archangel Uriel says that karma is like a dance-when one person stops dancing the dance is over. So when we heal our part, we are no longer involved in the dance. We can move on and the other person has to choose what they will do next. Since we no longer have to hold light or energy for others, we are now able to move beyond karma into vibrations where karma does not exist. Each person has this choice and some are not able to choose it. When they don't we are not obligated to stay in the situation and wait for them to figure this out. They are not finished with that experience and will find someone else to work their karma out with. Or they can make a choice to heal, it is up to them. You participate in lessons with others but are not responsible for their healing-each person is responsible for their own reality and the choices that they make. All are given opportunity to heal, forgive and release in a lesson and each person is responsible for their own soul growth. We have been through these experiences with the same souls so many times that when we understand our role in the karma and are ready to move on, we want the other person to be at that level and for everyone to heal. Without well-defined closure, where everyone heals at the same level, we can feel confused and lost, unsure of what to do next. This has been part of our soul journey for so long that being free of it is an unfamiliar place for us. Every person is responsible for their reality and for what happens in it, and that includes being able to end their karma when given the opportunity to do so. If they don't, the Universe will provide them with new and different opportunities. But the one who accepts the light of understanding is free to move on and create harmony, peace and joy in their life, find people who they can connect to at that vibration and have relationships that are free of karma. Is Spiritual Coaching right for you?: www.urielheals.com/SpiritualMentoring.html Uriel's Message -- Surrender or Resist?
Every lesson you experience is accompanied by the choice to surrender or resist. Often you do not see surrender as an option because you do not understand what that means or see it as a choice that is always available to you. The need to resist, to continue to press forward and try all options until you feel you have overcome is a fear response. Surrender presents an easier option and your belief that lessons must be difficult keep you in resistance until you stop fighting and allow the Universe to point you to healing. Resistance is blocked energy; surrender allows your energy to flow and move forward. Resistance is the opposite of surrender. In many lifetimes your ability to resist has kept you moving forward on your path. There have been times when you needed to struggle against those who would put out your light, who would condemn and persecute you and that has created the energy of resistance in humanity. But this is no longer that time. Now you can surrender, knowing that the Light is now strong enough to carry you through your lessons, to light your way and to work on your behalf. This is the energy of co-creation, when enough of humanity has created a field of Light that allows surrender to be a choice. When you choose surrender, you are choosing the Light to guide you on your journey. Your lessons are not about winning, they are about learning and healing. When you are in resistance you want to win and you are driven by your free will, which includes attachment to a particular outcome. Together, these prevent you from seeing all aspects of your lessons and moving to a higher perspective where the option of surrender and allowing the energy to flow in the direction it needs to go for your healing can bring you release and peace. When you surrender you allow your self-love to guide you into the flow of miracles and abundance. So much of humanity's struggle has been caused by resistance, especially resistance to the energy of unconditional love. Learn to surrender, to replace your will with divine Will, to trust that you are divinely guided in all you do, to replace fear with acceptance of your connection to Source. You cannot force healing for yourself or others or complete your lessons as long as you resist. When you learn to surrender and release resistance your vibrations are raised and you have faith in your power and in the Universe. Then you can connect with the energies of joy, peace and miracles because they are available to you when you surrender and allow them to flow to you. Read more about Archangel Uriel: www.urielheals.com/AboutUriel.html Today's Children--Is it Criticism or Not?
I have often written that Indigos dislike being criticized and they respond to it by ignoring us or doing the opposite of what we want them to, even if it creates problems for them. And they often view what we intend as helpful or positive criticism as controlling and negative. From their perspective, they are doing what they think needs to be done, in the way they think they need to do it. And they won't take our comments in a positive way, no matter how nicely we put them, if they think we are criticizing them. Even if they are making bad choices, they don't want us to comment on them until they are ready to see them differently. What do we do? Providing helpful suggestions about an Indigo's choices, friends, lifestyle, decisions or actions is what we believe we can do as parents to guide them in the right direction. With their intuition and empathic gifts they know that what we are trying to say is they are not making good choices. And they probably aren't. And they probably know that they are not making good choices. But until they have learned from their experiences they won't be open to any suggestions, no matter how helpful they may be. My Indigo son has always been a very messy person and we used to get into big arguments about his messy habits when he lived at home. Then he moved out and lived with four very messy roommates and learned the value of being neat. He used to constantly criticize his roommates about their mess and learned the value of being neat. I laughed when he would complain to me about how untidy their house was because his roommates would not keep the place clean. Now he is in his own apartment and keeps it clean. But he had to make that choice for himself. Indigos who are in crisis will only dig in their heels and resist change if we criticize them, no matter how well meaning our comments are. Unless their situation is truly unsafe, we can try gentle reminders, focus on the most important issues and let the rest slide. We know they are ready to hear our opinion when they begin to ask us about their situation and then they will be open to our suggestions. But until that time they will view all of our input as criticism and resist it. If we have developed good communication patterns with them they will be more open to our suggestions and use them, when they are ready, to make positive changes. Until then, they will just see us as pushy, controlling and critical and ignore everything we say. Today's Children: www.urielheals.com/Page.html
SOURCE: www.urielheals.com/user/news_091508.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OK, I said the New Earth is here. You can see it, if you look beyond world/life dilemmas. In my area, the weather has been wonderfully beautiful....NO MORE CHEM TRAILS EITHER! It's been too dry, but not hot...I think this dryness is a reflection of what we might be feeling lately; for myself it's: Yeah, I see the Earth, but I'm not feeling so good and I don't have any direction; I feel like I'm making it up as I go along. Exactly! Here's Dr. Meg with The Masters and their latest message: [You can look for past ones here or at the site.]Online Messages Message from Dr. Meg:Online Messages September 15, 2008 Greetings to each of you. First of all, my sincere apologies for missing you last month. As most of you know, I was out of the U.S.A. on the Scotland and England trip which, I might add, was a magnificent journey through the energies of time and place. Much of the time I did not have working internet so my communications were limited. During the trip we managed to visit and experience nearly all of Scotland and its sacred places, standing stones, Templar and Magdalene sites as well as Rosslyn Chapel where we found significant and yet undiscovered secrets hiding in plain sight. After Scotland, we went to Stonehenge where we had a private entry to experience the energy and the stones at our leisure. It was a foggy morning and an entirely etheric setting. The best we could have dreamed! As I walked up the path toward the stones, Stonehenge revealed herself out of the mist. I was stopped dead in my tracks with a full bodied recognition of her and her energies. It was so encompassing that I stood there and cried. After Stonehenge we went to visit and experience the standing stones at Avebury, which were placed there by giants. The trees there were living beings, ancient beyond belief. Next was Glastonbury, where we visited the Chalice Well. I can’t tell you the sweetness of the energy there, or of the miracles that occurred. Suffice it to say that all of us were forever changed. As most of you who have been on the list a while know, I have no secrets. It is my way to share moments in life with you as I experience them with the intention that my observations and experiences touch you and assist you in yours as well. I am sad to write that my husband David and I are parting ways. Sometimes relationships complete their purpose and the time comes to do something different. We are doing that. I am in the process of moving to Hollywood, CA, where Spirit has guided me to light for this now. Some have asked me about earthquakes and other natural pending issues. What I say is that this is where I am guided and this is where I will be until further instructions are given by Spirit. In the meantime, I wish David great happiness and love in his life and know that each of us will make the choices that are necessary for our greater being. The trinity alignments have continues to escalate as promised. The most recent one on September 9th, was a doozy. It continues to affect us hugely. We have seen great hurricane activity, the stock market having serious issues, and other events in occurrence. There will be within the next 10 days or so, a great earthquake. We are given that it will be in the Asian theatre and perhaps Indonesia as well. There will also be another two great storms in the next two months. As we experience the trinity alignments which the Masters have described more fully below, their effects are compounded. In other words, with each alignment we will see more and more effect in our reality. These effects are not only touching us in the third dimension, but are also affecting all realities. This is a huge series of events that is infinite in scope. Just because we can’t see them doesn’t mean they aren’t real! As we move further into the photon belt and the light within us becomes more and more responsive, we will find that we are more and more affected by these alignments. May of you are already feeling this. I can’t tell you how many people right now (including yours truly) are going through massive life changes. People are moving house, walking out of their old lives and into new ones with no idea of what that will look like. Many relationships are changing dramatically, some are ending, others beginning anew. This is a time for us to be diligent of self, to be true to our inner guidance and most of all, to be aware of our inner truth. Only we know what we need, what we desire, what we dream, and only we can move into those places from within to create the experience in our surrounding world as we want it to be. Don’t fear the unknown. Embrace it with all that you are and all that you have ever been. The one responsibility that we have to ourselves is to live our lives as fully and completely as we are capable! Go for it! The unknown is nothing more than a series of opportunities linked together by the choices we make in every moment! I have just signed a new three book contract and I am happy to tell you that I will have three new books coming out consecutively in the near future! The first one is about how we can become healthy, well balanced, conscious adults to raise the gifted generation of children who have come to our planet to bring us remembrances of who we are and what we are capable. It is yet untitled, and I will let you know as it unfolds. I am participating in an amazing teleconference in October during which each week you can listen for FREE. I will begin sending out reminders next week about the current guests. I do know that the conference will be available in full if you are interested. I am pleased to be in the exquisite company of outstanding people like Greg Braden, Lynn McTaggart, Dannion Brinkley, Sonia Choquette, James Twyman, Steven Lewis and more! As a gift from me, feel free to register for FREE ACCESS to this 12 week teleseminar at www.healingwiththemasters.com/Meg . I will be on hiatus from my online radio show, Continuum, for the next several months in order to get my book completed, my move made and my travel schedule finished for the year. I will let you know when I plan to resume the show as soon as I know. I will be at the Lightworker's Midwest Conference October 17th - 19th, 2008 at the Wyndham Naperville-Lisle Hotel in the Grand Ballroom, Lisle, IL. I will be presenting multiple times on Saturday and Sunday including bringing the Masters to you live and in person! Don’t miss this opportunity! To register or for more info please contact Joanne Macko at joanne@angelic-art.com or call Joanne at 630-579-8184 Lastly, I have another phenomenal trip to Teotihuacan coming up December 11th – 16th, 2008. This trip is scheduled during the anniversary week of Our Lady of Guadalupe appearing to Don Diego over 500 years ago and the miracle of her impression materializing on Don Diego’s cloak as proof of her appearance. We will be visiting the Basilica where this cloak still hangs today, unfaded and not in the least deteriorated. The journey to Teotihuacan brings to you a great connection with your self mastery. We begin by taking you through initiations to release your story, that which holds you from the truth within, and with further initiations help you to find not only empowerment but internal balance and honest insight to what you want and how to go there. I will be again be working with the magnificent Patricia Veneman. We will be staying at the Dreaming House in the quaint village of San Sebastian which is literally adjoining the pyramid site where the Pyramids of the Sun and the Moon reside in all their glory. At the Dreaming House we are spoiled rotten by Alberto and his family who never fail to make certain that not only are we comfortable, we are well fed with homemade fresh every day, Mexican food that is second to none. Alberto is also a master stone carver and his work in obsidian, fluorite, lapis and other stones is created in the ways of the ancients. He loves to show it off and will even let you purchase to take home. If you are interested in the trip or want more information please contact Patricia at patriciaveneman@gmail.com or call her at 323-308-1123. As always, I wish you laughter in your heats, joy in your days and love in everything that you do. Be in peace. Be that which you intend. Love, Grace, Honor and Peace, Dr. Meg Meg Blackburn Loseywww.spiritlite.comMessage from the Masters: September 15, 2008
Anshallah! Ensi Atui Entenehdrah!
Greetings during this time of shifting!
It is that you are currently experiencing the effects of an escalating shift on both dimensional levels and to your very particulates. It is that your particulates are being rearranged in such a way that you are becoming Galactic beings. Returning to that which you have been and that which you are in truth. As human beings, you have found yourselves limited in scope. With the current changes that are in occurrence, your abilities are coming forefront and the possibilities of what you can experience become endless. Do not let your human fears or your need to understand diminish the opportunities that are yours in this and coming nows.
It is that on September 9th in your week past, another trinity alignment has occurred. This most powerful event so far in the series as it is number three in the series of nine events. Each event is compounded with the last and the last in such a way that its effects are more profound in your experiences and your world. These alignments are literally across dimensional boundaries, across the boundaries of the unseen and into the infinite. With these triangulations, are aspects of further triangulations. Just as you have infinite aspects of self, so do the trinity alignments. If you were to look into the unseen, what you would witness would be infinite arcing of trinity alignments that cross all manner of creation. Because of this, ancient worm holes are reopening.
Some of these wormholes were utilized for interplanetary travel by those who came to your planet in the before times. Those who created such civilizations as Lemuria and Atlantis and then carried knowledge and technologies into ancient Egypt. It was there that the work holes culminated in the embalming rooms, deep underground and why the ancient pharaohs built opulent tombs in the anticipation of reawakening in the afterlife. It was there in those rooms that entry and exit to the other worlds was made. The last appearance of these interdimensional passageways was in 15,000 B.C. when contrary to popular belief, that which is known as the Sphinx was built on dessert sands. With that entity was created certain passageways underground to a complex that is yet undiscovered in current times. There, in a room lined with golden walls and blue dyes will be found certain records of civilizations past that even the library at Alexandria did not contain, although many believe that it did.
Contained in these records will be complete mapping of both the star gate systems and worm hole passageways all in relation to star constellations.
The star system Mir, which is located in a parallel reality to yours will be prominently mentioned as an origination place of those who came before you and left before you as well. The formulas for transmutation will also be found there as well as alchemic procedures and forms of currency conduction and usage of crystalline energies. Some of these records will be in the forms of ancient artifacts that upon a glance will seem innocuous, but they are not. Further will be found samples of ancient seeds for plants long ago extinct and records of ocean currents and travel passages upon the seas that were utilized by the Atlanteans in their networks of travel and trade to outposts and main settlements. The Atlantean civilization contrary to popular belief was a global system of inhabitation and civilization.
In such a way, dolphins were used as communicators between these settlements. To this now, these creatures continue to speak to humans in the ancient harmonic language. To translate the tones of the dolphins is to live the language of the Atlantean times. It is absolutely possible once the need for mere defined words is alleviates and openness to the possibilities of conceptual languaging is recognized.
It was the misalignment of the triangulations in the before times which was causal to the demise of certain civilizations and severe earth changes which changed the face of the lands and seas. Now the alignments are in occurrence again and with them come, as we have preciously states, a vacuum effect that is literally rearranging the mathematic relations to the alignments of your particulates.
As these new organizations of reality occur, what will become is change first of all within each of you. Some of you will respond dramatically with major life changes that will completely alter the relationships in your lives and your life experiences. Many of you will be pulled or expelled to new geographic locations. Some of you will experience loss of loved ones as each of you go on your divine paths. Do not fall for the drama that may accompany many of these changes. Rather, handle them with ease and grace, honor and unconditionality.
Within your bodies you may feel certain physical anxiety. This is your body rewiring itself in such a way as to attune to the new vibrations and universal rhythms that occur. You will feel periods of fatigue and or exhilaration. You will feel younger than your years or as old as the god to whom you pray. You will feel a plethora of feelings, all in opposition to each other. This occurs due to the harmonic relationships that are changing within you. You are experiencing the dichotomy of being from the perspectives of opposites. This gives you a fullness of experience in such a way that you can, if you choose, alleviate your fears of what might be or what was. Now is all that you have, ever.
The next trinity alignments will occur on November 19th, 2008, January 11th, 2009, February 15th the next. March 17th, April 4th and June 11th, all, of course in your year 2009. As you approach your Galactic center, more and more interdimensional events will take their courses in such a way as to balance and in some cases recreate reality to remain in tune with the changes of the coming times.
What we would say to you is to remain in truth, that which is the truth of your heart of hearts, do not deny yourselves that which is in exchange for that which you imagine. If you do, you will quickly lose touch and become if denial of that which is.
Further, as the trinity alignments occur, you will see and or experience intimate response patterns in your planet, its weather and seismic activities which include volcanic eruptions. There will be a strong quake in the area of Asia, in this now, appearing to be in the area of Osaki, Japan with a related, smaller activity in Indonesia which will mostly affect the most outward islands. As it is given in this now, the timing of these will be within the next ten days.
What we say to each of you and to you as a collective since that is what you truly are, be of grace and ease within your beings. Be that which you intend with great integrity amongst all of your coming changes. Do not fear that which is unknown or that which appears to be insurmountable. Instead, celebrate your beingness and attain balance amongst all that presents to you.
That shift which you have intended and known within every particle of your beings is upon you. Which way the shift falls is entirely dependent upon the level of consciousness and the intent of that consciousness that each of you contributes to the entirety. The results of what is in occurrence can be much like the day after an intense storm, clean and fresh, calm and perfect, or it can be any number of alternate ways. You are the deciding factor. Always.
Ansi enti nahallah endentre insinah allente nadah nahedre, asi asi asi
And so as it has always been thus it shall be. Of the Light, With the Light and Within the Light. And so in this now our transmission is complete.
Anshallah!
Source: www.spiritlite.com/messages.php------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ And the most recent from Karen Bishop:September 12 , 2008 THE LIGHT WITHIN
Greetings! The energies have not changed much over the past few weeks, so even though there is not much to tell, in a strange way, there is.
We are still in a stage where we have unplugged from one “outlet,” and our plugs are hanging in mid-air until we plug into a new “outlet”…but the glimmerings are arriving for that very new outlet in strange and sometimes subtle ways. This is an exciting time indeed. While we are in the unplugged stage, we are preparing and re-aligning in preparation. We are preparing for a whole new us with a very new role, or new aspect to our current roles.
So then, being unplugged means that things are still, as we bottom out before we begin again. When things are still, at times it can feel that there is more going out than coming in, but this will change when we plug in once again. Things may be still without, but not within!
During this preparation period, we were given the opportunity to open and to embody much more light. After this stage is complete, we then begin to feel the glimmerings of a very new connection.
You may suddenly feel very empowered for no particular reason. You may feel like taking a stand. You may feel ready to let go of any of the old that has entwined itself around you or that perhaps you interacted with out of politeness. You may feel like you did your part in a higher way, but you were the only one, and now you must move on….ready to dis-connect completely from any energies that were in a very different space than you. You may feel like it is time to have your way.
Some are having dreams of empowerment, of re-connecting to something new, solid, and of a much higher order, and others are finding new strength in setting boundaries. The past year and a half have been challenging for many, but we are about to finally re-connect to something we have not felt for a very long time…and it will be even better than what we have known thus far.
You may be feeling the glimmerings of being strong once again, as during the dis-connect, we can become disconnected from our true and authentic selves because we are moving into a more pure and higher vibrating version of ourselves. This can make one feel weak, fragile, lost, weepy, and frightened, but it is only temporary. It reminds me of a heart transplant surgery, when the old heart is removed, and all the blood is drained from a patient before a very new heart is then implanted.
In addition, a big shift has occurred over the past several months, even though it may not have seemed like much was happening at all. This shift is directly related to what is about to occur, and all of it has to do with re-connecting to a new and different energy. Over the past several months, we were removed from the old, prohibited from holding it up in any way, and may now have found ourselves in a very new space. Our old roles of holding the light for the entire planet were now abruptly over. This may have caused confusion for some, as who we had always been had suddenly changed, but we are, as always, evolving. We did not need to do this anymore, as we had completed one very important phase.
In times past, the higher energies would bombard the planet, and thus, create frequent shifts. But as time went on, and as we progressed so much in our spiritual evolutionary process, the higher vibrating energies coming from the outside began to diminish and subside in frequency and duration. There-for, these phases of “everything is going so well!” and “there is so much light!” became fewer and far between.
But there is good reason for this seeming lack of light and presence of “darkness.” We are now embodying much more light within. And because of this, it no longer needs to arrive from the outside. So then, we may think that any big phases of light filled ease and glory that we had experienced in the past may never come again, as we have not seen them like we used to. But what is actually occurring is that we need to carry the ball now…ourselves. The scales have tipped….we are the light as never before. There is still the same amount of light, only it is has now been distributed a bit differently, as it is now within us to a much greater degree.
In this way, we are very strangely releasing from the whole…the whole being the outside energies of the universe or Source, as well as the whole being the old energies of prior creations on the planet. And yes, of course we are still and will always be connected to Source, only now we will be running and managing our energy in higher and different ways. We will be finding that the way we utilize energy will now be a bit different. We will thus need to manage energy through ourselves in different ways, and we will be guided and connected to these different ways without needing to consciously know how. So then, we have graduated.
In this way, we are now being encouraged to do what we want to do. This means that connecting to outside energies of Source like we may have done in the past, in order to tap into the “flow” of finding our direction or path, are not nearly as necessary. “What are you talking about Karen?” Say, for instance, that we need to make a decision. In times past, we may have looked for “a sign” or we may have waited to be guided by the higher energies of Source, or placing the light outside of us. We can now choose what we want, and then make it work. It is entirely up to us. There is no right or wrong, or even guidance from above, as the only guidance now is that “it is up to us.” We have earned it. We are re-connecting then, but we are re-connecting to ourselves…our true, authentic, and light filled selves.
But we are also connecting to a new whole, while we release from an older and more densely vibrating whole of the past. The new whole is comprised of purer energies…and most importantly, it is comprised of us. So then, we are connecting to ourselves and we are also connecting to each other. It is then, much more about us now.
As we release the “old whole,” we begin to learn about discernment and boundaries. Although we may still have many different energies wanting to arrive within our spaces, we will now interact with them in new and better ways. This is because we are no longer connected to them in the ways of the past. We are now more detached and can simply see love in every situation, as we now know that everything is not about us. We need no longer “work with them” or even try and be a part of them. We are no longer connected, so we can now observe them, know that they are not about us, and hopefully see them in a loving way.
Wonderful things are about to transpire, but these wonderful things are all in relation to how we choose to handle or interpret what occurs for us on a daily basis. We need not be “waiting” for a better day to arrive, as each day has, as always, its’ own gifts and beauty if we only choose to look. The better day, then, comes through us. In this way, we are now more powerful than ever before. Yes, we may have utilized this knowledge and these principles in times past, but there has been a monumental shift now, so things are different in this regard.
As the equinox of September 22nd draws near, so will our shifting and connecting to things new. Brighter and better things will depend upon each and every one of us now, more than ever before, as we are the ultimate creators. Connecting to our passion, to our true and authentic selves, to what makes us feel great, and to good and special friends are the ultimate ways to connect to more light. And knowing who we really and truly are, while bringing that gift to the planet, will automatically place us in one big and awesome alignment.
I will be in North Carolina spending time with my grandchildren from September 15th until September 25th. I do not have internet access there that allows me to post new energy alerts on the web site, so there will not be a new energy alert until after September 25th (unless, of course, there is some incredibly exciting news to report before I leave on the 15th!)
As always, much love to you all…..
www.whatsuponplanetearth.com
Wishing you heaven in your heart, starlight in your soul, and miracles in your life in these miraculous times...
Until next time,
Karen
Source: www.whatsuponplanetearth.com/latest.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ I'd like to post more today, but I can't....Addam's birthday, remember? Mum's picking us up for breakfast, soon. One other thing, at the begining of my last compilation, I refered to an article about not spending much time getting distracted by the current election chatter which dominates the news...That you only need to give the amount of time needed to pull the level in the booth . I thought I posted that article here but couldn't find it. Also, it was historian, Howard Zinn, who wrote it [my favorite historian...I use his work in Addam's schooling] If interested, that article is here: Election Madness www.worldcantwait.net/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=4594&Itemid=69
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Sept 19, 2008 19:46:38 GMT 4
MORE ON : THE NEW EARTH IS HERE! linked to previous post
Hey, Folks:
First up, a new message from Patricia Diane Cota-Robles on our New Earth. This is followed by messages from Master DK, channeled by Rev. Terri Newlon, on clearing the past and bringing the future in to your life here and now. These are followed by 2 from older Uriel Heals Newsletters which ask you to 'provide the dream' for our future and then the work of grounding it. Finally, another from Master DK on JOY.
I also wanted to give you an update on my son and I. I'd like to say that it was smooth sailing and clear skies after my last post....HA!....I was knocked upside my head with the spiritual 2x4 once again! We had a lull in the tension for a very brief moment, until we started working on some school lessons....I won't get into all the details, but I will tell you that I most certainly have more work in clearing my karma. You'll notice I didn't include Addam in that statement by saying, "we." The fact of the matter is that we are responsible for our own karma and ours alone. If one continues the game/drama, it is up to the other to merely STOP PLAYING THE GAME.
I've sent Addam to his grandparents' home to give us both a rest from each other. In the meantime, I am finishing chores and pastimes I have erroneously blamed on him for not being able to accomplish. I also need to bring about a level of joy in myself and our home environment, something that has been severely missing throughout all the bickering.
Many times we think being spiritual is all about meditating, sending Light to troubled spots, and/or studying spiritual material. The truth is, that it's really about standing in your current situation, accepting where you are at the moment, and then doing; even if that means cleaning your toilet! So, the best way I can 'serve the planet' right now is to clean our home, do laundry, cook and bake breads, and tend to my dear pets. All of these things are what is needed by me to balance my energies and to stop blaming Addam for my lack of attention to daily tasks. After, I will invite him back to our 'spiffy new home', and a re-energized mother who can fall into the flow of daily living and not fight against it......
Humbly Yours, MichelleTHE NEW EARTH IS HERE!By Patricia Diane Cota-Robles Date: Mon, 15 Sep 2008 12:16:23 -0700 eraofpeace.org/ This is a New Day on Planet Earth. The fruits of our labors have at long last materialized. Miracles have taken place, and Humanity is now in a position to quickly cocreate the patterns of perfection for the New Earth in the physical world of form. The Heavens are rejoicing. Our Father-Mother God and the entire Company of Heaven are welcoming the Earth and all her Life, as we reclaim our rightful place in the Solar System of our Central Sun-Beloved Alpha and Omega. Our sisters and brothers from the various planets throughout this Solar System have been selflessly assisting us at inner levels since the initial impulse of our fall from Grace aeons ago. Now they are making themselves known in the outer world. They are revealing themselves in practical ways, and they have come in peace. They are here to help us God Victoriously accomplish the last phase of our Ascension into the 5th-Dimensional Realms of infinite perfection. This is a glorious moment that we have all been working toward through seemingly endless lifetimes of duality and insurmountable struggle and strife. This is a moment we have longed for, a moment we knew in the deepest recesses of our hearts would one day arrive. This inner knowing is what inspired us to "keep on keeping on" in the face of all adversity. Words cannot adequately express the elation flowing forth from the hearts of our brothers and sisters in this Solar System who, for millennia, have sacrificed their all on behalf of this fallen planet. Now, without question, our victory is at hand and their selfless service is being brought to fruition. With abounding gratitude, and in deep humility, I would like to share some information with you about the miracles that took place within Archangel Michael's focus of Light at Lake Louise, in Canada, during the 22nd Annual World Congress on Illumination. These miracles occurred through the unified efforts of hundreds of thousands of Lightworkers around the world and the Legions of Light throughout the whole of Creation. These wondrous events were victoriously accomplished during the week of August 16-21, 2008. I waited a period of time before writing about these activities of Light, so that people everywhere would have the opportunity to assimilate these powerful energies through their I AM Presence, in perfect alignment with their individual Divine Plans. Now through our collective consciousness and our Divine Intentions, we can expand the awareness of these miracles exponentially through the hearts and minds of every man, woman and child on Earth. The 22nd World Congress on Illumination began with the Opening Ceremonies on August 16, 2008. That day we experienced one of the most powerful Full Moon Lunar Eclipses the Earth has ever known. There were 340 Lightworkers physically present at Lake Louise who had traveled to Canada from 30 countries. In addition to those who were physically present, there were hundreds of thousands of Lightworkers joining with us in one-pointed consciousness from around the world. Archangel Michael and his Legions of Power and Protection began the Opening Ceremonies by creating an invincible forcefield of protection in, through and around every person, place, condition and thing on Earth in preparation for the activities of Light and the acceleration of energy, vibration and consciousness that would take place during the week. This forcefield of protection was specifically designed to prevent anything that was not of the Light from interfering with the anchoring of the archetypes for the New Earth. During the Opening Ceremonies the final touches were placed on our unified Chalice of Light, which had been building in momentum from the moment this facet of the Divine Plan was revealed to us by the Company of Heaven. On the Holy Breath of God, our Chalice of Light expanded and expanded until it cradled the Earth and all her Life. This collective Cup of Humanity's consciousness created the Open Door through which the Light of God was destined to flow to accomplish the next phase of the Divine Plan The Violet Flame of Mercy and Compassion, which had been bathing the Earth from Beloved Kuan Yin's Temple above China during the Olympic Games, filled our Chalice and interpenetrated every atomic and subatomic particle and wave of energy evolving on this planet. This activity of Light was gently preparing every man, woman and child, and every Being associated with the Elemental Kingdom, to receive the maximum influx of Light that Cosmic Law would allow. At the conclusion of the Opening Ceremonies, the sponsoring Angels for the 22nd World Congress on Illumination descended into the atmosphere of Earth and took their strategic positions around the planet. These were the Angels of Celebration, the Angels of Archangel Michael, and the Angels of Miracles. How appropriate. August 17, 2008, (08-08-08) was the anniversary of Harmonic Convergence. On that day, Michael Phelps won his 8th gold medal of the 2008 Olympics. Eight is the number that reflects the reality, As above, so below. As he swam to victory, the crowd chanted "Michael, Michael, Michael." Through satellite communications, billions of people around the world focused the power of their attention on this unprecedented event. This created a tremendous Cup of Consciousness through which the Light of God flowed into the physical plane. By winning the most gold medals ever won at a single Olympics game, Michael Phelps symbolically reached the highest level of excellence for a Human Being. That was an interesting outer-world metaphor for what was unfolding at Lake Louise. On that sacred and holy day, Archangel Michael and his Legions of Power and Protection asked if we would be willing to serve as surrogates on behalf of all Humanity. When every I AM Presence agreed, he asked us to join forces with the Company of Heaven in an activity of Light that was designed to lift up and transform every recalcitrant or wayward soul on Earth. This plan included every person on the planet who was acting out adversely in any way; it included every person who was failing to express reverence for ALL Life, and it included every person who was resisting the opportunity to move forward in the Light into the 5th Dimension. These people were the last of the fallen souls embodied on Earth. They were the people who had recently made the heart commitment, at inner levels, to do whatever is necessary in order to clear their karmic liabilities. This was a promise they all made, so they would be able to Ascend into the 5th Dimension with the rest of the planet. Within the heart of Alpha and Omega, these souls had promised to transmute their misqualified thoughts, words, feelings and actions. But, tragically, they became overwhelmed by their own human miscreations. They ended up latching on to the surfacing negativity instead of transmuting it into Light. This has exacerbated the challenges Humanity is going through, and from outer appearances it has made things around the world much worse. The Divine Intent of the activity of Divine Grace Archangel Michael orchestrated on August 17, 2008, was for the Lightworkers gathered at Lake Louise to create such a powerful forcefield of Transfiguring Divine Love within our 5th-Dimensional Solar Heart Chakras that these wayward souls would not be able to resist this call to Love. To help us with this facet of the Divine Plan, we were joined by the Solar Logos from Suns beyond Suns and Legions of Light from Galaxies beyond Galaxies. Together we cocreated within our Heart Flames a magnetic forcefield of our Father-Mother God's unfathomable Transfiguring Divine Love. Through multidimensional levels of consciousness, this irresistible forcefield of Divine Love magnetized into our Heart Flames every recalcitrant soul on the planet-those who were adding to the shadows of the world and those who were behaving in ways that did not reflect reverence for all Life. With one breath, one heartbeat, one voice, one energy, vibration and consciousness of pure Divine Love, the Lightworkers at Lake Louise held these souls in the loving embrace of our collective I AM Presence. We gently flooded them with Transfiguring Divine Love until they willingly surrendered into the Light and joyfully reclaimed their Divine Birthright as Beloved Children of God. When this activity of Light was victoriously accomplished, every recalcitrant soul reaffirmed his or her desire to move into the 5th Dimension and vowed to take the necessary steps to accomplish that mighty goal. Every one of these souls volunteered to enter the Temple of the First Initiation in their finer bodies as they sleep at night. There is no such thing as our soul being unconscious, so all of us leave the physical plane in our finer bodies when we fall asleep at night. We usually do this unconsciously, but we have the ability to ask our I AM Presence to take us to the various Temples of Light and Learning in the Etheric Realms while we sleep. If we ask, our I AM Presence will also help us to remember what we have learned when we awake in the morning. On August 17, these souls made a covenant with their I AM Presence, giving this aspect of their own Divinity permission to intervene in this process. Now, every night while they sleep, each of these souls is being safely escorted to the Temple of the First Initiation by their I AM Presence. Within this focus of Light in the Etheric Realms, these souls are being taught the principles of the First Initiation. This is the initiation that reveals the Oneness of all Life and awakens within every Heart Flame the Reverence for ALL Life. The Temple of the First Initiation pulsates above Mt. Lemmon near Tucson, Arizona. This is a Temple of Light within the large complex of Etheric Temples that expand over all of Arizona, in the United States of America. This complex of Temples is known as The Holy Cities, and the Hierarch of these Temples is Saint John the Beloved. Saint John the Beloved has revealed that the training process for these souls will build in momentum each night for the next 12 months. By the end of that time, their consciousness will have shifted effectively enough for them to complete transmuting their karmic liabilities and their human miscreations. This will allow them to Ascend into the 5th Dimension with the rest of the planet. This is a Gift of Divine Grace beyond the comprehension of our finite minds. On August 18, 2008, Saint Germain, Kuan Yin and the Legions of Light associated with the Violet Flame guided us through a powerful activity of Light to help all Humanity transmute the negativity that is surfacing to be healed in our individual lives and all over the world. During the Olympic Games, unprecedented frequencies of Divine Mercy and Compassion bathed the Earth and all her Life from Kuan Yin's Temple in the Etheric Realms over China. On this day, the Violet Flame had built to an unprecedented frequency and was capable of transmuting more of Humanity's misqualified energy than ever before. Taking advantage of this rare opportunity, the Legions of the Violet Flame throughout Infinity descended into the atmosphere of Earth and blazed the Violet Flame through every frequency of energy, vibration and consciousness on the planet that was less than God's Perfection. Through the I AM Presence of every Lightworker on Earth, a purging and cleansing of the planet took place beyond anything we had ever experienced. That afternoon we joined forces with the Directors of the Water Element and the precious Undines who are the Divine Intelligence within the Water Element. The dolphins and the whales also joined with us in consciousness for an unprecedented activation of our Sacred Healing Water. During that activity of Light, we were informed by the mighty Elohim, the Builders of Form, that the Violet Flame cleansing that morning had transcended their greatest expectations. They said that event cleared the way for the Ascension of the Water Element on Earth into the frequencies of the 5th Dimension. The Earth and Humanity's physical bodies are comprised of 80 percent water. This element is a vitally important factor in our transformation into the physical perfection of our Solar Light Bodies. We are in the process of transfiguring from carbon-based Beings into crystalline-based Beings. The Elohim revealed that this transfiguration will occur initially through the Water Element, and because of the miracles of the previous two days, that time had arrived. As our activity of Light involving the Water Element took place, the Undines, the Devas and the Deva Rajas in charge of manifesting the New Earth through the 5th-Dimensional frequencies of the Water Element were directed by the Elohim and the Directors of the Water Element to take their strategic positions throughout the planet. This included the Earthly Bodies of Humanity, the Elemental Kingdom and Mother Earth. As these selfless servants of our Father-Mother God assumed their positions, the Undines, the Devas and the Deva Rajas who had served us so selflessly through the 3rd and 4th Dimensions were released to return to the heart of our Central Sun, Alpha and Omega, where they will receive a well-deserved rest and healing period before continuing to their next level of Divine Service. August 19, 2008, was another day of miracles. So that we will all realize the magnitude of the miracles that took place that day, I would like to briefly share with you some information about Beloved Sanat Kumara and the Legions of Kumaras who serve with him. Sanat Kumara is the Being referred to in the Bible as the Ancient of Days. His selfless service to Humanity and this planet is well known in the sacred teachings of various mystery schools, but he is rarely, if ever, mentioned in the teachings of orthodox religions. There must be balance in the Universe, and this balance manifests as the ebb and flow of Life. The principles of this natural law are often referred to as action and reaction, giving and receiving, radiation and magnetization, reaping and sowing, the Law of the Circle, and the Inbreath and the Outbreath of our Father-Mother God. This natural law manifests, in practical terms, by our Father-Mother God giving us our gift of Life and we, in turn, using that gift of Life to give Light and Love back to our Father-Mother God. In order for Humanity to warrant receiving our perpetual gift of Life, there must be a balance between the two activities of receiving and giving. After our fall from Grace aeons ago, the Earth and Humanity descended to a depth of depravity and darkness that prevented us from giving any Light and Love back to God in return for receiving our gift of Life. During that tragic moment in time, our Father-Mother God determined that they would have to withdraw their gift of Life from this planet. That meant that the Earth and all Life evolving upon her would be returned to unformed primal Light substance, and the evolutions of Earth would cease to exist as individualized Children of God. In the Bible this is referred to as the second death, and it is the most tragic thing that can happen to the Children of God. Sanat Kumara and his Divine Complement, Lady Venus, are the planetary Logos of our sister planet Venus. They deeply love the Earth, and when they became aware of the dire situation the Earth was in, they knew that without Divine Intervention the Earth and all her Life would have to experience the second death. Sanat Kumara appealed to our Father-Mother God and asked if he could temporarily leave Venus and come to Earth to try to save Humanity from our self-inflicted plight. He volunteered to expand his luminous Presence to envelope the entire planet. He agreed to hold the Earth and all her Life in the Divinity of his Heart Flame and to give his Light and Love back to God to balance Humanity's gift of Life. An experiment of this nature had never been attempted. No one knew for sure if it would work, but our Father-Mother God granted Sanat Kumara permission to try to save the Earth. The agreement was that Sanat Kumara would come to Earth and radiate his own Light on behalf of Humanity until someone from the Earth's evolutions awakened and accepted responsibility for this service to Life. In a Divine Ceremony of Light, Sanat Kumara and 49 Kumaras from his Regal Court descended into the atmosphere of Earth to begin their selfless service to Humanity and Mother Earth. No one knew for sure how long it would take for Humanity to awaken enough to take over the service of planetary Logos, but Sanat Kumara was willing to make the necessary sacrifice in order to save the Earth. Sanat Kumara ended up radiating his Light and Love to balance Humanity's gift of Life for over 400,000 years. Finally, in 1956, the Being we know as Gautama Buddha Ascended into the Realms of Light and accepted the office of planetary Logos for Planet Earth. This event freed Sanat Kumara and allowed him to return to his Beloved Venus. Before he left, Sanat Kumara made the heart commitment to return to Earth during the final phase of our Ascension into the 5th Dimension. He said he would come with Legions of Kumaras to hold the sacred space for the Earth and all her Life. He said he would sustain this sacred space while Humanity tangibly cocreates the infinite patterns of perfection for the New Earth in the physical plane. On August 19, 2008, Beloved Sanat Kumara and Legions of Kumaras from Venus returned to Earth. We were told by Sanat Kumara that the influx of Light and the miracles that had been God Victoriously accomplished over the past several months had moved the Earth a quantum leap forward in the Light. He said that we were now far ahead of schedule in our Ascension process, and that the Earth had Ascended in energy, vibration and consciousness into higher frequencies of the 5th Dimension than anyone dreamed possible. This event paved the way for an adjustment in the unfolding Divine Plan. The original Divine Plan was that through the unified efforts of Lightworkers around the world and the entire Company of Heaven, we would be able to anchor the very first archetypes for the New Earth. These where the archetypes for Eternal Peace and God's Infinite Abundance. But now, Sanat Kumara said that we would not only be able to anchor the archetypes for Eternal Peace and God's Infinite Abundance, we would be able to anchor ALL OF THE PATTERNS OF PERFECTION FOR THE NEW EARTH!!! There are not words in our language to adequately describe the elation, the wonder and the awe pouring forth from the Heavenly Realms at this time. Please, go within to the silence of your Heart Flame. Enter into a state of Listening Grace for a moment and absorb the abounding joy. You deserve to experience the bliss of this victory. These are the fruits of your labors. After the revelation about the archetypes for the New Earth, Beloved Sanat Kumara directed his Legions of Kumaras to project their luminous Presence into all of the vulnerable areas in the body of Mother Earth. The Kumaras traversed the planet and descended into all of the faults, cracks, fissures and tectonic plates on the planet. They also projected their luminous Presence into the wounds in Mother Earth's body that were caused by nuclear testing, mining, drilling, pollution and every other abuse of power. After the Kumaras were in position, the mighty Elohim sounded a Cosmic Tone signaling a changing of the guard for the Silent Watchers of Earth. The Silent Watchers are selfless Beings of Light who serve under the direction of the Elohim. They are not well known in the conscious minds of Humanity, but they assist us every moment by holding the Immaculate Concept for our Divine Potential and the fulfillment of our Divine Plans. The Silent Watchers are magnificent feminine Devas and Deva Rajas from the Elemental Kingdom who the Elohim entrust with the Immaculate Concept of whatever facet of Life they have volunteered to sustain. There is a Silent Watcher holding the Immaculate Concept-the Divine Blueprint-for Planet Earth. There is a Silent Watcher for every continent, every nation, every city, town, hamlet and home. There is a Silent Watcher for every government, every corporation, every institution, every religious endeavor and every other outer-world place, condition and thing affecting the lives of Humanity. These selfless servants of our Father-Mother God are assigned to take their positions at the creation of a planet, and they volunteer to hold the Immaculate Concept for that planet and all its Life until the planet Ascends up the Spiral of Evolution to the next phase of its evolutionary process. When Humanity fell from Grace and the Earth was catapulted into the quagmire of pain and suffering that we have been experiencing for millions of years, the precious Silent Watchers were trapped in the midst of our human miscreations. Even though Humanity was abusing our gift of Life and creating horrific patterns of imperfection, the Silent Watchers held true to their vows and have been holding the Immaculate Concept for our Divine Potential and our Divine Plans in the face of all adversity. At long last, because of the miracles that had taken place, on August 19, 2008, these precious Beings were relieved of their responsibilities to Humanity and the Earth. In a grand procession of Light, the mighty Elohim escorted these selfless Silent Watchers back to the heart of our Central Sun, Alpha and Omega. Here they will be given an opportunity to rest and heal in preparation for their next level of service to the Light. When that facet of the changing of the guard was complete, our Beloved Mother God, the Holy Spirit, sent forth a Celestial Tone invoking the Silent Watchers for the New Earth. These august Beings came forth from the Great, Great Silence. In a glorious procession of Light, the 5th-Dimensional Silent Watchers descended a crystalline staircase and entered the atmosphere of Earth. Our Father-Mother God and ALL of the Aspects of Deity throughout the whole of Creation stood in reverence and honor as the 5th-Dimensional Silent Watchers took their strategic positions throughout the planet in preparation for receiving the archetypes and patterns of perfection for the New Earth. When all was in readiness, these awesome Beings of Light breathed in the unformed primal Light of God from the Core of Creation and created a 5th-Dimensional fluid field of unmanifest Divine Potential upon which the archetypes for the New Earth would be securely anchored during the next two days. On August 20, 2008, the mighty Elohim, the 5th-Dimensional Silent Watchers, Archangel Michael, the entire Company of Heaven and Lightworkers around the world joined forces to cocreate a NEW 5th-Dimensional forcefield of God's Infinite Abundance and Eternal Peace in the atmosphere above this planet. The Divine Intent of this new forcefield of Light is to magnetize the full momentum of the 5th-Dimensional Golden Flame of God's Abundance and Eternal Peace for the New Earth into the hands and use of awakening Humanity. The Beings of Light said this forcefield will greatly accelerate the tangible manifestation of Peace and Abundance in the physical world of form. The following is a description of the activity of Light that cocreated the new forcefield of Abundance and Peace in the atmosphere above the Earth. As we empower this forcefield by visualizing it day by day, Abundance and Eternal Peace will become the order of the day on Planet Earth.THE GIFT I AM experiencing my true integrity. I AM trustworthy and honest. I AM an expression of Divine Truth. I AM worthy and deserving of prosperity. I AM able to transform every aspect of my life now. I AM lifting up in consciousness, and I AM Ascending into the Realms of Perfection. I pass over the highway of Light that bridges Heaven and Earth, and I enter the Pure Land of Boundless Splendor and Infinite Light, which pulsates in the 5th Dimension. I AM ONE WITH GOD-I AM THAT I AM. The entire Company of Heaven is standing in readiness now, and I send forth the Clarion Call into the Universe invoking my illumined brothers and sisters to come and help me in this moment of transformation. The Cosmic Tone of my Clarion Call reverberates through all dimensions, and the response comes from every corner of the Cosmos. I see the luminous Presence of Legions of Divine Beings descending into the atmosphere of Earth. They take their strategic positions above the planet and form a tremendous circle as they stand shoulder to shoulder. With One unified consciousness, One Holy Breath, One heartbeat, One energy and vibration of pure Divine Love, the Beings of Light breathe into their Heart Flames from the very Heart of God the 5th-Dimensional Golden Flame of Eternal Peace and Abundance. This resplendent Golden Flame contains within its vibration every frequency of God's Abundance and Eternal Peace. This Sacred Fire is the most glorious, scintillating color of gold I have ever seen. As these magnificent Beings absorb the essence of Abundance and Eternal Peace into their Heart Flames, they become blazing Golden Suns of Light. Now, in perfect synchronicity, they breathe the Golden Flame into the center of the circle. As Golden Rays of Light pour forth from their Heart Centers, a brilliant Golden Sun is formed in the center of the circle. This Sun is the matrix within which the 5th-Dimensional Cosmic Forcefield of God's Infinite Abundance and Eternal Peace will form. The Beings of Light now magnetize the archetype for the forcefield of God's Abundance and Eternal Peace, which is held in the Divine Mind of God. As they focus on this archetype, a template forms within the Golden Sun. This template is a scintillating Golden Pyramid of Light, and pulsating within the base of the pyramid is a shimmering white lotus blossom. With each pulsation of the lotus blossom, concentric circles of Divine Opulence are projected into the physical plane of Earth. These circles of Light bathe every particle of Life evolving here in the Golden Radiance of God's Abundance and Eternal Peace. I now magnetize into my Heart Flame a Golden Ray of Light from the Pyramid of Abundance and Eternal Peace. As the Golden Light merges with the Spark of Divinity in my heart, a miniature Golden Pyramid with a white lotus blossom is formed in my heart. This creates a magnetic forcefield that enables me to draw the blessings from this sacred Pyramid into my everyday life experiences. I absorb the Golden Flame of Abundance and Eternal Peace from the lotus blossom, and as I exhale, a fountain of Golden Light pours through my Heart Center into the physical plane of Earth. This Golden Light floods the planet and flows into the hands of every Lightworker, every activity of Light, every conscious person who will, in any way, shape or form, use this Gift of Prosperity to establish the patterns of the New Earth in the physical plane. Money becomes tangibly available to me and easily flows into the hands and use of every lifestream, every organization and every activity that is receiving the ideas from the Divine Mind of God that will establish the New Earth here and now. From this moment forth, the abundance of everything I need to fulfill my Divine Plan is always available to me. I feel the buoyancy and elation of my newfound freedom, and the entire Company of Heaven rejoices with me as I reclaim my Divine Birthright of Abundance and Eternal Peace. And so it is. Thank You, Beloved Father-Mother God! On August 21, 2008, we held our Closing Ceremonies at the 22nd Annual World Congress on Illumination. During an activity of Light that transcended the greatest expectations of Heaven, ALL of the archetypes for the New Earth were anchored in the physical plane. These patterns of perfection were permanently encoded on the 5th-Dimensional fluid field of unmanifest Divine Potential that had been created by the new Silent Watchers. The first archetypes to be anchored were the archetypes for God's Infinite Abundance and Eternal Peace. Next the archetypes to be anchored were the patterns of perfection for the Divine Potential existing within the I AM Presence of every person in the Family of Humanity. The next archetypes to be anchored were the patterns of perfection that will manifest as the verdant splendor of the New Earth through the efforts of the Elemental Kingdom. The next archetypes to be anchored were the patterns of perfection for the New Earth that will be created through the Angelic Kingdom. Next the 5th-Dimensional archetypes for Divine Government and the Reverence for ALL Life were anchored. Next the archetypes for Humanity's harmonious, peaceful and mutually rewarding relationships and interactions with every facet of Life on the New Earth were anchored. After these archetypes were secured in the physical plane, the Beings of Light revealed to us that the remaining archetypes being anchored that day were patterns of the New Earth that were beyond the perception of our finite minds at this time. They said that these archetypes are glorious and wondrous to behold and that these patterns of perfection will be revealed to us as we lift up in consciousness and truly strive to live in the reality of the New Earth. This facet of the Divine Plan was God Victoriously accomplished, and the success of it exceeded the expectations of Heaven. The Beings of Light have confirmed that we are now far ahead of schedule in our Ascension process. The greatest need of the hour now is for you and me and every other embodied Lightworker on Earth to use our creative faculties-our thoughts, feelings, words and actions-to empower the archetypes for the New Earth, so that we will tangibly experience these patterns of perfection in our daily lives.Patricia Diane Cota-Robles New Age Study of Humanity's Purpose a 501 (c) 3 nonprofit educational organization
Website: eraofpeace.org/ FAX: 520-751-2981; Phone: 520-885-7909
New Age Study of Humanity's Purpose PO Box 41883, Tucson, Arizona 85717
This article is copyrighted, but you have my permission to share it through any medium as long as the proper credit line is included.
©2008 Patricia Diane Cota-Robles----------- “Past, Be Gone” August 7, 2008
(Channeling begins)
Djwhal Khul here. Tashi Delek.
I want to work with a vibration now of Clearing the Past. Now I’ve done quite a bit on this because the body of my work really is teaching Humanity how to let go of subconscious programming, old patterns and habits, and to be in the Divine Essence itself which is a flow of Creation ever moving forward.
So Clearing The Past, if we have that title already in the teachings, this would be an evolution of that particular program because I do teach in a sequential manner and also based upon exactly what is needed in the moment.
As I study the Lightworkers and as I study all of Humanity and also looking at what is going on on the Earth, and from a global perspective, Clearing Away the Past is very important. Even the, what I want to call, mistakes of the past, is how you might look at it from an Earth perspective. Like maybe we shouldn’t have put all of those factories without pollutant filters on them, or maybe we should have properly treated the sewage, or maybe we should have been wiser about how we use landfill space, etc. So mistakes of the past also need to be cleared away from the Earth so that She is moving forward and benefiting.
So in your own body, we are going to work with a technique that is simply a kind of a command, and we always say the commands from Love, not from fear or anger or any other vibration.
What the Universe hears is Love, what your consciousness hears and responds to best is Love. Fear may get a temporary reaction, but it will not get a permanent reaction because fear responses, sooner or later, will be rebelled against. Sooner or later, if you respond out of fear, eventually you will rebel back against that response.
So the command is very simply: “Past, Be Gone!” [Exhale]. And definitely breathe with it. Now what you’ll begin to experience, especially so if you just did the Grid of Love exercise because your energy fields are very heightened for the experience, is an increase in Chi. Again, it’s really this Love energy and the command is “Past, Be Gone” [exhale]. It’s just a gentle exhale, not a strong whoosh, just a very gentle [exhale], almost like you do when you relax. You might softly sigh with it even. So again we will practice: “Past, Be Gone”.
Now when we go to the Earth grid with it, like you might go energetically to a nuclear waste site or some chemical storage site, that is just sort of sitting there, a radiation site or whatever, and what you would do would be focus your energy as strongly as you can into that area, and by focus your energy I mean Love vibration only, not sorrow that it’s there, not anger at the people who put it there or the companies. And you know, in my mind, it should be the people that are held responsible. It’s silly to fine a company rather than focus on the criminal activity. Hopefully that will evolve on the planet.
But in the moment of it, we focus simply on Love for the Earth and we say “Past Damage Be Gone”. And then breathe. Now this is generally much deeper. Sometimes you get a lot of movement in the pelvis, the second chakra, or actually the hip bones. Sometimes we’ll get surges of energy, goose bumps, all kinds of things can happen there. But generally if you are tuned into the Earth, you will feel it somewhere in the pelvic region when you make the command.
So again, we’ll go to the next one. Just an area that you know that is damaged. Could be the pollution in Beijing, it could be a war zone, or left over radiation damage somewhere on the planet. Maybe the city of Baghdad, or Hiroshima, or what not.
And we just focus Love Love Love into the planet there. And say “Past Damage be Gone”. [Exhale]. You might find that you need to keep breathing out [exhale] and sometimes with the hands make the motions look like eggbeaters, sweeping the energy down the middle and bring the hands out to the sides, opening up for more energy to rush in and come up in two circles but when they meet in the middle, the energy goes down towards the Earth. And keep working it; you might need to say “Past Damage Be Gone” a few more times and remember to keep the Love, that’s what does the healing.
Alright dear ones, we made it just in time with the lightning and thunder. And I do appreciate your attendance in person, appreciate it very much as a matter of fact. The live energy does contribute quite a bit.
As always, thank you and my love to you.
Djwhal KhulChanneled by Rev. Terri NewlonSource: www.terrinewlon.com/Past_Be_Gone.html------------- “Future Here Now”August 14, 2008 (Channeling begins) Djwhal Khul here. Tashi Delek. (Tibetan greeting, pronounced tash-ee delay-k)
Alright I have quite a bit of excitement in my voice and that is because the topic is something that I really enjoy: how to create the future that you want and how to start living it in the moment. That is what we are talking about today.
So last week we worked with the invocation of “Past Be Gone” and we worked also at a global level, not just the personal level, with a little bit of a different invocation.
And this week we are working with the “Future Here Now”; how to absolutely create what you want in the moment and also how to roll out your future in front of you. Just like you are rolling out your very own red carpet, if you will, that you get to walk on and experience and feel and enjoy.
This is an exercise that I often recommend. The reality that you’re in you could put in one hand. And then the reality that you want, your future, you can put in the other hand. Then, you can just simply just bring them together in prayer fashion.
Now the literal moving of the hands in prayer fashion is meant to neutralize opposition and to bring it into a unified Oneness and then usually there is either bowing of the head so that the Crown and Ascension Chakras are going heavenward or lifting the eyes skyward so the Third Eye is going heavenward, while the hands are in prayer fashion. Position of prayer has a very deep meaning.
For example, if right now your health is a little low and in your ‘Future Here Now’ you are vibrant and healthy, what you can do is put one in each hand and bring them together. I am also going to work with some affirmations. Or more precisely, ways that you move your consciousness out of your current reality into your desired reality, without just simply playing a trick on the mind or lying to yourself, because lying just doesn’t work. You have probably experienced that.
So you would say, “I acknowledge and accept that right now I am feeling like I am catching a cold”, or whatever, or “I am feeling tired every day” or whatever it is. And then you can kind of flip that palm back down and flip the other one up, it doesn’t really matter which one you use, although if you want to go with which one represents your past and which one represents your future, I would say usually that left hand is past and right hand is future. But it can be reversed on some people, so go with your intuition on that.
You flip up your future palm, whichever one you have decided that is, and you say: “Right now, I am feeling really wonderful. I feel great. I feel healthy, vibrant, on top of the world.” Then you wait for the subtle shift in the body. It’s almost like the body shifts a little bit into the future, on that command.
Now, for example, you could take a financial situation. Now left palm upwards you could say “Right now, I have a cash flow constriction; or right now, I am pretty much broke.” And then you flip down one down, you flip the right one up and say “Right now, I am extremely wealthy. Right now, all my means are being met. Right now I have more than most on the planet. Right now I am really prosperous and fortunate.” Then you wait for a moment and again, it’s almost like the body goes about an inch forward, energetically. It is a feeling that the body is bringing the Future Here Now.
Alright so there are many areas in your life that you can play with this exercise and have a very good time with it. And as always, thank you and my love to you,
Djwhal KhulChanneled by Rev. Terri Newlon www.TerriNewlon.com [/i] Source: www.terrinewlon.com/Future_Here_Now.html---------------------------- Uriel's Message -- Provide the Dream Are you asking for help from your guides, angels and the Universe and nothing appears to be happening? Are you asking for them to help fix your finances, relationships and other areas of your life and they do not seem to be responding? They hear you and are acting on your behalf according to the dream you are providing to them. Your dream represents what you are asking for, focusing on and praying about. The Universe does not interpret your dream, it simply responds to it. Are you asking the Universe to fix what is broken in your life? Nothing can be fixed for nothing is ever broken. You are co-creators with the Universe and the material plane is your domain, the place where you manifest. The Universe is always ready to help but you must provide the dream. You have come here to become masters of the third dimension, to remove the veil between the material and spiritual worlds, to bring light to the darkness and to anchor the energy of unconditional love. Before you can do this for the earth and humanity you must begin with your own life, for you are a mirror of the energy of the earth and of humanity. What you can create for yourself you can create on a larger scale. What is your dream for your life? Your dream is anything you wish to manifest in your life and can be anything of your choosing. You use your words, thoughts and actions to move the energy but you must move it into a specific direction. Many teachers remind you of the importance of your intention and it is what the Universes uses to empower your dream. What dream have you created? Is it something you really wish to manifest or is it something you wish would disappear? Remember that the Universe has no judgment and views you as infinitely powerful. Even your most powerless thoughts and actions are powerful, in the eyes of the Universe. You do not dream of lack, fear, unhappiness or disappointment. You do not dream of feeling stuck, unable to move forward or being in confusion. But when you focus on these things this is the dream you are providing to the Universe. Your dream plants the seed for your manifestation and the Universe will rush in to bring you your heart's desire. Set your dream for the most wonderful, joyful, miraculous possibilities for your life and they will be granted to you and more. Provide the dream and the Universe will work on your behalf to manifest the details and you will have the reality of your dreams. the creation of heaven on earth.[/color] From: www.urielheals.com/user/news_081108.htm---------------- Uriel's Message -- Grounding the Unfoldment You are living through the unfoldment of the Shift, as humanity is reconnecting, finding a new center and creating space for the energies that have come to help you through this process. These are new experiences for you and as they unfold you can feel physical and emotional distress because your bodies are not used to energies of this level. Each of you is a magnet for these energies and you process what is calibrated to your energetic vibrations. You are allowing new frequencies to become part of the earth grid and create new levels of energetic vibrations for humanity. This is all part of the Shift and your understanding of this process will help you manage it and maintain your own energetic balance and stay grounded. Each of you is attracting a specific energetic frequency that seeks to be grounded on the earth and you are the vehicle through which they are transmitted here. These energies are at much higher frequencies than has even been experienced on the earth which is why they can create symptoms in you that include fatigue and energetic distress. Your own bodies must adjust to the energies and become grounded with them to allow them to be present on earth. That is also why many of you have been placed in certain geographic areas, even though you do not feel 'at home'' there or are isolated and even out of touch with like-minded people. You are grounding the energies at specific locations and once your work there is completed you will be guided to move to other locations. This is the time of the unfoldment, when the energetic pathways that you have been creating as you completed your own Shift experiences are now being utilized for humanity. All of the work that you have done, the karmic healing, the release and forgiveness work had to occur so that you could create these energetic openings within the earth's grid. Until Lightworkers raised the energetic vibrations of the planet there were no openings for this energy. You have created the openings for the vortexes to be built to anchor this energy. You must stay grounded and maintain your own energetic balance and center to maintain the connection with the energy you are anchoring. Do not be frightened of the illusion that the darkness appears to be gaining strength. The frequency of the planet has been raised beyond that of the darkness so that its true nature can be revealed. The unfoldment is occurring and along with it new energetic frequencies are being anchored on the planet. This is your work, what you have come here to do. When you feel ungrounded, out of body, uncomfortable, tired or anxious, you are anchoring energy and need to find relief through rest and energy or healing work that will help you re-anchor yourself. Do not be afraid to ask for help, do not be afraid of this process as it is all happening as it should. You are part of humanity's greatest moment and are experiencing the awakening of humanity to its divinity and the creation of heaven on earth. Be at peace and know that all is well.
From: www.urielheals.com/user/news_080408.htm------------------------------------- Fw: DK Spirituality Article - Peptide Pep Talk9/15/2008 5:14:06 PM Eastern Daylight Time (Channeling begins) Djwhal Khul here. Tashi Delek. (Tibetan greeting, pronounced tash-ee delay-k)
Alright. A very warm Tibetan greeting. Tashi Delek means happy auspicious you, that I am seeing you in your spirit form, perfect and complete as is. It is equivalent to Namaste, which many are familiar with. It’s a Hindu greeting and has also some other, in other cultures and what not, the greeting is different but basically it is greeting the Holy Spirit as Holy Spirit.
Alright. Our topic today is “Peptide Pep Talk” And since we are in a time that is retribution or karmic retribution, in other words, previous deeds coming back upon one, we would look at that as most experiences that you have had in any given lifetime and certainly in the collection of your lifetimes, have probably been in the painful, angry or just very unevolved. So this is a time of karmic retribution with Pluto going direct. And Pluto, well the current Moon influences are one factor, and there are some other important anniversary dates and a few other configurations astronomically that are impacting things and more than I want to go into detail at the moment. But basically the karmic retribution is upon Humanity.
So, we want to go at the cellular structure, really sub cellular. We want to look at hormone receptor sites, a few other things that are happening in the body and we see by far, many of Humanity that would say that their Peptides are conditioned for stress, anxiety, stress, pressure, and a lot of adrenaline. It’s really sort of killing the rest of the endocrine system. It really creates quite an imbalance but also then throws off of course all the hormones. Then a little excitement begets more excitement and pretty soon you need caffeine, energy drinks or drama to feed the sensors in the body.
So what we want to work with today is a Peptide Pep Talk that is conditioning the Peptides energetically to respond to something else, such as calm, grace, ease, the light of the Soul, the wisdom of the Universe, and the Joy of Creation without the stress of it. So I am going to work directly with Peptides. Some of you know anatomically what I am talking about. Others can look up the word Peptide and work with the energy of it.
I want to give you all just a brief hint which is one way of working with this on a daily basis. For some of you it will be a very good habit for the rest of this incarnation. And it is based on the old saying “An apple a day will keep the doctor away”. And I would like you to find your favorite apple, or maybe a variety that you switch with seasonally. It does have to be a fresh apple, not apple juice, or concentrate, and pray into the apple, so you can do a Peptide Pep Talk into the apple and then eat the apple. Once a day, probably for most of you it is going to be a mid-morning snack. For some of you it might be early morning or mid afternoon or an hour or two after dinner. There will be a different time frame for each physical structure on when they want this apple.
The idea of praying into the consciousness of the apple and then consuming it is very important. You don’t need to eat the seeds or the stem or anything but certainly the meat of the apple and also preferably the skin of the apple. Unless it has been sprayed with something and you really need to take the skin off. So that is a very simple method. With or without the apple, you can still talk to the Peptides. With the apple, it just tends to bring it deeper into the consciousness and it does relate back to the biblical stories of Adam and Eve and the apple. And I’ll leave you to ponder why that might be.
In the meantime, I am going to give you the Pep Talk. It’s important to get an emotional response going with the energy. You can also use 9th Ray color, which is Joy. The vibration of Joy, is a blue green color. It is very vibrant. There is a lot of effervescence in it. And you can use the 9th Ray Attunement, which is Exquisite Joy. The other thing you want to see is just this little stamp that says “Joy” on it and you are just stamping every single hormone receptor with the word “Joy” and the ink on it is a very beautiful blue green color, a very happy color. It sort of makes you smile or brings Joy to your energy field.
Our Pep Talk goes like this:
Imagine there is a Peptide right in front of you and say “We are going to have a tremendous amount of Joy! today. We are going to have a tremendous amount of Joy! today”. You just keep saying it. “We are going to have a tremendous amount of Joy! today.”
Now this particular Peptide Pep Talk is to transmute fear into excitement, then into Joy. It takes a while to sort of mold the Peptide response or to change the hormone receptor into a Joyful state of awareness, a Joyful state of expression, a Joyful state of consciousness.
When something new happens, to the Peptides just say “Joy” instead of “Oh dread!” or “Oh be scared”. Thinking, I don’t know it, I should fear it. For the Peptide Pep Talk, even if it is simply upon going to sleep every night, sing “Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy!”.
Stamp it on every Peptide you can imagine, billions in the body, every morning when you awake get your little Joy stamp all over the Peptides “Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy! Joy!” It’s another simple way to work with it.
With an apple, you could just hold it with your fingertips, send Joy into it, blue green Joy, and you could use the affirmation Pep Talk, or anything that you want.
“We are going to experience a tremendous amount of Joy today!”
Just put that vibration in and eat the apple. Wonderful, wonderful work and it will reprogram your consciousness.
As always, thank you and my love to you,
Djwhal KhulChanneled by Rev. Terri Newlon www.terrinewlon.com/
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Sept 21, 2008 22:20:54 GMT 4
[glow=red,2,300]The Economy is Engulfed in Flames![/glow] Another Transitional Stage for Planet Earth, Putting Out Your Own Fear Fire
Welcome back, Folks. If you haven't visited for some time, you might want to read the past 2 posts on our New Earth...it's here. Today, I posted a rather lengthy compilation on the global economy situation. You can access it here:Re: Money Masters and Enslaved Taxpayers « Reply #92 Today at 5:35pm » The global melt-down is here We didn't start the fire! airdance.proboards50.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=15&page=7#3119 Note: For those of you who have navigated from that post and are new to Wk. Up Wrld., welcome! I hope the following gives you some understanding beyond what is being reported in the news. Way beyond, you might say! Regular readers here at Wk. Up Wrld., understand that Earth and her inhabitants are going through an enormous shift in our evolution, rising from a 3D reality into a 5th Dimentional reality or consciousness. If you wish to continue, keep an open mind toward what you read here; it is your choice to make whether you accept or reject what we speak of. If you decide to stay, you might then read through past information within this thread.
Things are getting hot for those who pull the monetary strings; are they not? This is all within Divine Order...It's not like we didn't expect this. Money is a third dimensional way of surviving. Be careful not to apply a third dimensional concept of money in these changing times. Don't forget, the universe keeps everything balanced; keep that in mind and stay grounded and balanced so you do not lose your power....Take good care of yourselves.
You have been told many times how energy is created by thought. So, focus on what you want rather than on money. It is a much more efficient way of surviving. Maybe this can not be done in one whole swoop because you have been in the money exchange for a long time, but understand how this process works and apply it, especially now, because the whole planet is running on a new energy. You must play the same vibrational frequency in order to survive this new element of consciousness.
What I've put together here for you is an assortment of articles, all with good advice on how to ride this one out and shield yourself from this transitional 'fire.' Included are some familiar sources and many new ones.....
May the Road Rise With You, Michelle
Here's an interesting one with some background material about the economy:A Time of Consequences -- "An Economic Saturn Return"September 19, 2008 As I'm sure most of you know, the U.S. economy has been going through an enormous meltdown in its financial markets that is affecting not only this nation, but the world economy as well. Astrology can help us understand what is happening and why it's happening now. Astrologers give tremendous emphasis to the understanding of cycles. These cycles range in length from a few years to many centuries, depending on what is being examined. The two planets that rule our personal and national economic life are Jupiter and Saturn. The outer planets of Uranus, Neptune, and Pluto are naturally going to affect economic events and philosophy, but their influence rules longer term issues that affect the paradigms and archetypal forms that both react to and are created by a particular economic cycle. An economic paradigm shift occurred in this country in 1980 and was represented by the election of Ronald Reagan. Although he was a Republican, he created (or perhaps it was created in him) a revolution that went beyond the party of which he was a member. He broke from the policies and philosophy of Eisenhower, Nixon, Rockefeller, and many other Republicans who did believe that some government regulation of the economy was necessary. They may have differed with some Democrats on the degree of government regulation that was needed, but 'everyone' agreed that one of the purposes of the government was to safeguard national security and that included the financial stability of our financial system. Many people still remembered the Great Depression and no one wanted that to ever occur again. Reagan changed all that and his economic philosophy has controlled governmental policy for the past 30 years. The chart of the Reagan inauguration is most interesting and has aspects that involve all the outer planets, but what is significant is that we are now in the 'Saturn return' of that chart. A Saturn return in a person's chart is a very significant time when the old cycle ends and a major new one is born. We get a 'grade card' at this time and have to deal with the consequences of the life we have lived up to that time. This is what is happening now in our economy as the results of those policies are being displayed for all to see. It is interesting to me that Reagan was very involved with astrology, especially before he became Governor of California. He must have known that 1980 was the perfect time to begin his ideologically driven revolution. What was the nature of this paradigm shift? Reagan and his followers were driven by the view that the government must have little or no control over the financial and banking system. Alan Greenspan, the Fed chairman for almost 20 years, was strongly influenced by the philosophy of Ayn Rand. Reagan himself idolized Barry Goldwater and Milton Friedman, a very conservative economist who believed in a laissez faire economic system which BELIEVED that whatever was good for business was also good for the economy and nation. It was and is a 'Belief system.' The adherents of Reagan's economic philosophy spoke of its virtues in terms that are usually reserved for the religious. And there were many occasions, especially on conservative talk shows, when opponents were basically accused of a lack of patriotism for disagreeing with this orientation. They were often called 'socialists' and liberals, which completely eliminated any possibility of a real discussion on any issues that seemed to go against this belief system. When Reagan was elected Saturn was at 26 Virgo , but was hovering around 18 Virgo during his run for Republican nomination. Right now, Saturn is at 14 Virgo on its way to 22 Virgo in the Fall. This is indeed the return of Saturn to where it was during Reagan's rise onto the national stage. This means all that is happening right now in the financial markets is a grade card for the philosophy that has controlled our economic life for the past 30 years. The consequences must be faced, whether we like it or not, and integrated into the national consciousness. In a 2009-12, it is quite possible that new economic theories will emerge. Frankly I doubt it will duplicate the Franklin Roosevelt 'New Deal' approach, but will hopefully allow for something truly new to be considered. All I'm certain of, as are many astrologers, is that with Pluto in Capricorn as well, a new type of capitalism will begin. The old model is on its way out the window. Right now, it appears that there will be huge mergers resulting in only a few institutions existing that will control the financial system, but that too may only be temporary.
I am not an economist, but given what we see happening now and what is coming astrologically, I believe it is likely that many assumptions made during the last 30 years will be fundamentally questioned and that new paradigms will begin to emerge. And what will be a big part of that discussion? The complex issue of personal and government DEBT. We have much to learn about that.Mercury Goes RetrogradeJust a note that Mercury goes retrograde on September 24 for three weeks. This is a good time to make sure all your data is backed up and that any communication issues are fixed. If your car needs some time in the shop, you might as well get it done when you can. The Mercury retrograde will be about a review in whatever areas of your chart are affected. More on this transit in the next newsletter. I hope the news of this economic Saturn return is interesting and thought provoking as it is for me. You can give some thought to what the new paradigms ought to look like. All the best, Jim Sher 818-501-7114 Join Our Newsletter From: www.sherastrology.com/modules.php?name=Content&pa=list_pages_categories&cid=4------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ From Archangel Michael, through Celia Fenn, whose Earth Log diaries always bring a timely heads up and sound advice:EARTH LOG SEPTEMBER 2008by Celia Fenn September 18th : Changing the Fundamentals...the Challenges facing the Earth right Now.... :
There is no doubt that the energy on the planet has been chaotic and very challenging in the last few days. This is not unexpected, since we have been warned that the changes to the economic realities on the planet could be disruptive and difficult. In fact, as we move into this phase of physical restructuring of the way that we live, we are facing some very fundamental challenges to the way in which we think.
However, before we go into that side of things, it is important to remember that we have come this far with the changes and transitions on the Planet without any major disasters or catastrophes, and there is no reason to start now. We have been promised that the changes will be peaceful as far as possible, and we need to hold that intention. There is no need for suffering and hardship, there is enough for everyone. Instead of going into panic, we need to hold the intention and focus that there is enough for everyone and that all will be cared for.
The economic system on the planet is the most powerful determinant of how we live and the choices that we make, or the lack of choice that we sometimes feel and perceive. It is based ultimately on fear and illusion and greed. It was created on the basis of survival fear. At some point humans decided to cut themselves off from Divine Guidance and put their survival trust in money. And so they built huge financial institutions such as bank and insurance companies and health companies in the belief that these would protect them and ensure their survival. And of course, this is an illusion, for money is not what ensures survival and growth and happiness, it is just an illusion that we have created, and which we have come to believe in so firmly that when this illusion is challenged, then we go into survival panic.
The present financial melt-down is ocurring because people are becoming aware that the economic system has laregly failed them, and that it is in fact an illusion. That is not to say that we can do without it right now, as we have all been drawn into the way it works. But, we are withdrawing from the illusion that this is the only way it has to be and the only way we can survive. We have seen a few growing very rich, and the rest living in hardship and poverty. We know this is not what is intended for the planet. The original blueprint was formulated with everyone having enough and having the ability to manifest and create what they needed for themselves. It is the economic system that gets in the way of this process by limiting people to what can be supplied by the system that they have become a part of.
So, instead of seeing these events as precursors to another great depression and suffering and hardship, perhaps we can begin to see how we will start to restructure the way we live and the choices that we make. We will begin to once again trust in our Higher Self and our ability to manifest what we need and to be provided with what we need from day to day. I think that we will find that we will begin to see small miracles as we once again take back our Power and begin to see how we can empower ourselves and others to create what we want and need for ourselves in our lives. Yes, this may mean that we will have to rethink our sense of community and how we live together and how we help each other. It may mean that we will have to give up our faith in our bank account as a determinant of our well-being and security, although many of us have been doing that for a while now. But, we will find other ways of ensuring that we have what we need, for the Planet is abundant and has more than enough to support everyone, if we do not create and manufacture illusions of lack and scarcity.
It is indeed time to take back our Power to Create and Trust that all will be well.
We need to begin to focus our intention on what will come next, a system of sharing and support in which every person on the planet will have Abundance and Peace and will live in the only true reality, Love.
And, we can know that we will be challenged by the survival fear and the hysteria that will break out as the old system breaks down and the illusions at the core are revealed. And when we can truly see the illusions, and the fear, then we can walk away and begin to create something else, something more aligned with our right to be here and our right to be provided with everything that we need and desire.
This will be the new fundamental reality on which we will create the New Earth of Peace and Abundance for All. [Full Post]September 15th : Living in a World of Energy and Vibration and Dealing with Turmoil and Chaos :
In the last week we have certainly seen a fair amount of chaos on the Planet, from Hurricane Ike hitting Houston to the financial collapses on Wall Street today. Looking at all this, it may seem pretty grim, until you remember that the Old Energy is on the way out and that in order to bring in a new way of life that is more focussed on Abundance and Peace, we need to be prepared to let go of the old and not to feel shaken and shattered when the old energy does fall apart in very obvious ways. It was interesting for me that when I was doing the work and research for the Great Lakes Water Ceremonies, I did read that the water from the Great Lakes does find its way into the Gulf of Mexico, and maybe working with the energy of the Lakes will help to bring peace to the Gulf area as well.
It is so important, at these times, to be able to hold onto the Inner Peace in your own center and to know that All is Well and that there is Divine Order within this apparent chaos. It is important to focus on Trust and to know that you will be safe. It is important to remember that we are now in the Fifth Dimension with a new way of Being and Perceiving. We are in a world of rapid Creation and Manifestation, a World of Energy and Vibration, where the quality of Consciousness determines what is created and what will manifest.
Aligning your Consciousness with Family of Light and with the flow of Sacred Light from Source is a wonderful way to hold to the peace that lives in your Heart and the center of your Being.[CLIP]From: starchildglobal.com/------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Original Sirian Ascension Plan September 2008 Newsletter We are currently enduring a major downward trend in our nation's financial stability and economy as we transverse the bumpy road of planetary ascension. We are beginning to see more and more signs of the environmental, fiscal, and systemic re-structuring required for humanity to bridge into a New Earth reality. It's only going to increase exponentially as we approach 2012. And so as the outer world appears to be collapsing, I often am asked "what is this phenomenon called Ascension"? All the signs are there in front of us, if we just stop, breathe and observe! Our nation has become polarized between two opposing factions: One side hanging onto status quo, continuing to cling to policies, systems and institutions of the past...while the other side embraces the evolutionary transformation of change. One movement favors the inevitability of time and the downward spiral of death and decay. The other movement is striving to break free of the limits and constraints of time, and reverse into an upward spiral - an ascending spiral of rebirth, renewal and reform. The two movements are polar opposites of human reality, and we are being confronted at this particular time to choose which reality we prefer. Now that's not that extraordinary in itself...for we have witnessed throughout human history many movements of revolutionary change and transformation. What sets this time apart is the energy present, streaming into our solar system from our benevolent Universe that is speeding up time! We're getting a "boost" from the ethers that will assist in accelerating not only time, but the vibrational frequency of life itself. Now if time is unlocking from its rigid linearity and becoming more fluid, like interconnecting waves of fragmented snapshots...parallel realities floating in and out...then we can begin to recognize the opportunity of personal and collective choice and conscious intent. No longer stuck in a fixed life story, we can jump out of time into an alternative outcome! This provides us with the ability to access a lifepath that supports our authentic truth in more balance and harmony. The window of time has opened and we can switch into the upward spiral of Ascension! It's important to remember what motivates the downward path of devolution. The human ego has demonstrated it would prefer to hang onto something familiar, despite how harmful it has proven to be, from an underlying fear of the "unknown". The inner resistance to change can be a compelling force of nature!
But as time stretches and accelerates, the human mind is responding to new thought, new concepts, new technology...and new energy! Dormant genetic codes and cellular memory are being stimulated awake by the powerful stellar waves of light particles entering our atmosphere. As the planet moves through the Universal Galactic Core these upcoming years, our bio-energetics will be activated and our minds will expand with a greater understanding of Ascension. Many souls living at this time carry within their bio-energetics packets of "light-activated" blueprints for change! As these blueprints of evolution come to life, many will find themselves compelled to get involved...to join in service to the whole! They will become "operational" according to a universal plan, designed by the Sirian High Council - the architects of the Original Ascension Plan. Due to my personal Sirian lineage, my blueprint packet activated 15 years ago. Although I was suddenly aware of my true nature and purpose according to the Ascension Plan, I had to operate in extreme density, pushing against powerful counter-force. The universal waves of light were slowly ramping up, but not nearly as powerful as now, and so many of us felt like we were pushing uphill instead of riding the Ascension spiral of evolution. During a profound communication with the Sirian High Council, through a channel in 1997, I was initiated as a master-teacher for a powerful 12th-dimensional Vortex technique. Over the years I've learned how to optimize the transformational properties of Vortex Healing in order to assist human progress during Ascension. Not only does the spinning Vortex empower acceleration of human evolution but it also activates the light body (merkaba), awakens ascension codes, clears out distortion, integrates all four holistic bodies, opens the channel to the super-consciousness, and much more! We have been blessed by the Sirians, our neighboring Universal Guardians of the Sirius Starsystem, with the Vortex technique as an Ascension tool. And most importantly, we have succeeded in maneuvering our bodies, hearts and minds out of the maze of corruption and infiltration that has enslaved human consciousness. Several years ago it became clear and necessary for an Ascension Plan B...where the awakened souls realized they were so entangled in the corrupted planetary hologram they could not proceed. And thus ensued a period of individual collapse as we all pulled out and managed the best we could while clearing past-life karma, exorcised entity violation, healed deep soul wounds, and ceaselessly removed the build-up of energetic corruption of counter-force. We spent those years diligently disengaging from the old world reality of duality, so that we could break free and jump back on the original path.Those difficult years have paid off, and I'm thrilled to welcome you back onto the path of Ascension - the Original Sirian Blueprint. Our Sirian Elders are aiding our progress as we re-united this summer in a new space...the New Earth hologram. As more and more souls arrive we are joining forces in a collective wave of unity consciousness. As the wave builds and expands in the upward spiral, the human reality of hope, change and reform will lift us up higher! The inner-dimensional doorway to the New Earth will become a reality for all of humanity. We join together and raise the planetary vibration to the pure energy of love. Copyright © 2008 Meg Benedicte · All Rights Reserved www.soulfulservices.com Source: www.soulfulservices.com/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=128:original-sirian-ascension-plan&catid=21:newsletters&Itemid=69------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Choose the reality you want to shift to:The Anatomy of a Timeline Shift The more I explore timeline shifts, the more excited I become. A timeline shift involves perceiving/imagining/sensing/feeling/visualizing the realities you choose and then energizing those realities by connecting with their feeling state. Once this is done, you then go about your business with a knowing, trusting and acceptance that this reality is already a part of you. You may look around you and observe the realities of the past, but you know that within you, you have made the shift to a new timeline. There is a built-in "lag time" between an inner reality shift and its appearance in physical reality. This is why the new reality you've adopted takes some time to appear in your physical reality. Once we've made the shift within ourselves, that's all that matters. The new reality is a done deal. As long as we can remain calm and knowing about this, sooner or later our inner and physical realities will align. If we allow ourselves to get caught up in thoughts of doubt, we undermine this alignment. The Timeline Shift Theory The Timeline Shift Theory says that an infinite number of timelines exist within our energetic field. Because these realities are already in existence, all we have to do is to perceive the timeline we prefer and shift to it by adopting the focus self that belongs to the timeline of our new identity. The timeline shift technique doesn't require us to create a new reality from whole cloth. If we can imagine/perceive/sense this new reality, it already exists. If we are overly identified with physical reality (the what-you-see-is-all-there-is perspective) using this technique is akin to bending over backwards and touching your nose to your toes. Just as we would have to develop an amazing level of physical flexibility to achieve this yogic feat, we must develop a masterful level of inner flexibility to consciously release our present moment identity or focus self. This is truly stepping into the unknown. When we adopt a new focus self identity we’re creating wholesale change at the quantum level. We don't know ahead of time all the large and small changes the shift will bring. It requires surrendering our old identities, letting go of the death grip control we have on our present reality and going along for an amazing ride into a new reality unfolding moment by moment. Potential Stumbling Blocks As I began working with energizing timelines, I began to identify some of the potential stumbling blocks. In my case, I realized parts of myself held reservations about this seemingly magical technique. One part of me felt it was too easy. I recognized this as a part of myself that had been indoctrinated early on in the idea that life is hard. With this belief in place, it’s hard for me to accept that life can happen easily and effortlessly. I have begun working with the part of me still invested in this belief. The new belief I'm adopting in its place is that new realities can happen easily and effortlessly - as long as they are aligned with my spiritual purpose. I'll return to spiritual purpose in a moment. Another part of me wants everything to be measurable from a physical, scientific perspective. This part of me expected the timeline shift to be physically visible the moment it was made. If I’m energizing a timeline where I’m living in New York City , for example, this part of me expects me to suddenly be there the moment I’ve made the internal shift. Due to the "lagtime" I mentioned above, this is unlikely to be the case. It’s important to keep in mind that physical reality is only the toenail of our existence. The way realities manifest on Earth at this time, it will almost always lag behind the reconfiguration of inner reality. In addition, when we refer to physical reality to see if the shift has occurred, this is once more working in reverse and taking our clues about reality from the physical. If the shift has been made within us, then it has been made, regardless of what our external reality is saying at the moment. Now that I'm aware part of me holds this these expectations, I can begin to work with them. One way I'm transforming them is to get this part of myself to agree to the fact that I can intuitively perceive the shift as soon as it occurs. This effectively changes the instrument of measurement from the physical reality to the intuitive perception of the shift. To me this makes perfect sense. If our perceptual skills are finely tuned, we are able to recognize that, while physical reality still looks the same, we have shifted to a different timeline. From this moment on, we will make decisions from the perspective of our new identity self. Because these new choices carry us along a different timeline, we will have different experiences in this timeline. Our vibration is different along this timeline. We magnetize to us different people and possibilities along this timeline. By shifting to this new timeline, we have effectively transformed our destiny. Another possible stumbling block is to hold onto unresolved energy around the old timeline. If you’re holding onto negative emotions about the old timeline -- or if you’re seeking to escape from some aspect of it -- this can bind you to the old reality until it is released. It’s next to impossible to release what we resist. Once we’ve visited any possible stumbling blocks, we’re ready to begin the timeline shift process. The Timeline Shift Process The first step is to choose a reality you want to shift to. You most like have given a great deal of thought to how you would like to change your present reality. Call up these images now of your ideal reality and fill in the details. In a quiet meditative state, align with the timeline reality that you have chosen. Allow your self to be filled with this reality. See it. Feel it. Look at the world from the perspective of this self who is experiencing this timeline. From this point on, act from this self’s perspective. This is not "acting as if" or "seeing" your self in this reality, which would imply you’re still outside it. It’s important to completely align with the new identity. After you have shifted to this new timeline and are completely aligned with it, having adopted it as your new identity, open your eyes and look around you. Yes, you’re seeing the same physical reality you saw before closing your eyes. But if you’ve done the timeline shift process correctly, you’re looking at the old reality with new eyes -- the eyes of the new focus self. From this point on, you will begin making choices and acting from the perspective of this new focus self and its timeline. If you feel you were not successful in making the shift to the new timeline, you may want to revisit the list of potential stumbling blocks and see if any of these are interfering with your purpose. Timeline Shifts and Spiritual Purpose Earlier I mentioned spiritual purpose. I want to close with a few words on its significance in making timeline shifts. It’s been my own experience that moving to a new timeline that’s aligned with my spiritual purpose is much easier than moving to a timeline that is less aligned. Many of us hold the intention to always be moving toward fulfilling our spiritual purpose. From this perspective, trying to energize a timeline not aligned with our spiritual purpose would be like trying to drive a car with the brakes on! May the shift be with you. Posted on Sunday, January 20, 2008 at 09:25PM by Celestial Vision Copyright © 2007, Celestial Vision. Source: www.celestialvision.org/deborahs-journal/2008/1/21/the-anatomy-of-a-timeline-shift.html------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Navigational advice from the Hathors, through Tom Kenyon. : Riding Through the Winds of ChangeHathors July 20, 2008 Paros Island, GreeceWe wish to discuss several aspects of human psychological response to the planetary and interdimensional changes that are now taking place. Sensitive individuals are the most prone to these types of responses, yet they are also showing up for those who are spiritually unaware and primarily focused upon material reality.What we are describing is a global sense of hopelessness, bordering on despair for some individuals; a sense that there is nothing that one can do to change the course of events. For some this leads to a type of depression, a lack of motivation; and that which gave life meaning, purpose and joy, now seems empty. For others it is a sense of being extremely disconnected from their lives, as if they are watching a movie. They go through the motions of living a life, but their hearts are not in it. For others who are consciously connected to the web of life, the loss of species, the destruction of the eco-system is especially difficult to contend with. For those who are focused primarily upon their material reality, the 3-D life they live, these times are increasingly anxiety provoking for the financial concerns that we predicted some time ago are now upon you, and they will only worsen.In addition, the evolutionary and catalytic waves from deep space that we have mentioned before continue to escalate. Those who attempt to control you through economics, politics and religion are finding it increasingly difficult, yet they are strengthening their efforts, and some individuals aware of these tensions feel caught in the middle.For, indeed, from the standpoint of time and space, you are caught in the middle. You are caught in the middle of the tensions between evolution and devolution, spiritually speaking. You are at the center-point of time and space. This is an energetically intense place to be and from the standpoint of the soul, or the spark of consciousness that you are — your interdimensional reality, or however you wish to describe this to yourself — these are potent, powerful times. From our standpoint there is nothing that an individual can do to prevent the dissolution of that which needs to be dissolved. The planetary changes are upon you. If you are able to take collective and individual action, some of the more intense forms of destructive change can be mitigated or lessened. But some of them cannot be stopped, or to be more accurate, we would say that it is improbable. Your opportunity as a soul — as a spiritual being living a human life — is to navigate through these changes in ways that strengthen you and lift you upward, even as those around you seem to spiral into negativity, despair and acting out of their self-destructiveness. As you look to the human collective and see the self-destructiveness, the stubbornness to change, the tendency to stupidity, look also to yourself for these seeds are within you as well.We have given previously our views of what your near future will unfold, and we shall not describe them again. You can look to the archives if you are interested. What we feel most important to convey at this time is how you must find the spiritual courage to rise up, as many around you seem to be falling. And by falling we mean specifically moving into lower states of spiritual quality.How do you navigate your life through a sea that is filled with fear, hostility, paranoia, constraint, lies, and manipulation? The journey of an Initiate, which is the path of living upward in consciousness, regardless of the spiritual lineage or ways of describing it, is quite simply the passage through the eye of a needle, or the eye of the storm. Let us use the metaphor of hurricanes or cyclones — for they shall be increasing in number and intensity. If you are at the edge of the storm you are exposed to the destructive power of the wind and water. But if you are in the eye of the storm, it is, paradoxically, calm. You can see the edge of the storm in a circle at the far horizon, but in the center, all is still and calm. This center point of the storm is what you must find in yourself, from our perspective. This is the path of the Initiate, the spiritual master. There is no one who can teach you this. There is no one who can save you from the storms that are upon you, and by this we mean both the external storms of your weather, your politics and your economics, as well as earth changes, but we also mean the internal storms, your psychological and emotional conflicts, as you live in the midst of a world that is dissolving into a new world that has not yet become. There is little solid ground here and such states of recognition are anxiety provoking for most humans. Most of you have not learned how to dance with chaos in a gracious manner, but don’t be concerned about this. For soon you shall have many dance lessons and opportunities to be at peace with the partner of chaos, the swirling uncertainty. In these times it will be easier to surrender to the downward spiral than live upward. And yet, living upward in consciousness is why you are here in this time — from our perspective. There is a battle taking place on earth for your very spirit, your heart and mind. We have talked before about the nature of this manipulation and so we need not discuss it here. Again, we refer you to the archives if you are so interested. The essential point we wish to make here is that this is a time to rise upward in yourself, to take the high spiritual ground, to find in yourself the spiritual courage to not succumb to the downward spiral, to find a way to live upward in yourself even in the midst of increasing chaos, difficulties and seeming disasters.We say seeming disasters because interdimensionally the events that take place in your life, such as catastrophes, storms, famine, loss of jobs, and so on, are multi-dimensional in nature. Certainly from the localized space of your being that is locked into time and space, your embodied self, these events are very difficult to deal with, and are catastrophes of varying degrees. But from the standpoint of your interdimensional self — your soul, the spark of consciousness, however you wish to describe it — these events are opportunities for immense growth and acceleration of spiritual evolution. It is not the situation that you find yourself in that binds you, it is how you view it that imprisons or frees you. And so in whatever situations you may find yourself in the coming years, we say to you there are many doorways to freedom in consciousness. Some of these doorways will involve interacting with those around you in new ways — stepping out of the box of perception you have been sold. Some of these doorways will be finding a common ground with those whom you might call your enemies. Some of these doors are personal and are simply the space of a new relationship between you and your interdimensional realities. Some of these doors will lead you into interaction with the problems of this earth, of humanity, discovering new ways to solve problems that are outside the constraints of your current thinking, and some of these doors will lead you beyond earth, into other spiritual realities. The doors you choose lead you into new destinies. If you continue to use the doors that have been given to you by your culture through their lies and manipulation, you will participate in a vast catastrophe. But we wish you to understand clearly a phenomenon of creation. The doors you open will lead you to a destiny that is unique, even if many around you enter through other doorways. In other words, do not buy into the mass hypnosis of what door you should open and enter through. What we mean by the door of mass hypnosis is that those who wish to control you through economics, politics and religion, do so through subtle and not so subtle suggestion. It is not for us to say to you which doors you should open, for that is your task as a spiritual master, but what we can say to you is the obvious.Each door leads to a unique destination, or destiny, and you can choose doors that lead you into joy and happiness, even as others are choosing doors that lead them to despair and sadness. Again, it is not the situation that binds you; it is your perception of it. Let us get a little more concrete here. Let us say that you have lost your job, the source of your income. This is a very challenging and anxiety-provoking situation. Panic is one of the doors that are available to you. Blame is another door that is always available. Curiosity as to what might open next is also a door that is available to you. If you choose the door of curiosity, you open yourself to new possibilities. You will then have not shut your consciousness down into the lower vibrations of panic, anger and blame. They may surface from time to time, but if you keep your focus upon curiosity regarding what chaos will bring you next, you can discover new solutions to your problems in a much quicker way.There is a tendency for human consciousness to repeat old patterns; this is based upon expectation, which is a form of memory rooted in the illusion of time, as you perceive it. It is possible to cut through your perception of time and accelerate to solutions to problems faster than would normally take place, but this is done through the door of consciousness that only you can open. It is done through both personal intent and action.We realize that there are many levels of understanding on the part of those who read these words. The challenge for us is to communicate something that will be practical for all of those reading this. Some of you already know exactly what we are speaking to, and know that there are doors within you that you can open that will lead you to higher destinies, fast resolutions to problems without getting bogged down like many of those around you. Some of you think and feel that you do not have the right for happiness or freedom of mind and heart, while others are suffering and imprisoned. But we say to you that the greater service you can render to your fellow humanity, is to free yourself from the imprisonment of limited consciousness, for then you can interact with others in new ways, and through those interactions new doors can reveal themselves.
And so when you find yourself disheartened, disillusioned, disconnected, and with no desire for your life, realize that you have simply wandered through one of the doors of your own consciousness, and that there are forces who celebrate your apathy, for then you are more easily controlled. In these moments of recognition that you are in a lower vibratory expression of your potential, seize the moment, step out of that doorway into another.Now, the difficulties that some of you may be experiencing may seemingly preclude any choice in your outer reality, but we say to you that the power of choice resides within you, regardless of the conditions you find yourself in. In the most difficult moments, when all doors seem closed to you, when there are no options seemingly available, we have a simple suggestion. It may sound trite and too simple, but it is simply a leverage point. For all that is required to change a situation is a small movement in consciousness, and then as you build upon this movement, vast powers within you are released. But until you have movement within you, of some kind, nothing can change.And so this is our suggestion for how to create a small movement within you when everything else has failed. Even in the midst of personal torment, external difficulties, whatever presents itself to you as the difficulty, find something to appreciate. It might be as simple as that you can breathe, or if your breath is constrained, when you can take a breath, you appreciate the breath. Or it could be appreciating a color in the sky or something that made you laugh. What is important here is that when all options are closed, if you find something to feel appreciation for, no matter how small, you have created a small movement in consciousness, and with that movement great things can unfold.We sense that some of you will ride through these storms that are upon you, the winds of change, more gracefully than others. But even you, who consider yourselves to be spiritually evolved, may be challenged from time to time as the old world dissolves into something new. And we sense that some of you will be caught in the grips of the chaotic times, and it is our hope that you will recall this simple suggestion, and remember to find something to appreciate, and with that movement in consciousness you will find new doors to open.We hold in our hearts, our minds, a vision of great new realities for you and your human family. May it be so. May you make it so. Hathors July 20, 2008 Paros Island, Greece Source: tomkenyon.com/winds-of-change/Thank You, Hathors!!!!------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Just in from Suzan Caroll and the dimentionally high Arcturians [our future selves?] at multidimensions.com !!!!SPECIAL BULLETIN
CALL TO THE ARCTURIANS
Dear Arcturians,I have been inside your Corridor for several weeks now watching the extreme polarities of world events. Indeed, polarities are most evident just before a paradigm shift, which we are now experiencing. I have been striving to stay above fear and live in love and compassion. It has been difficult. I can feel the fear of the collective consciousness, but I know that I want to contribute only love and compassion. Since being in your Corridor, I have been releasing the fear and darkness of my many lifetimes in order to move beyond all polarities. I have also been detaching from the judgments and illusions of the physical world. This task has not been simple either. I thank you, however, for being my anchor in the sky to which I have tenaciously held. I ask you now for words of wisdom, perhaps ones that I could share with the many other frightened citizens of Earth. Dearest Ones, We have felt your energy and embraced your efforts and contributions. These are difficult times for all the grounded ones. Therefore, we wish to say to everyone who is currently embodied that you have volunteered to be alive at this time, and we greatly commend you for this. You have all had notification of these times, yet knowing a challenge does not always make it easier. We, however, can assist you, and are doing so, to remember that NONE of this is real!! You are now experiencing the final drama of the battle between light and dark, love and fear, so that you can forevermore choose peace and knowing. We have deep empathy for all grounded ones, and we respect your courage for volunteering to be present for this monumental moment of transformation into the truest expression of SELF. Detachment from third dimensional dramas, while still holding compassion and unconditional love for everyone and everything, is an initiation of the highest caliber. We commend all of you who are endeavoring to accept this challenge for you are truly the Scouts through the wilderness of fear and confusion.
We wish to personally say to each of you, we, the Arcturians, are within you now and forever more. We send you the highest frequency of love and compassion, so that you may ground it in your consciousness, your body and your daily life. We wish you to accept this gift not because you are afraid but because you deserve it. YOU deserve happiness, love, beauty and the limitless adventure of New Earth. Take a moment now, dear ones, to remember other times in your life, as well as other lifetimes in which you successfully faced the great fear that enshrouds your country, and indeed, much of Gaia’s planet. Do you now feel how the many animals of Gaia have felt as they watched their reality be destroyed by the selfishness of humanity? Do you now feel how the many magnificent forests and sweeping valleys have felt as they were turned into harsh, naked lands? Do you now feel the many creatures of the ocean that are on the verge of extinction?
Yes, our beloveds, you do feel the planetary consciousness because your empathy has so expanded that it is not limited to humanity. Hence, your emotional bodies are overwhelmed by the messages, not only from humans but also, from the very life force of Gaia who shares this moment of initiation with you. Perhaps, if you can realize the magnitude of this time of awakening, you can put your emotions into perspective. By this statement we mean the planetary perspective. Feel yourselves now as ALL of your reality. Feel all that you have ever loved and ever wished to experience. See the future that you are creating with your great love and compassion and know that the old must die so that the new can be reborn. The inner workings of the many old mechanisms that were based on greed and hunger for power over others are being displayed for all to see. In this manner, a new reality based on love, peace, caring and unity can emerge. In your hearts and minds you are hearing the flap of the Phoenix Bird’s wings, which makes you fear that all must be destroyed before it can be reborn.We say to you now, dear grounded ones, death before birth is the old paradigm! Within the new paradigm, there is NO death. There is only transmutation. You, and your entire reality, are transmuting into your higher dimensional counterpart. What is willingly released does not need to die. Your wiliness to let go of that which frightens you, and your dedication to connect only to that which fills you with the glory and spirit of unconditional love and infinite gratitude, will pull you through the narrows of the immense changes of personal and planetary transmutation!We hold you constantly in our consciousness and invite you to continuously hold us in yours. Focus on hope, love and the wonder of a new life. See implanted in your third eye, like the wallpaper on your computer, the reality that you desire to create forever. This vision will set your intention to focus on that which you love and allow you to release anything less. The reality you choose to perceive is the reality you choose live! Look not to the many problems, except to give assistance in any manner that you feel called upon to contribute. As you assist others in crisis, whether they are human, animal, plant or mineral, do so with the deep love and compassion that we see in your hearts.
You are the creators of a new world. You have incarnated on Gaia time after time to rehearse this contribution. NOW is the moment for which you have been preparing. We are here now to tell you that YOU ARE READY!We are infinitely with you and wish to leave you with a unified Mantra: I AM the creator of compassion and unconditional love in every moment of my life.Please call upon us, The Arcturians Many thanks to our Arcturian family!------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OK, I didn't expect that one from the Arcturians. I did plan to put the following up....Now I know why I was led to this one:Could it be true?Posted September 20th, 2008 Channeler: Espen Steenberg Our dear friendYou have seen movement on your planet, you have seen people struggling, trying to get by and loosing themselves to the abyss. Oh, it’s not an abyss. They are reaching for their own core. To go there, one needs to go within. Most people haven’t been there for a very long time. So, what may seem like an abyss is in actuality their core self. They might get a bit spooked, shaken up, and even afraid. They are not used to seeing and feeling themselves in this way. Sometimes you think; oh, I should do something for them. You think; this is my mission, I should save them and I should go out of my way to help them. We tell you; it might seem like you are doing them a favour, but please step back. They have to discover this for themselves; it will come to them in their own time. Pushing them, giving them the answers you have already attained can make them shut down. To much light at one time can shut a person down. Their emotional core is not equipped for it yet, they have to discover the answers by themselves and in their own time. This can be challenging for you; seeing them struggle, looking for answers and knowing you have those answers. You see what needs to take place, but you see, your consciousness and theirs are different. They need to gain that consciousness on their own. You can not hand someone else your consciousness. It is not how it works. They have to go look for it. If they ask you to help them understand what’s happening, try to lead them in the right direction. Don’t just give them the answers, it doesn’t work. Their emotional selves contain a lot of belief systems which will get activated if they get the answers right away. The emotional core and the surrounding energies around it needs time to process and balance. Their higher selves will tell them when it is time to seek out specific information. If you listen to Your higher self you will know this. You will know when to step back, and you will know when to approach. There is a communication between all souls upon this planet on a higher level. This is the communication you should pay attention to. The third dimension contains a lot of illusions compared to the higher worlds. People you have met, and places you have been in this life have had an effect upon you. You should be grateful for this, for this is the way your soul grows. However, listen to us when we say; your higher self sees not only this life, it sees your entire expression on all levels, all timelines, at the same time. What might seem like a good solution here, may from a higher vantage point actually limit your progress. This is why we say; you should be still, you should Be… Let go. This is when you connect to your higher self. This is when your higher self can give you the higher perspective. This is very difficult for a person, who is accustomed to 3D thinking, to understand.So, what we ask you to do is Be yourself first of all. Be who you are meant to be. Allow illusions to leave you thru being and acceptance of what is. You have seen the higher dimensions; you liked them, of course. There is a reason why you are here, a reason you come back to this dimension. You still have work to do here, in yourself. You have belief systems to let go of. By being in an environment that vibrates lower that yourself, your issues start to boil. They want your attention. Sit back and observe, seeing them from a different angle, observe them. They are there for a reason. You may call them illusions, but in fact they contain great knowledge and wisdom. There are some things going on in your atmosphere at this time. Things are happening, moving, rearranging and preparing for something to arrive. In the skies you have seen the lights. And you wonder; What if? Could it be true? We tell you this: It is You… (Long pause)
Go inside and you will know what we mean. Go into your intuition. It is you. Are you ready to meet yourself? How far have you come? How much are you able to accept? Are you ready to see aspect of yourself residing in those other realms? Yes you are ready; you do it all the time. This seems like something else, something new. Well, we tell you; it is not. You see yourself wherever you go. People you meet, they are just representations of you, in another time, in another place, another life. So is it also when you look into the skies. So what do you think about them showing up now? Suppose they are real. You have seen yourself in this version, this human version, and you have seen other versions of yourself walking this planet. And this you accept. Now it is time to see yourself from a different viewpoint. You have accepted yourself now. Yes, you accept the world as it is. You have accepted previous lifetimes and lives upon this planet. There is not so much more to learn in that aspect, because you have accepted it is all you. So what is the next logical step? You go somewhere else. You are ready to see another version of yourself. Consciousness grows, therefore your realm of experience have to grow. We told you, you can not go much deeper now, which means; you have accepted what is. Good for you. We also said; you can always go higher. What does this mean? You are going higher now. Do you understand what we mean? Going higher involves seeing yourself at a higher level. Could it be true? Does it make sense? Yes, can you feel our smiles? These smiles mean that you get it. It means you understand. This is why we hang around, for these moments. You are so precious you know. Can you accept that? Can you accept the fact that your beauty and light are so vast and so bright, that actually, we kneel before you. Can you imagine a time when you laid in your mother’s bosom. You were protected, loved and admired. You were so small, yet, that smallness was what made you so large. Have you seen how a little baby can change the surroundings just by being? Is that not large? A baby does not see itself as small, and neither should you. You are vast beyond proportions. You know this. We tell you now to be accepting. Just accept everything. Grow your consciousness, and the parts of you that reside in other dimensions will be extremely attracted to you. You feel them. Almost as if they are calling. Their vibration is calling. Don’t assume, be accepting. It’s needed, acceptance is needed. They will come to you. You know you long for them. Just open up. Be yourself. Shine. We Love You.Source: lightworkers.org/content/46096/could-it-be-trueYES! It's true!
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Sept 22, 2008 8:29:11 GMT 4
I'm putting this one up more quickly than I normally do; please check yesterday's post and the 2 previous to that...M
Today's the Fall Equinox and what's in store for us.... Also..... What about the First Contact stories, said to happen on Oct. 14, 2008?
Gosh, I'm tired folks...too much posting today, what says yesterday's posts are, for me, done on the same day. So, when I'm done here, I'll take a day or two break...too much time in 3-D, you know. The times are like watching a horror flick you can't shut off , are they not? Ah, but I can shut them off and take my break.
OK, the Fall Equinox is upon us....What beautiful nights we had under the recent Harvest Moon. Below info from Barbara Hand Clow & Gerry Clow....my close friends here would know them from manys years of reading their stuff. However they are new to the forum, today. Before you get to the Equinox, I've posted a CLIP from the previous: Virgo New Moon: August 30, 2008 which I thought important. If you wish, go to the source and scroll down for it all: Virgo New Moon: August 30, 2008I'd like to finish with a few words, mostly for Americans, about Saturn's opposition to Uranus on November 4, since you may lose your mind unless you prepare yourself for this great shift now. The basic idea is that you must realize that who you are as an individual and your participation in your own communities is your most important and influential reality. You must master your own frequencies during this wonderful harmonic in September, since the astrological field on November 4 is going to be chaotic and potentially extremely destructive. While Saturn opposes Uranus (structural change conflict), Venus in Sagittarius (liberation of the feminine) forms a T-Square to this opposition, which means most of the structural change will occur within male/female relations. Jupiter in Capricorn is still in trine to Saturn in Virgo, and so the material world will support you if you are careful and sensible. Mars in 21 Scorpio (manipulation and greed) exactly squares Neptune in Aquarius (fantasy-ridden rapid change or spiritual ecstasy), and then Neptune is stationary and goes direct the day after the election. This all means that in early November the US will be wallowing in CNN/Fox TV media madness, making people screaming crazy. Yet, this is just the passing scene in an electronic box. It is time to master grounding, no matter how chaotic the world seems to be. November 4 looks like it might be a day that many people withdraw their consciousness from the collective mind and take back their personal power. So now, September is a time for significant new levels of self-understanding, so that the fertile field of the Fall Equinox can set in balance and harmony for the months ahead. Be sure to tune in on the Fall Equinox on September 22 for an in-depth analysis of how to prepare for Saturn-opposite-Uranus during 2008 to 2010. [CLIP]2008 Fall Equinox: September 22, 2008
The Fall Equinox has arrived, the time to balance and harvest your Spring Equinox intentions, which have been maturing throughout the summer. If you have been carefully nurturing these new creations for the last six months, you can easily balance them now, which will unleash their potency.
Each one of us has come to Earth to create something special, and the most effective way to manifest our gifts is to synchronize them with the seasons; I call this process Goddess Alchemy, and it is based on ancient knowledge. New facets of your personal life's work emerge naturally in the spring; they become full and whole in the summer; and then you can harmonize these new potentialities with the flow of creation in the collective field during fall. So, take a moment to reflect on your spring 2008 intentions. Review them to assess how they've been working out this summer. Consider dropping something or affirming something more strongly, since this fall period is very promising for the creativity of each person on the planet. The collective field is going to be very chaotic, thus working out a personal harmony within it will be quite challenging.
If you recall, the theme of the New Moon in Virgo on August 30 was to balance your self. During the Fall Equinox, the theme is to ascertain the true nature of your own personal balancing process, which has already been progressing for two to three weeks. Then, you may want to imagine how your process might contribute to the collective field, which is incredibly chaotic. It is going to intensify even more, and your personal creation is what may keep you afloat in the rising waters. It is not an exaggeration to say that during this past summer, the US lost the possibility of becoming the global empire, even though many people still believe that the US must lead the "free" world. However, now even the financial markets are reflecting the great loss of American power. How does this power shift affect your world, especially since many of you are Americans? The US presidential election is going to be filled with lies and distortions, because it is unspeakable to discuss the fall of "America as Empire." Meanwhile there will be little attention to the country's significant problems; this election will not be educational. So, like being a child in a house where the parents have gone crazy, you have to wake up and figure out how to play your chosen role.
Actually this is the ideal scenario for real growth by means of intentional integrity as we all prepare to enter the Sixth Day of the Galactic Underworld (1999-2011) on November 12. [See The Mayan Code: Time Acceleration and Awakening the World Mind by Clow and The Mayan Calendar: Transformation of Consciousness by Calleman.] Day Six of the Galactic is when we are slated to flower-which in this case means blossoming into a new spirituality and world peace, while the old ways of the Planetary and National Underworlds finally pass away. As many readers know, we began the Fourth World of the Galactic Underworld on August 15. Within my analysis of the summer New Moons, I offered a deep tracking of the movements toward peace. The latest news on this front is that it looks like peace is blossoming right in Jenin, Israel's West Bank. As I said in The Mayan Code and in my column all summer, if there is any hope for peace, it must come from Israel/Palestine, the vortex region of the National Underworld religions.
Tucked away from the eyes of the West, a quiet revolution has been stirring in Jenin: Israelis and Palestinians have been working to create a new kind of security model that will be used all over the Palestinian lands. Participants comment that there are two kinds of peace-one from 'the top down' that is a piece of paper that doesn't hold up, and the other from 'the bottom up' to be created by the people who know that Israelis and Arabs have a choice of living forever in bunkers or finally making peace. According to a September 12 article in the New York Times, this process seems to be successfully moving toward the creation of a Palestinian state to function along with the Israeli state. My personal Mayan Calendar hypothesis, based on Calleman's dissection of the Fourth World of the Galactic, seems to be fundamentally correct; I believe the Jenin model will bear fruit during Day Six when we will see East/West tensions finally begin to abate.
So, how are you coming along with peace and harmony? What kind of progress did you make from August 30 up to the first quarter Moon around September 7 when Jupiter and Pluto went direct? If you felt intensely agitated from September 7 to 11, don't fault yourself, since the simultaneous forward directions of Jupiter and Pluto were about as strong as I've ever seen. And, Mars squared Jupiter while it was turning direct, so even tiny little steps forward that you made are going to mean a lot. Meanwhile, behind the scenes, the financial markets were unraveling because the severe lack of integrity in the market systems is being exposed and cleaned up. Uranus has turned out to be the key to the financial markets, and I am not happy with my interpretation of Uranus in the last New Moon report. So, before we get into the Fall Equinox, I'd like to have a closer look at Uranus during this time. This is especially needed because now we are going into the orb of the Saturn/Uranus oppositions. Remember, the first one is November 4, 2008, the day of the US election!
During the August 30 New Moon, Uranus was unaspected (I do not use asteroids and minor aspects). The New Moon occurred right in the middle of the Republican Convention and Hurricane Gustav, so when I posted the analysis, I didn't know what was going to happen regarding such influential events. Also, there is not much astrological literature on unaspected planets during new moons, and so I didn't know what to think. Now I see that a new moon with an unaspected planet, such as Uranus in Pisces, can function like a jester in a crowd who confuses everything that is going on in the general scene. From the New Moon through the Full Moon on September 15, it seemed like somebody grabbed all the marbles, cards, and poker chips-and just threw them in the air.
Suddenly people were confronted with a very odd, irresponsible, hypnotic, and dizzying choice for vice president-Sarah Palin-while Gustav mowed into southern Louisiana and beyond like a plodding lawn mower. Then, two days after Hurricane Ike plowed into Galveston and Houston, the Full Moon conjuncted Uranus on September 15-and Lehman Brothers went bankrupt, Bank of America bought Merrill Lynch, and the stock market fell more than 500 points. THAT is what happens when an unaspected Uranus at the New Moon builds up to a conjunction to the Full Moon! And, THAT is a clear forecast for the qualities of the collective field during the whole fall. In the midst of all this, if you are open to a specific suggestion, one way to feel harmonious about the American election would be to support the candidates who favor your view of what to create now, while you assiduously avoid supporting somebody just because you identify with their lifestyle.
Now, turn your attention to the chart for the Fall Equinox 2008. As the Sun moves into Libra, it is closely squared by Pluto on the Galactic Center in late Sagittarius. The Moon in 6 Cancer is in a wide opposition to Pluto that is pulled by the Sun into a significant T-Square-Pluto opposite the Moon squared by the equinox Sun. This means that during the fall the public will be agitated about their security and homes (Moon in Cancer square the equinox Sun), and these deep needs will feel like a quest, a desire for a better life (Pluto in Sagittarius). Because this is the last pass of Pluto over the Galactic Center, the security desires and personal needs of the people are great, yet many will feel inspired by a much larger reality. We may witness a building revolution this fall composed of people fighting homelessness in a world in which the rich are building their assets aided by generous government support. Luckily, with earthy Saturn in Virgo trining Jupiter in Capricorn, balance can be found in the middle of the building wave of anger and frustration.
With Mars/Mercury/Venus in Libra trining Neptune in Aquarius, each person's contribution is so important at this time. This musical trine of three planets in Air is idealistic, spiritual, and transformative; you will feel new possibilities as the National and Planetary Underworld structures crumble. A public wave of disgust will build and build when the globally-watched elections in the US avoid the issues and obsess on trivialities. The formative Saturn trine Jupiter in Earth will cause many to see through this media circus. Even Carl Rove said the politicking is going too far!
Uranus is a player in this smooth trine because Uranus quincunxes Mars/Mercury/Venus in Libra, meaning there will be many surprises during the fall. Saturn in Virgo is now in orb to its 2008-2010 oppositions to Uranus in Pisces, and increasingly this tension will dominate the collective field. During the previous Saturn/Uranus oppositions in 1965-66, the planets were in reverse signs (Saturn in Pisces/Uranus in Virgo), and Pluto was in Virgo close to Uranus. That is, Saturn opposed Uranus-conjunct-Pluto during the wild and crazy sixties, and now Pluto has made it all the way to the Galactic Center. Back then the struggle was to break down the establishment, and this time the struggle will be to transform structures by infusing them with higher ideals.
The key to the nature of the upcoming Saturn/Uranus oppositions is to be found in their previous conjunctions in 1988. Saturn and Uranus were in orb during 1987, the year of the fabled Harmonic Convergence, and then they conjuncted three times in 1988 right on the Galactic Center. The Saturn/Uranus oppositions of 2008-10 just after Pluto's transit of the Galactic Center will be the full-blown expression of the 1988 conjunctions. The late 1960s was a very idealistic and spiritual time, and that vibration will return like a tsunami during the upcoming Saturn/Uranus oppositions. The first public interest in the Mayan calendar came forth during the 1988 Saturn/Uranus conjunctions on the Galactic Center amidst the global Harmonic Convergence celebrations inspired by Jose Arguelles and The Mayan Factor, and now we have the correct hypothesis of the meaning of this Calendar.
The Saturn/Uranus conjunctions in 1987-88 awakened the Galactic mind of the Maya, and now the upcoming oppositions during the end of the Calendar will cause the public to wake up. How? The public will realize that the Maya understood the evolutionary factor itself, which they tracked by time acceleration in the Calendar; we are transiting from the Mayan "factor" to the Mayan "code." Transits to the Galactic Center are the master key into the evolutionary code. Thus, Uranus in Pisces is inspiring the full spiritual transformation of humanity, and now Saturn's opposition in Virgo will implant this transformation into the structures of Earth. The earth element is going to bring down galactic consciousness into humanity as this epic unfolds in the sky. [Are they hinting at First Contact here? I don't know; you decide...M]
Returning to the chart, newly direct Jupiter in Capricorn trines Saturn in Virgo, so the new awakening of humanity is practical and grounded. This awakening can be counted on no matter how shrill is the noise in the collective field, which is filled up with screaming people who don't have the program yet! Chiron in Aquarius continues to travel on the lunar North Node with Neptune close by, and so this great evolutionary shift is very healing. Chiron on the North Node is needed because we experience great shifts in brain lateralization (right and left brain) during evolutionary critical leaps, such as from now through 2011. Chiron is the root word of "chirality", which is the left/right balance in our bodies at the cellular level, which makes it possible to evolve. Actually, Chiron is the jester, not Uranus, but the collective field is so crazy that it feels like Uranus is in control.
Lastly, we have to question whether the US will be so dominant in the global collective mind this fall while the American elections proceed. Alas, the craziness in the US will still be over-influencing the global mind because the Moon in Cancer in the Fall Equinox chart is right on the 1776 USA Jupiter/Venus in Cancer. So, the emotions in the US will sway the planetary field whether anybody likes it or not. Meanwhile, the changes we are experiencing are so much greater than politics, so seek a higher and more meaningful balance this fall. The divine plan is unfolding and we are evolving to the next level-homo pacem (peaceful human)-regardless of politics. We are evolving into the great spiritual beings that the Maya knew would arrive now during the ninth stage of evolution, the Universal Underworld during 2011.
Be sure to tune in next week for the Libra New Moon on September 29!
Source: www.handclow2012.com/astroflash.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Alrighty, What about the First Contact stories, said to happen on Oct. 14, 2008?
Frankly, I don't know...But I'm skeptical. We were always told by our Space Brothers and Sisters that they would not land until it was assured that the government/military would not shoot at their ships...Yeah right, the PTBs in charge would never do that! If you haven't read or heard of this supposed happening, you can run a seach...I'm just to wiped to post any more. I do, however have something new from long time channeler, Jelaila Starr, and the Nibiruan Council. I haven't read her in a very long time but came accross this when searching for info that I knew I'd eventually have to discuss...I'm taking the time to do that now. Me, I'll wait and see. And if First Contact does happen, it will be up to us to discern whether it's for real or it's the government/PTBs attempting to discredit Lightworkers and/or instill fear in the population before election or the public gets pissed off over the bank bailouts...Please check out my post today at: [give me time to go back and add the ending links, this post being one of them]Re: Revealing News Articles « Reply #1 Today at 6:39am » OK, now what could this be possibly about?.....Stretch your imagination to it's lowest depths and think what the PTBs might be up to...Notice my red highlights, Folks. I've got some ideas and will give you links at the bottom, as soon as I finish other posts....MichelleBrigade homeland tours start Oct. 1
3rd Infantry’s 1st BCT trains for a new dwell-time mission. Helping ‘people at home’ may become a permanent part of the active Armyairdance.proboards50.com/index.cgi?board=cnsrdnws&action=display&thread=203&page=1#3122Here's Jelaila's article. I tend to agree with her. Please note the links she offers, especially Benjamin Fulford’s September 6, 2008 Interview on Project Camelot and David Wilcock’s September 9, 2008 Interview on Project Camelot. Both Wilcock’s and Project Camelot's articles [any of them that you read] are very informative but take some time to read. I have wanted to post some of their articles here but they are just too much too add here at the FH Forum. There's all kinds of juicy and bizarre stuff on the Illuminati in them, along with other. The Wilcox article mentions that something is up with them on, you guessed it, October 14, 2008! ...But he doesn't say what.
Enough from me. on with your reading.....
Greetings and Farewell from Planet Earth Station, Michelle9D Perspective on the October 14, 2008 First ContactBy Jelaila Starr Written September 18, 2008 The last few weeks have seen the Internet buzzing with the news of a first contact by our space brothers on October 14th. I’ve been inundated with requests to confirm the validity of this auspicious occasion. Honestly, I chose to leave the majority of the requests unanswered until today when I received a request from the 9D Nibiruans to respond. This message is both their answer and my personal response. If you have read any of the messages from the 9D Nibiruans regarding Earthly events, you will know that they prefer not to say yea or nay, but to give us guidelines so that we can find the answer for ourselves. Sometimes, as in the case of 9/11, they point us in the right direction. When it comes to ET contact with Earth and her people, there are strict protocols to be followed. Once you know these protocols, you will be able to determine how best to respond to the October 14th contact should it occur. Galactic Federation Protocols for Planetary EngagementBelow are three of the Galactic Federation Worlds (GF) protocols regarding contact with Earth and her people. 1. Contact must be initiated at a time when humanity has achieved a level of spiritual growth sufficient to maintain a state of peace. 2. Contact must be initiated in a location in which the locals are most open to the experience. 3. Contact must be for the purpose of establishing intergalactic relations only. It must not be initiated in order to intercede in humanity’s social, political, religious or environmental affairs. Now, let’s take a look at each of the protocols. Protocol 1.This protocol means just what it says. Contact will occur when humanity is in a state of peace. Are we in a state of peace now, especially here in the US as this is the country where the contact is supposed to occur? We would be hard pressed to say anything but no. WE only have to see the news to know that that U.S. economy is in the worst shape it has been in since the Great Depression. Quoting from an article on Mike Adam’s website, NaturalNews.com he says, “Less than 40 days ago the second largest bank failure in U.S. history became public as federal regulators seized IndyMac Bancorp Inc. following a run by depositors. Meanwhile, astonished investors looked on while Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac cratered into financial insolvency and were taken over by the US government, instantly doubling the U.S. Nation Debt and absolutely guaranteeing the eventual financial burn out of the U.S. government. This happened barely two weeks after the bailout of Bear Stearns Co. by the Federal Reserve. AIG insurance company is collapsing as we speak. Merrill Lynch just plummeted into financial disaster and was rescued by Bank of America. Washington Mutual bank is plummeting rapidly and may crater by the end of the week.” If you want to know just how little faith people have in the US economy, watch the price of gold. Just yesterday the price of gold jumped $70 in one day. That is the largest daily increase in world history! The United States is now the largest debtor nation in the world, and financially bankrupt. The U.S. is not the only country with problems, but I won’t go into that. The question is, have we attained the conditions stated in Protocol 1? If not, then any ET group making contact is in direct violation of this protocol, which begs the question; why now? The world is in a state of crisis. Any group making contact now is sure to be looked upon as saviors. Keep in mind that the one who saves has all the power. Going further, there is another aspect we must look at and that is whether this ET group is really from the GF or a group masquerading as such? There is much evidence of ET groups working with the U.S. Military and a plan in place for a fake First Contact scenario involving these ETs. Just think for a moment; President Bush has been trying for some time to declare Marshall Law. All he needs is an event that creates major public unrest do it. A couple of ET ships showing up in the skies over the Bible Belt would certainly do that. And even if the ETs emit some sort of energy to reduce the fear generated by their presence, what happens when they leave? I don’t believe the population will take the news of ET presence sitting down. The stir their presence would have caused will spread like wildfire through the population, creating all sorts of havoc. Just think, once that occurs, the banks close and you loose all your money. Is that what we really want? Is that what you want? Protocol 2.As I understand it this contact is to be in the Southern part of the U.S. in the state of Georgia. Having been raised in the South, I am fully aware that it is possibly the worst place for a first contact. The South is known as the Bible Belt for good reason. It is a stronghold of Christianity. The Christian faith (I was raised Christian) does not support the idea of ETs so why make contact in the South where the possibility of a negative reception is so great? I ask you, does this satisfy the requirements of Protocol 2? Protocol 3.There are a number of channelers and messages which state the agenda of the ET group intent upon making this contact. I have not read them all so I will not say what the actual intent is. Nevertheless, the timing could be better. If this group wishes to support humanity in keeping with the GF’s High Council post 9/11 decree to have faith in humanity and allow us to save ourselves, they will wait until we have done so before making contact. That way they will avoid being seen as saviors and be welcomed instead as friends. In closing, we are now just a few short years away from 2012. We have been told that we will be called on to use our discernment to ensure that we don’t fall into the hands of any group that would hinder our evolution or our success in this Grand Experiment of Polarity Integration. I’m fine-tuning my bullsh-t detector. How about you? In service, Jelaila Starr The Nibiruan CouncilSupporting Articles: 9D Council Perspective on the U.S. World Trade Center and Pentagon Attackswww.nibiruancouncil.com/html/usattacksperspective.html The Polarity Integration Gamewww.nibiruancouncil.com/html/polarityintegration.html Benjamin Fulford’s September 6, 2008 Interview on Project Camelotprojectcamelot.org/benjamin_fulford_6_sept_2008.html David Wilcock’s September 9, 2008 Interview on Project Camelotprojectcamelot.org/david_wilcock_9_sept_2008.html About the Author:Jelaila Starr is a gifted channel, speaker, counselor, and teacher. She is the author of We are the Nibiruans, Books One, The Mission Remembered, Book Two, and Bridge of Reunion. Jelaila’s mission is to provide spiritually inspired, higher dimensional tools that will enable us to reawaken and return to our natural state as multidimensional beings. Jelaila’s counseling workshops and sessions are available by phone or in person. Email: Jelaila@nibiruancouncil.com - Website: www.NibiruanCouncil.comSource: www.nibiruancouncil.com/html/october_14_08_first_contact_pe.html
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Sept 28, 2008 6:10:45 GMT 4
The SHIFT/The ECONOMY/FIRST CONTACT... More news: Part 1 of 2
Hey, Folks; welcome back. I am attempting to keep you notified ASAP. This isn't so easy because of all the info flooding in and I'm feeling the effects of the incoming energies....killer cramps of the female kind and intermittent waves of nausea. Friends have reported the nausea and numerous aches and pains with the legs and knees being affected.
OK, let's get started. The economy: I just posted some interesting articles here:Re: Money Masters and Enslaved Taxpayers « Reply #95 Today at 3:13am » The Whole Stinking System Has to Collapse Part 1 of 2airdance.proboards50.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=15&page=7#3132 Dennis Kucinich has revealed his plan. Notice where this MAN of the LIGHT states: "Of course, this is a plan that has not only economic implications, but also moral and spiritual implications as well. The social, economic, and political divisions in our nation must be healed. We can make a new beginning, seizing this moment of crisis and transforming it into a moment of rebirth for our nation." You can read and watch what Dennis has to say here:Subject: Kucinich's Main Street Recovery Plan Date: 9/24/2008 5:35:01 PM Eastern Daylight Time airdance.proboards50.com/index.cgi?board=news&action=display&thread=180&page=9#3131 Alright, lots to cover; I hope you find the following helpful, especially with Mercury in retrograde....
Yours in Service, MichelleNew Moon in Libra: September 29, 2008 View Chart This New Moon in Libra arrives one week after the Fall Equinox, which means the equinox a week ago occurred during the last quarter Moon of the previous Virgo lunar cycle. Therefore, the harmonics of the Fall Equinox will be potently released during the New Moon in Libra, and they will build and culminate during the Full Moon on October 14. As this balance comes into form, Mercury, dancing like a jester in the king's court, will disseminate this strong lunar pattern. So, what are Libran harmonics all about? When Libra is on the stage, it is time to think deeply about the most significant relationships in your life. Are you really in synch with the people you are supposedly are the closest to? Have some grown beyond you, or have some fallen away into their own patterns while you've been moving quickly along? The need to consider this is especially poignant this year, since on November 12 we are finally passing out of Night Five of the Galactic Underworld. [See The Mayan Code by Clow.] During Night Five, Tezcatlipoca, the Mayan god of destruction, wreaked havoc as was expected. For most people, the fundamentals of basic material reality have been greatly changed this year. Since November 2007, it has been difficult not to lose sight of those we care about while struggling with great new challenges. The few people that matter to you may have zipped past your eyes like ghostly hands waving in the windows of passing trains. Yet, taking advantage of Libra's lunar potential accelerates your personal growth, and the best way to assess how you're doing is to look honestly into your close relationships-your mirrors. Ah, the scales-oh, so Libran! The New Moon, Mercury, and Mars are all in Libra, so your sense of self (Sun); your feelings (Moon); your mental tracks (Mercury); and your ability to use force (Mars) will be expressed within close relationships. Yet, the collective field in the US and the world is extremely confusing right now because of the building financial collapse amidst the US elections. Added to this during October, your ability to separate the close and personal from the collective will be extremely challenged by Mercury retrograde. What follows is very complicated, yet you don't really need to understand the astrology. You can just sense what this dance in the sky is going to create by merely registering my interpretation: On September 24, right after the Sun went into Libra (Fall Equinox), Mercury turned retrograde in the sky in 23 Libra. Mercury will pull way back and go direct on October 15 (right after the Full Moon on October 14) at 7 Libra, the same degree as this New Moon. This means that until October 30, Mercury will more deeply process events that occurred from September 4 through 24, which actually is a hot financial tip. The Sun during the Full Moon in October will be at 22 Libra, one degree off the degree of the September 24 Mercury retrograde. That is, Mercury retrograded September 24 on the same degree of the October 15 Sun during the Full Moon, and then it goes direct on 7 Libra-this New Moon-just before the Full Moon! This Mercurial dance is going to put a stake into the well-oiled heart of the Bushite machine: the Wall Street banks. I know how confusing this sounds, because it took me an hour just to figure out what these patterns might create. The set-up made me feel like I was a python that ate a human who was too large to swallow, and so he disgorged him. So, I will describe it in another way: When Mercury stations direct on October 15, right after the Full Moon in Aries, it will be at 7 Libra, the same degree as this New Moon in Libra. Thus, this solar/lunar Libra cycle is all about Mercury in Libra, which probably will create some very tricky events in your life. Mercury rules our basic mental function, and for most of us, Mercury creates mental chattering, frittering, scattered thoughts, and a tendency to be distracted by the collective field. Thus, during the first two weeks in October, it is going to be incredibly difficult to focus on your personal relationships because of this Mercury retrograde pattern. Also, during the New Moon, Mercury is close quincunx Uranus in Pisces, which is exact the next day. That is, Mercury will be pushing Uranus to create surprises probably in religions and/or spiritual revelations; Sarah Palin might stick her pretty foot in her mouth, speaking of pythons. Confusion will not abate until October 30 (when Mercury gets past 24 Libra), just after the next New Moon. To offer you a sense of how chaotic the outside world will be during the first two weeks of October: Mercury retrograde from September 24 through October 15 means it is very doubtful that the financial markets will settle down. Financial experts are trying to force Congress to agree to a complex and very dangerous taxpayer bailout that will mostly protect rich speculators and investment bankers. And since they didn't pass the bailout bill by September 24 when Mercury went retrograde, it is unlikely they will do it before the Full Moon in October, if ever. With strong mental confusion being the constant distraction just when individuals need peace and harmony, let's look to the other planets to see how you might use their potential to make some progress with your personal relationships. Years ago, I used astrology for marital counseling. Often I'd advise clients to avoid playing out the forces of the difficult aspects between their two natal charts, and instead, I showed them how they could utilize the useful aspects as much as possible. That is what you need to do with the Mercury chatter this month: Put Mercury in a box and shut the lid, and use the other planets to get along. For example, Venus, which went into Scorpio on September 23, right after Mercury went retrograde, is in deep and transformative Scorpio during the New Moon. So, Venus, the goddess of love, is your best support. Venus loves to be in Scorpio where she gets to express her passion and love of beauty and harmony; she can guide you into the bower of love and joy no matter how much your head is chattering; Scorpio can always drown out Libra. Venus is in a wide sextile to grounded and sensual Jupiter in Capricorn, so turn off the news (Mercury) and jump into the sack! During the first two weeks in October when the world will seem to be going mad, cook lovely dinners, take long walks, curl up with a philosophical book; just let the world (and Night Five) go away. Remember, regarding time acceleration, one year of the Galactic Underworld (AD 1999-2011) is like twenty years during the Planetary Underworld (AD 1755-2011), which is like 400 years during the National Underworld (3115 BC-AD 2011). When it seems like we are in the middle of the Dark Ages while the last dregs of the Roman Empire crumble, remember this is not going to last much longer. Don't forget that old worlds falling away are mostly being processed and ground up by Mercury during October; meanwhile, your heart beats to Venus in Scorpio sextiling Jupiter in Capricorn. In the middle of this weird series of Mercury transits, we look to Mars to see how we can use our personal power to transform our lives amidst so much change. Mars in 27 Libra is fairly close to Mercury in 21 Libra, which will assist you as you process personal issues. You should follow your urges and not think so much. What do you really want? Why shouldn't you change things? Follow your heart, since your feelings are so well supported by Venus in Scorpio. Mars is also in a close sextile to Pluto in 29 Sagittarius enjoying his last pass over the Galactic Center. I think this means that current relationships that are influenced by experiences we've had in past lives (especially during the last 5125 years) will offer us guidance and wisdom. Just why does this or that person mean so much to you? Why can't you let go of him or her when the link seems so peculiar in current time? Well, you are probably in this relationship to learn something about the past, which sometimes is the only way to get moving in the present. In this case, the Mercury retrograde pattern could help with past-life processing, since Mercury is pulling us backward until the time of the Full Moon. As Mercury pulls all the way back to 7 Libra on October 15, notice that Mars was in 7 Libra during the final eclipse (August 30) of the three eclipses in August. I mention this because all these significant transits on 7 and 23 Libra are deeply involved in the financial collapse, which was so intense during the August eclipses. This is worth noting because it probably means your mental chatter will be financial, which is the hardest one to break and turn away from. Just do it! Saturn in exacting and calming Virgo (15 degrees) is in the middle of a long-lasting trine with earthy and grounded Jupiter in 13 Capricorn. This helps us make sound decisions and gives us great material support for our emotional needs. Material support when the markets are crashing? Well, yes, because during these next few months and into 2009-10, we should be remembering that our material support does not come from the markets and the financial gamblers. Our wellbeing comes from what we have built and are creating in our lives with others, the essential material values. Be grateful for what you have when the dominoes fall. The crash is like a war between dinosaurs, and surely you wouldn't hang around too long for that! Also Saturn is drawing closer to its first opposition to Uranus (see the Fall Equinox analysis) on November 4, so there is no doubt that financial stress will be continual. And, Jupiter is in a wide trine to the New Moon in Libra, so this earthy, wise, and practical Jupiter transit in Capricorn will really be supportive of your personal issues. For months, Chiron has been traveling right on the lunar North Node, which continues this month, so healing past trauma is on top and proceeding very well. This quest to become whole and emotionally deep is assisted by Neptune close by in Aquarius, since Neptune takes our healing to the highest potential spiritual levels. For example, the cultural quest to remember who Jesus really was continues unabated. Slowly but surely, the real Jesus is being pulled out of the jaws of orthodoxy, and his loving vibration is flowing into your hearts. If the election battles are too much, pull your copies of Dan Brown off the shelf for a second or third read. Or, one of the best books I've read this year in my own Jesus quest is Jesus the Wicked Priest by Marvin Vining. Vining does a great job showing that the Dead Sea Scrolls suggest that Jesus must be understood in light of a fascinating Essene schism, which he examines in detail. I like this suggestion because I go deeply into my heart whenever I consider Jesus-which is exactly what Venus in Scorpio says we should be doing this month. Another process that will be going on with Mercury during this period is Mercury trining Neptune three times: first on September 19, and then because Mercury retrogrades and then goes forward, on September 28 just before this New Moon, and then again October 29. To appreciate the potential of these trines, we need to remember a few things about Neptune in Aquarius. Neptune went into Aquarius in 1998 just before the opening of the Galactic Underworld (AD 1999-2011), and Neptune moves out of Aquarius into its own sign, Pisces, during April 2011. That is, Neptune in Aquarius is the signature spiritual transit of the Galactic Underworld! This beautiful dance in the sky reflects the evolutionary critical leap process back to humanity; it inspires us to struggle, to arise, and to transform. Neptune rules our progress with spiritual ascension, and when it is in Aquarius, we naturally transform and transmute our souls and bodies. Neptune in Aquarius is carrying the lantern of shining light that gives us hope for the return to spiritual connection during the end of the Mayan Calendar. But, because it is Neptune-which often creates delusion and confusion-and because Aquarius ruled by Uranus-which often destabilizes everything-it is hard to see our own progress. Well, as a teacher for thirty years, I can see how much you have progressed, which is exceedingly impressive. When I first started teaching workshops in 1986, working with my audience was like pulling teeth; sometimes I just felt like slapping people around. These days when we do activations, we have as much fun as our students. We are all attaining a lot now as we learn to fly with the spirits, and now we must handle the essentials. So, while you are assailed by crazy Mercury chatter-that will make the planet Earth sound in space like a crowded baboon cage for the month-grasp for the silvery Neptunian song of the spirit, the Music of the Spheres. And, don't forget the Goddess with Venus in Scorpio. Let's end this with money, and what I have to say may surprise you. I've been analyzing the financial crash for a few years, which I gave a lot of attention to in The Mayan Code. Now that everything is on schedule, I don't have much to say. As most of you know, the Federal Reserve chairman, Ben Bernanke, and the US Treasury Secretary, Henry Paulson, have been playing football with venerable old and free US financial institutions. While the markets go crashing up and down, these two titans gamble away the fortunes of the good savers while they rob the people's money for the Elite. This last month was disgusting and revealing, and I'm sure each one of you has drawn your own conclusions about the game players. Meanwhile, this is exactly what was predicted for Night Five, so now we can see that Carl Calleman has correctly defined the exact end-date timing for the time acceleration of the Nine Underworlds in the Mayan Calendar. Personally, I think I would be psychotic right now if I didn't understand why things are working this way. As the outmoded structures of the Planetary and National Underworlds pass away, perhaps it is time to review your own outmoded attachments and just let them go. Life will never be the same again, but then that is what evolution is all about. No matter what, the show will be most interesting since Mercury will be creating a sneaky little dance that could open the secrecy doors and expose the truth about Global Elite scenarios. Gee, whiz, I wish these guys would get caught! Maybe it is enough for now that so many people finally see exactly who these Robber Barons are? Question is, will the American people be smart enough to vote them out? Source: www.handclow2012.com/astroflash.htm************* Stay Clear of The ChaosChanneler: Ornesha September 19, 2008 September has shown up with its waves of delight and pain. And that seems to be the way of things in this moment of our lives...a little more intense. The intensity has been felt in the body by its deeper emotional responses to situations that would normally not trigger such reactions, or by that same token, no emotional response at all where there would normally perhaps be a dramatic one. The body has been pulling up and releasing held energies associated with our past beliefs, causing muscles, bones, and joints (our structure) to feel painful or irritated. (I swear that I had arthritis in my hand for about a week). Thoughts associated with fear and survival have certainly been running rampant through the consciousness, causing many others to feel these fears and mistakening agree to own them, and then simultaneously begin reacting from those fears to make them real. The economy and our finanicals structures have also been pretty intense lately, huh? Many, many people are finding themselves without a job due to companies restructuring or going out of business. But just as many are quietly walking away from their jobs because of a deeper inner desire that can become much louder than the old voice of reasoning. The more intense than usual clusters of weather anomilies, the random and fierce erruptions of the earth...The list can go on and on as there really isn’t an area of life that is without rapid change. But take a look at some of these things from a different perspective. Look at this planet and its inhabitants as the Observer, and what might you see? You might see that as our bodies are cleansing, changing, and evolving, so is the practice of medicine as we’ve known it. Case in point, pharmicudical companies selling drugs to people who are considered "victims" are now the subject of commericals involving many law suits. Consciousness understands that these drugs only hinder human evolution. Forty-one million people in the United States are without medical insurance, yet meditation and yoga are now commonplace to assist in the healing of the body from the inside out. The challenges we’re seeing in and with our Earth caused by what has been deemed "Global Warming" are frightening to humanity as a whole. The fast paced cleansing, however, which has been experienced lately and caused whole towns, cities, and regions to literally come undone, immediately allows the vibration of the effected area to rise drastically so that attention (of the loving kind) can be absorbed. Then and suddenly, a whole country or even world, has eyes of compassion and assistance placed upon it. Fuel prices are, as usual, only going up, and many groups are fighting to keep control. Tempers flair, wars engage, and many grab at what they can to hold on for just a little longer. But then again, renewable technology is somewhat quietly laying foundation throughout the entire planet, creating new energy and new economies at this very moment. To sustain ourselves, what we usually would do is see the lows, feel uncomfortable, and then look away (even though they feed our dramatic appetites), and try to focus only on the "good" to give ourselves a false sense of security. But that just doesn’t work anymore, does it? Not liking the sore joints, the awful emotions, the lack of money, the hurricane, the earthquake, the gas prices, or our climate changes isn’t going to stop them or fix them. Putting a ton of mental attention on healing them isn’t going to stop them or fix them. They are here and they are all at the perfect time in just the perfect place and sequence for a much bigger picture to unfold. The New Perspective The PERSPECTIVE that you carry within you, right now, at this very moment, beyond what will happen in the future and what has happened in the past, will cause your life to be gently balanced and flowing with ease and grace - or dramatically involved in disturbances that arise seemingly out of nowhere. If your perspective is that you are separate from any of these issues and that it’s only happening to "them", you will see the "good" and the "bad" (mostly the bad however) and therefore you will live the "good and bad". Separation breeds duality. You will feel like you’re on a see-saw, moving up and down, over and over. This gets tiring. If your perspective is that you’re afraid of the future, or don’t want to repeat the past, well then, that’s exactly where you’re living and that’s exactly what will happen. If you take the perspective that "all is well" and then think that you need to hold this perspective inside your mind to make it real, then guess what? That’s exactly where it will be held...in the mind. You are not your mind. You are much more than the human mind, the human body, or even the human story that you’ve accumulated. But if you just stop, for only a moment, take a deep and conscious breath into your being and allow yourself to actually feel (not think), you understand that THAT is your moment - when you’re perfectly present with yourself and your surroundings. And in that moment your perspective changes, but the mind simply feels and acknowledges it. In that deep breath into self, you relax and there you are. Every part of you is right there. There are no parts of you wondering off into the past or the future, continually creating from illusional time-lines. You’re there and you’re an observer to all that you are, including your body and your environment. You breathe right now, the deep breath that connects your emerging Essence to your physical reality and know that all is well because it isn’t just a thought...it’s inner knowledge that feels different than simply the thought of it. It is where you truly create from. It’s where you are and it’s your choice. The old mechanics of the mind WILL tell you that you need to worry. They will tell you that you need to survive, and you better get busy right now! This is your mind’s idea of your ego, holding on for that last bit of control, not wanting to let go because it’s real scary. Take a breath right straight through the thoughts. They no longer need to be or even want to be yours. Everything in you wants to create from the Essence of self, but some parts of you are afraid to let go, even though letting go only brings in more clarity. Being present with the living breath will eventually work itself into your daily life. Imagine not being effected by the turbulant happenings of not only your body, but the planet! Imagine allowing your Essence to blossom and thrive during these times. Then imagine what it would be like if millions of others were doing the same thing (already beginning to happen...), trusting something inside of self that is beyond anything any human has ever experienced. Yes, it’s a big order! But it’s also one that each of us are here to do, right now. In this moment that is beyond time and circumstances held in the illusionary world of time/space allow yourself to expand your perspective once again to understand Who You Are. Feel beyond your story. See that YOU already ARE everything that you need. It’s all right here inside and always has been. Even though the memories, genetics, and thoughts have kept you a breath away all this time, those memories, genetics, and thoughts don’t hold the power any longer and are actually ready to be loved and let go of so that You, the real You can step up and take the torch. And as we can all see by the events surrounding us, the torch is ready to be taken. Source: lightworkers.org/content/47014/stay-clear-the-chaos************ NEW HERE! Navigating yourself through the SHIFT:Messages from The Council of 12 : 2009 - The Great Reconfiguration Transmitted through Selacia -- October 2008 In the year 2009, there will be an accelerated momentum of the transformational shifting that has been underway for a very long time. It will be both global and personal. This shifting will eventually lead to a radical reshaping of many worn-out structures and ways of being in your world. In the future, when you look back on these times, you will understand how 2009 and the several years that follow are a time of reconfiguration. The year 2009 is to be pivotal in this regard, for many pieces in the foundation of the new Earth will be initiated for assembly. This won't be like any foundation you have seen before, for it will have global connections and linkups with every element of society. On a grand scale, this relates to human society rearranging itself. Humanity has not seen such a rapid rearranging of this magnitude in any earlier timeframe. There is no template for it, for the way it is being carried out is brand new. With no roadmap to follow and so many uncertain variables, the unfolding of the reconfiguration is quite fluid. Likewise, the challenges being faced are too complex and wide reaching to be resolved with yesterday's methods. This is true for both individuals and society as a whole. Those at the leading edge of change are now in the process of discovering new more enlightened approaches and ways of viewing the growing list of dilemmas. Where is this movement headed and what will it look like? Changes Reconfiguring Your World Institutions based on old paradigm approaches will either fade away or be reconfigured to match the new energies. Outmoded codes of human behavior, elite power bases, and allocation of resources will be challenged and changed by those who carry an awakening consciousness. Every aspect of life and living as you now know it will be impacted. The changes will reconfigure your outer world. More importantly, they will reshape your inner world and how you experience the human condition. It is happening, and will happen, in phases-each one building upon the last and setting the stage for future ones. Earth changes will be felt in some of the familiar places, and in some new locations not before touched by erratic weather patterns. Over the coming years, this means that many people who moved to other locations to escape the effects of weather changes will find their new location also beset with unusual climate-related alterations. As increasing numbers of people feel the effects of climate change, new paradigm trailblazers will create new thought forms of compassion, caring, connectedness, and helpfulness. Solutions for many of the world's imbalances can come from these more enlightened viewpoints, to be seeded during some of humanity's darkest times. The new thought forms will become a part of humanity's mass consciousness, helping to shift long-established views involving fear, competition, and dominance. The trailblazers of new paradigm thought will fuel a revolution in how life is lived. They will model this new way of being, showing other people and the world the fruits of an awakened life. As part of that, these pioneers will challenge and change the dream of success. People have learned over many generations to associate success with linear concepts involving climbing ladders, rigid goal setting, and advancing beyond where others are to feel important. This old-fashioned view is based on the illusion of lack and insufficiency. These reference points have kept people enslaved in lifetimes of endlessly seeking more. The greed fostered in such an approach can never be satisfied. Changing Your Dream of Success Changing the dream of success will happen first on an individual level, as increasing numbers of people begin to question what it really means to be powerful in the world. The questioning may come after a job loss or other career setback. It may come from the exhaustion or ill health that can accompany climbing to the top. To be sure, changing the dream of success will require more than simply asking the basic questions that have been asked in recent years by a growing number of unsatisfied people. These questions include things like: "why don't I have what others have?" and "what is holding me back?" and "why has all of my hard work not paid off?" These questions typically come from a reference point of competition, doubt, insufficiency, and lack of clarity about one's real purpose and spiritual path. This reference point can be hidden from conscious awareness, of course, for it's rooted in subconscious belief systems that impact how people view and respond to life. People asking these ill-founded questions oftentimes don't have the larger view of why they have incarnated on Earth during these pivotal times. For those who do understand this bigger picture view, there can still be lack of clarity about the truth of their life's progression and what is really in the way of the more fortunate circumstances they desire. What are some productive questions to ask so that you can understand your path of success? And what is the way to most appropriately ask these questions? First, keep in mind your state of mind and energy flow when inquiring about your success. Asking such questions when you are tired, hungry, or depressed will not give you the same level of clarity you will have when feeling energetically balanced and in positive spirits. Second, you want to invoke your intuitively guided reason and the messages from your heart when asking questions. A whole-brain and spirit-based approach is what will lead you to the greatest understanding of life's questions. Third, keep in mind Divine timing. Asking the same question over and over, simply because you want to know, is not the most productive approach. It is a universal principle that truths are revealed at the appropriate time, and not a moment sooner. Also, remember that Divine timing is fluid and not linear. Here is an example. Just because you earlier intuitively sensed that a certain success would come by next year, when that date arrives and the success hasn't materialized, it doesn't mean your information was incorrect. When this happens, it can mean many things. For one, the thing that was to have happened may have been pushed further into the future because of a host of factors, some of which may have little or nothing to do with you. For another thing, what you wanted may no longer be in your highest good in the way it was to have been configured. Perhaps it will still manifest, but look differently. Or maybe it will not happen at all, because something much more wonderful is coming your way down the road. Fourth, remember when asking your questions to follow up any unclear or unsatisfactory answers with additional inquiry. So much of how you will progress this lifetime is in your questions. Skillful means are needed to get the clarity you seek. If, for example, you ask a "yes-no" type of question and the response confuses or disappoints you, ask other types of questions to go deeper. The more beneath the surface you investigate, the closer to the truth you will be. Fifth, consider these examples of questions to understand your path of success: 1. What about my self-image prevents me from acknowledging the success I already am? 2. What are some of my gifts that are a natural part of my success in this life? 3. What belief systems do I subconsciously hold that block my success? 4. How can I make better use of the Divine timing and other opportunities in my life? 5. Who are the people in my life who have helped mold my ideas of success? 6. Who in my current life is a positive influence on my being successful in the new paradigm world? 7. Who in my current life is a negative influence on that success? 8. What habits could I change to be more successful? 9. What skills could I develop to be more successful? 10. How does my attitude of gratitude impact my forward movement? 11. Who or what in my outside world have I given my power to, blocking my success? 12. What am I not seeing about myself, others or the world that gets in my way? Birthing of the New When find yourself questioning your progress, step back for a moment and remind yourself that you are on Earth at this time to birth a revolution on both personal and global levels in how life is lived. Success is but one of countless concepts and structures up for a radical overhaul. As you and others like you personally address and reconfigure these things, you help to create a ripple effect of transformation in your outer world. When you have moments of doubting, know that much is shifting. That's what these times are about. Progress in 2008 Despite appearances to the contrary, a brand new paradigm of enlightened consciousness is in the process of being born! Much progress has been made, including in 2008 when the playing out of opposites amplified in every corner of the planet. Oppositional thinking, power mongering, and lies of many stripes showed up in political campaigns, country power plays, and international global warming talks. On a personal scale, increased stress levels took many people to the edge, fueling ego-based responses to a host of situations. Sometimes even those usually able to respond to life sanely and kindly became reactionary. With the volume of stress and uncertainty turned up significantly, people from all walks of life increasingly found they had a lower boiling point than before. To be sure, hot buttons for many were the economy, personal finances, and the "what if" fears generated with each exposure to the news. Some of the changes being made now-considered separately and measured against utopian goals-may seem minor or insufficient. However, when you look at the big picture and the overall reconfiguration process, each of these seemingly miniscule shifts is quite potent and vital to the big picture of where humanity is headed. Consciousness is changing, not due to legislation or other forceful means, but within the hearts of people on every continent. Checklist for Personal Transformation in 2009 In 2009, consider the following checklist for personal transformation, using it as a guide to stay on track, in the moment with life, and connected with your heart. 1. Set your intention at the start of each day to utilize any obstacles as opportunities for growth. Learning the most from each obstacle will help you to avoid the need of repeating painful situations and toxic relationship patterns. 2. Remember that you are really a spiritual being living in a physical form. Connect with that knowing and allow it to fuel your next thoughts, words and actions. 3. Decide you will approach your world of physicality as a sacred home. When you consider your body and your planet as sacred containers for life, it is easier to be patient and loving. 4. Make every effort to become sane about the past. This includes a letting go of how life used to be-whether you like it now or not-so you can be in the moment and more accepting of how things are. It also means becoming aware of the limiting belief systems you brought with you from your past. These beliefs, hidden out of your view in your subconscious, stem from your family's lineage going back numerous generations. They also come from your past lives and ideas you have taken on from the mass consciousness. Focus your energy on clearing these limiting belief systems from your DNA so that you can more quickly move into new paradigm consciousness. Also, keep in mind that as long as you define yourself by your past, you cannot fully embody your light in this life. 5. Do your best to become wise about the present. Set your intention to become more truthful with yourself about what's happening, when it happens, and with your need to learn more about topics you thought you had mastered. The ego can play tricks on you at any stage of awakening, putting you into illusion. No one is exempt. It's helpful, therefore, to remain humble. Be willing to cover what seems like "old ground," learning on a deeper level than before. Refuse to go into judgment with yourself or others when things aren't to your liking. You may have a different timetable than others for learning specific things, or for developing positive qualities. Trust, though, that when you express kindness and compassion with others who are unable to value these qualities, your efforts are not lost. Your kindheartedness uplifts you as a being, while planting very useful seeds within others. Let go of how and when these seeds germinate, allowing the universal laws of cause and effect to run their course. Decide that you will be loving to yourself and others, even when the world tells you to be harsh and critical. Remember that those types of messages from your world, or outer conditioning, are connected to the old paradigm views you are in the process of revamping. Set your intention to become more awake to your limiting thoughts so that you can accelerate your shifting into the new vibrational energies. The more conscious you can become of what's negatively impacting your present, the more power you will have to alter your future. Tell yourself daily that you are creating your future by how you respond to life today. 6. Strive to be open-minded about the future. Do not allow gloom-and-doom thinking or fantasy to color how you approach the future. The path to finding inner peace involves connecting with balance and truth. You will not find truth in the gloom-and-doom approach. You will not discover truth when in fantasy. You find it when traveling the middle path, connected with your heart and intuitively guided reason. As you continue the journey of rediscovering your Divine nature, we surround you with our love and blessings. We are The Council of 12. Note from Selacia-"This is The Council of 12's annual predictions message for the new year. In their message about 2009, they give us a big-picture view of what is ahead. This relates to us on a personal level as well as our global experience. They speak about the many changes coming up, while also helping us to make sense of what has occurred during 2008. They give us specifics of how we can change our own dream of success to match the new paradigm world. And they give us a checklist for personal transformation in 2009. I suggest using these ideas as a guide, not only in understanding and navigating the energies of this last part of 2008, but as a refresher when 2009 begins. Time certainly seems to be whizzing by this past year, and before we know it, we will be welcoming in a brand new year! It can be helpful, therefore, to print out this message and refer to it in January when you are contemplating how to begin 2009 with the most potency, balance, and connection with your path of Light. I welcome your feedback and suggestions for other related topics The Council can address in future messages." Copyright 2008 by Selacia, Channel for The Council of 12 * All Rights Reserved * www.Selacia.com************** Let's move on to that burning question: Is Oct. 14, First Contact for real? I've rethought on this and I say: I'm game! I've longed for this all my life...to meet my family. Sighting in the Southern US? Why not?...If ever there was a place where people need to wake up, it's in the bible belt! Plus, the US cabal must be removed...How they gonna tap dance their way out of this one? First up here from a renown journalist....not your average flunky!Stephane Wuttunee was first published at 17, Plains Cree and French Canadian author and storyteller Stephane Wuttunee’s writing credits include 2 1/2 years as a columnist for a national Native newspaper (THE WINDSPEAKER) and a book of short stories entitled FIRST FLIGHT - Tales Of The Nomad. Besides penning articles for Environment Canada and regional periodicals and newspapers such as The Nation and Alberta Sweetgrass News, he has also spent the better part of fifteen years toiling to create DREAMING THE PYRAMID. His website can be seen at: www.dreamingthepyramid.net. An experienced public speaker, Stephane has presented in schools and at conferences throughout Canada and the high Arctic, as well as in parts of New Zealand and Australia. Email Stephane. Blossom Goodchild’s Predicted Mass UFO Sighting: Will it Force Disclosure to Occur?by Stephane Wuttunee Posted: 14:30 September 8, 2008 Like wildfires in the Australian outback, rumors of an upcoming mass televised UFO sighting over American skies are taking the Internet by storm. Blossom Goodchild, an Aussie actress and author, has the international Ufology community on its ear with channeled information concerning the eminent appearance of a massive extraterrestrial spacecraft for October 14th, 2008. Calling themselves ‘The Federation of Light’, these Beings from another world have stated to Goodchild that they intend not only to make themselves known, but also to remain more or less in place for a full 72 hour period, thereby providing the media with ample opportunity to once and for all capture on film evidence that will silence the skeptics and debunkers forever. The predicted rendezvous point? Alabama. Whoa. And here's the kicker; she isn't the only one making the prediction. Unbeknownst perhaps even to themselves, statements made by other individuals in the past corroborate her findings, one of these being immortalized on paper by Dannion Brinkley. In his latest book (entitled “Secrets of the Light” and published in 2004) on page 222 Brinkley says: “By the year 2008, the fact that we are not alone in the universe will be made undeniably clear to everyone on the planet. With millions of planets and billions of stars, I cannot fathom how we could ever thought in any other terms. However, for those who have doubted, the extraterrestrials will make themselves known. I believe they feel they have no choice but to show themselves as we verge on self-annihilation, genocide and toxic poisoning. The truth of our inter-galactic lineage will become common knowledge. If I am to believe the vision, the truth of our intergalactic lineage will cause humanity to take one wild ride.” A few things stand out in all this. For one, it is rather unusual for channels and mediums to give exact dates and places for events to occur - let alone the appearance of an alien spacecraft. Some leeway and margin of error is usually provided to allow for interpretation (and for people with less than honorable intentions, room to squiggle out from). Not in this case. Goodchild is adamant and steadfast on the date. Another point to keep in mind is that from reading the materials on her web site (blossomgoodchild.com), Goodchild herself seems at odds with the information - almost as if she thinks herself unfit for the task of bringing this information to the world. This again, is quite unusual for channels and mediums. If anything, such people rarely exhibit doubt or disbelief in their own predictions. Naysayers will immediately dismiss Goodchild’s statements as ludicrous. However, if Goodchild was consciously perpetrating a hoax and simply wanted to make money with all this (after all, she is an author and actress), she is definitely going about it in the wrong manner. Any skilled marketing representative would tell her to do two things: 1) Be less specific of the date on which the craft is supposed to appear (actually, they would most likely tell her to put it off by at least nine months) 2) Flood the market with products and services (books, videos, seminar appearances and lectures, etc) so the money can start pouring in. She's done neither. Actually, her prediction was made on August 22nd of this year, with “showtime” being less than three months away - far too soon a timeline for the reaping of financial rewards or fame. Speaking of which... There is also the inevitable credibility factor to consider. If Goodchild proves to be wrong with this information, it is obvious that whoever enjoyed reading her materials before will begin to shun and avoid her in the future (much like our beloved and elusive Bigfoot hunters from Georgia). So on a personal level, quite a bit is at stake for Goodchild. And she would know this. To stir the waters even further, consider that the Canadian Prime Minister Mr. Stephen Harper in the last week has called for surprise federal elections to occur on (you guessed it) … October 14th, 2008. According to Mr. Alfred Webre from Exopolitics.com, world officials are taking the announcement of the arrival of an extraterrestrial spacecraft in our skies seriously, and plans may already be underway to pull public focus away from such a seminal event and place it on more domestic and political issues instead. In this case, the controversy generated by surprise federal elections would tie up Canadian airwaves quite nicely. If extraterrestrials wish for their presence to be known to the world on that day, they would need to account for this type of potential interference, along with one million other variables. Of course, being highly evolved Beings, they (hopefully) would. In any case, the heat on the forums is palpable. YouTube videos on Goodchild’s predictions are everywhere. And as one forum member on Unexplained_Mysteries remarked, the date itself is unique because October 14th 2008 translates to 10-14-2008, which becomes (if you subtract each number from the next) …minus 2012. Coincidence? Perhaps. Even if Blossom turns out to be wrong and nothing occurs on or around October 14th this year, it is clear by humanity's current state of affairs that something of this nature needs to occur anyhow - and sooner rather than later. Full on contact and (to a degree) interference within human affairs cannot occur prior to a series of events such as these that will undeniably make the entire world acknowledge once and for all that Extraterrestrials are real. Whomever is watching over us needs to make themselves known, and any medium is viable, whether they are electronic, or human. I say Bring it on, Baby! Source: www.ufodigest.com/news/0908/blossom.html************* "Adamu" through Zingdad:planetary first contact PART ONEFrom: MagentaPixie2012 Added: 15 September 2008 uk.youtube.com/watch?v=WnHdR2GZ3a8Magenta Pixie introduces Zingdad of www.book-of-light.com who channels "Adamu" bringing forth information regarding the timeline where a large lightship shall be visible to us around mid-october this year. Part 1 of 2 Edited by Magenta Pixie Thankyou to lucid-dreams.net for the use of some of their artwork. Music by Zingdad. For more information on 14th October Lightship listen to Rysa and MagentaPixie discuss this issue on www.blogtalkradio/rysa and click on the archive entitled "MagentaPixie2012 Expanding the GoldRing" The following questions have been asked by a subscriber and Zingdad has given his responses. Please message me if you would like a copy of these responses... So why are they "assisting" if they believe in "non-intervention"? Also if they're referring to the conspiracy about Eisenhower's agreement with the greys then how exactly does Eisenhower speak for the planet? "Flashes in the corner of our eyes"? There's hundreds if not thousands of UFO sightings worldwide!? ***** "Adamu" through Zingdad:planetary first contact PART TWOFrom: MagentaPixie2012 Added: September 15, 2008 "Adamu" continues to speak, through the channel, Zingdad from www.book-of-light.com about planetary first contact and the timeline in Earth's future where a large and beautiful lightship shall be visible in our skies this year, 2008, potentially in mid-october. Edited by Magenta Pixie Music by Zingdad In response to the question: "Are they going to be taking guests at this time?" The Nine tell me that they are taking guests NOW astrally. Although many have been able to visit these ships for years in astral form. However this will NOT occur at this present time in our physical bodies. "Adamu" responds also to this question; The answer at this point is quite a firm "no". This first mission is a "hello wave". They do not intend to land and they do not intend to meet us personally from the ship on this first mission. They are simply allowing us to understand that they exist. For those of us that don't know this. And alleviating the doubts of the rest of us. This is the very gentlest of insertions of themselves into our consciousness. Then we can have a little time to make sense of this and re-arrange our minds around this new knowledge. And assuredly re-arrange our world too. This is about allowing us to KNOW that they exist and then decide what we are going to do about that. If we move (as it is believed that we will) in a love-wise direction and begin to call for them to visit directly then that eventuality will begin to come into focus. But baby-steps first, friends! Some of us have been waiting our whole lives for this. Our space brothers have been waiting millenia! A little more patience won't kill us, right? For more information on 14th October Lightship listen to Rysa and MagentaPixie discuss this issue on www.blogtalkradio/rysa and click on the archive entitled "MagentaPixie2012 Expanding the GoldRing" *********** Continued.....Text from "Adamu" in next post.....
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Sept 28, 2008 6:24:57 GMT 4
....Continued from previous post. More on First Contact, Oct. 14, 2008. Videos concerning the following can be found there...MThe SHIFT/The ECONOMY/FIRST CONTACT... More news:Part 2 of 2[/b] From: book-of-light.com/forums2/viewtopic.php?f=43&t=81Zingdad: Adamu speaksby Zingdad on August 31, 2008 Hello Adamu. I have joined a new forum and I would like to engage with a new group of friends. So I guess a good idea would be to start at the beginning with a new introduction. Would you be so kind as tell my new friends who you are? Hello my young friend. Yes, certainly. Let us begin by saying that I am a truly multidimensional personality. That is to say we all are - it's simply that my awareness encompasses a great many manifestations of self. Simply put, I know myself to be in many places and in many realities doing many different things all at the same time. I am this and I am that all at the same time, so to speak, for TIME itself is just a tool to me... an object which spreads out some parts of that which I hold within myself. CLIP - Read the missing part at book-of-light.com/forums2/viewtopic.php?f=43&t=81September 01, 2008 First contact? Are we all about to finally see a UFO? It could be! On the 11th of August I did a channelling of Adamu on the Book of Thoth’s forum which included some of the most stunning info I have yet channelled. Nonchalantly tucked in the middle of our conversation Adamu suddenly revealed to me that the Galactic Federation were going to make official first contact this year. If you are interested in reading that post you can do so over here. But only if you’re really interested in seeing how it played out as I am going to get the same info again from Adamu now. You see subsequent to my receiving that rather shocking realization I have seen many other channels come up with the same info. I’ll add that info after the conversation with Adamu. --- Hello Adamu Hello again my young friend I wanted to chat to you again about the upcoming appearance of the Light Ship. Could we please go over the material again telling everything from the start for my new forum friends? Yes, certainly. I shall try to tell it right from the beginning. We of the Pleiadian civilisation are one of many races of beings that are space-bound. That is we have ships that can traverse the vast distances of space. The other space-bound races that we meet with that agree to a charter of Service to Other and non-intervention and so forth are invited to join an organisation called the Galactic Federation of Light. The Galactic Federation has been quite directly involved in your planet in many, many ways for your planets whole history. of late we have been bringing great many ships into the environment of your planet in order to assist with numerous subtle duties. I can list a few: assisting with the balancing of your magnetosphere, working against your destructive tendencies by disallowing nuclear explosions and similar, beaming in an balancing frequencies of light that assist in the ascension process, severely curtailing the negative activities of other self-serving space races and so on and so on. The list is long. The point is we have been here in the environs of your planet for a long time working very hard to assist in your welfare though you have not know about it. You see we can work across different densities of existence and we confine ourselves to densities other than your own so that we are not observed. This has been important as our non-interventionist policies dictate that we do not force ourselves upon a population that does not ask for, and is not ready for our arrival. But now, in the last number of years consciousness has been shifting on your planet. For many reasons. One is that there have been appearances by other self-serving space-bound races on your planet. They are not party to our Galactic Federation charter and so they behave with impunity. The managed to arrange an agreement with the American government many years ago which basically gave them access to your planet in exchange for militarily useful secrets. This has now backfired on them. They attempted to be stealthy in their interactions with earth humans but they made many errors. Your awareness of them and their ships picked up dramatically and caused your population to begin to ask questions. Then, with the incoming light consciousness on your planet has shifted radically. You are simply no longer willing to believe everything your governments tell you. You are no longer willing to be lead like lambs to the slaughter of the gods of fear and war. You think for yourselves and you ask questions. So, along this path you began to remember lives amongst us out in the stars. Or you reached out to us in your minds. Or in a heightened state of awareness you opened your perception to our ships in the neighbouring densities. Whatever the case might be you began to become aware of us. We were waiting. We eagerly engaged with any that would welcome it. We encouraged such engagement with subtle inputs like the crop circle phenomenon. And slowly the mind-set of earth inhabitants shifted. And now we are here at point where a significant number of earth's population are ready to know about our existence and are available to the possibility that we might be peaceful, loving and of positive intent. Despite all the power cabals efforts to paint us as bad and to be feared your people are ready to hear that we are of good intent. And so the time comes. We are ready to make a showing. We will do so soon. What form will the showing take? You can prepare yourselves to see a single very large light-ship flying over certain well populated areas of your planet. It will fly slowly and will be visible over those areas for long enough for you to get a good eyeful. No more little flashes in the corner of your eye. This time you can stand and stare. You can take photographs and videos. You can call your friends and neighbours out to look. it will be in the sky for a long time and slowly move out over a period of a few days across enough of the world that there will be absolutely zero chance of anyone trying to say this was anything other than what it was. The swamp-gas theorists and the weather-balloon nay-sayers will finally have a very good meal of their hats. Not only will you see the ship but it will put on a display. We will make sure it is pretty to look at with pleasant and entertaining light displays upon its surface. It will also perform acrobatics. A few loops and so forth. Which will be extremely impressive given its size. You see it is a large ship that we have chosen for this sortie. It is several of your miles across. Yikes! I can't even imagine a ship of that size in the sky Yes it was important that we chose a competent ship. You see your earth cabal is in cahoots with others that have space-flight technology. This is the very, very last thing they want. They will do anything at all to stop this happening and if they cannot stop it they will do anything to abort it and if they cannot do that they will do anything to make it appear as if we are attackers - invaders of your planet. So you see we chose a very large and very advanced ship. One of the most advanced in our fleet. This will mean that we can not only repel any efforts of attack but we can actually do so without counter-attacking. You will NOT see our ship take aggressive action no matter what occurs. So any provocation will be obvious for what it is - an attack on us. There will be absolutely no possibility of confusion. But it goes further than that. This particular ship has the capability of foiling attack in some very remarkable ways. We do not expect to be attacked at all. But we prepare for every eventuality. The most important thing to us -the prime objective number one - is that no one is harmed at all. This is what we strive for. There is another reason for us using such a large ship. You see your earth cabal has some ships at its disposal. I shall use your vernacular and call them "flying saucers". These or horrible little tin-can devices but they can be (and sometimes are) confused for our ships when they are seen by your earth-human eyes, unaccustomed as you are to what our technology looks like. We want you to get a good look at our technology so that the possibility of you thinking these flying sardine-cans are ours is forever eliminated. You will know our ships when you see them. Our ships are living light... not tin. They are beautiful and graceful and utterly silent. They will resonate with your hearts when you see them. You will never again be confused about which is which. Oh wow! I'm so excited about this now! You have no idea my dear young friend! We are even more excited. You cannot comprehend how much we have desired this moment and how much work has gone into the preparations for it. So when? You previously said "before the end of the year". Since then I have come across other channels that all seem pretty sure about October. So when? Your dear old Adamu has become a bit more conservative in his approach than some of the others on the Galactic Federation team [he chuckles]. Yes, it is true that we plan to do this in October but we have to take the exigencies of the moment into account. This is an incredibly delicate thing. We are deeply concerned about what the opposition might try to do and so we might need to shift the date around in response. I did not wish to have you feel embarrassed if I gave you a date and it did not materialise on that date. I am well aware of your internal struggle with releasing this information. You pin your colours to the mast in a new way now. You place your own personal credibility at stake by allowing me to channel this information through you. Now, for the first time an even t will either occur or not occur which will cause people to say "Zingdad's channellings came true!" or "Zingdad is a bit of a damp squid - his channellings are bogus". I want to work carefully with you on this and do not want to set you up for the self-doubt that might come as a result of a failed "prophecy". So anyway, I will confirm the plan for mid-October but ask for leniency if the date needs a tweaking. But we will be gracing your skies with our ship. Of that I assure you. Yeah- thanks for the consideration. It is a nervy thing for me to post this. But, you know, the info I have received from you and other spirit beings has so improved my life that, even if this is all bogus it has still been the best thing I have ever done. I'm glad you feel that way But that's another discussion for another day. What I'd next like to ask is where the ship will be visible from. Which cities? This is a sensitive point. You'll notice no channels will give this information. It is important strategically to keep the opposition guessing. They must not be able to prepare for this. If they have exact locations they may be able to pre-empt what we plan and make our lives a little more difficult. So this info will be with-held until we are certain they can do nothing about it. What I will say is this: numerous large cites will get a good view but we will avoid areas where your military's retaliation could cause harm your people. Okay, got it. So what then, if anything can we do to help with your plans? Thank you for asking that important question. A lot. I would like to appeal to everyone that reads this to: 1. Secure your own heart first. Please, I implore you, open yourself to the possibility that our ship appearing MIGHT JUST be a good sign. Examine the possibility that we might be beings of love come to help you and your planet to move forward to a bright future. Then, when the ship appears look at it. Really look with open eyes, open mind and open heart. Look and judge for yourself what you think our intent and nature is. See how we behave. Se that we have technology which is so far beyond your own as to be impossibly for you to even conceive of. See that we could if we desired take your planet militarily without any difficulty whatsoever. See that your military would be absolutely helpless to stop us. And see that we do not. See that we are making a friendly - even loving - overture. Simply saying "hello neighbour". See that our intentions are friendly not because they must be but because this is our nature. 2. If you are ready for that or already with us then please assist others to overcome their fears. You may do this by sharing these channeled messages with all your friends. You do not need to believe that our ship will arrive nor do you need to endorse it and say you believe it. Keep your credibility in tact. Share it as a discussion point or even as a joke. But get your friends and family to the point of saying "if they DO appear then I will be willing to entertain the notion that they are friendly". It is vital to your safety that you do not panic. We need you to at least be open to looking before you panic. We need you to share this message. Simply help to calm people and avert panic. 3. Those of you that meditate or pray or engage in such spiritual pursuits I kindly request that you work this event into your spiritual process. For example, if you meditate then you may wish to visualise this vast beautiful light-ship overhead and all the people on the ground looking at it with joy, happy expectancy, awe and delight. But please use whatever mode you have connecting with spirit to send positive loving energy to the earth humans that witness this event. Please do this regularly. It would be appreciated. And you may also request dream-visions! Try this: before you fall asleep at night hold firm the following intent: "I wish to see in my dreams the light ship flying over planet earth and to be a part of the joyful witnessing of this event and to remember this dream when I awake". Try it. We have been placing this dream imagery in the consciousness grid quite strongly the last while. It would be fun for you to get it and it would help us as this would anchor the positive associations even more strongly on the planet. 4. And then finally, on the day of the event please be extra vigilant to help people that show symptoms of extreme fear. Help them with love. But we really envisage this extreme fear response to be very, very minimal. The overwhelming probability is that you will not witness such a response at all. I just get more and more excited! So then, Adamu, all I can still think to ask is "what then?" What do you have planned for after the fly-by? We will give the inhabitants of planet earth a little while to settle down. This will cause a massive step-wise shift in your consciousness. There are a good number of beings that are on planet earth right now that will suddenly awaken to their memories of who and what they are when this even occurs. They will spring into action and do that which they came to do. You are one such. Others on this forum are too. This event will catalyse massive change. Expect old dark-based systems to implode and crash. Expect massive changes in your planetary systems. Your financial systems and political systems and so forth will radically alter very quickly. Some of these changes will bring with them some discomfort while the new, better systems are put in place. Expect some upheaval but please do not bring fear to the party! Bring confidence and love. Be prepared to help your fellow humans and be of a generous heart. These changes will be quite swift. We will be very actively monitoring the situation. When we deem it right, necessary, expedient and to the highest good we will land and make personal contact. Then you'll meet us and be able to speak to us face-to-face. But there is no way now for me to tell you when that will be. Let us deal with this first event first. Okay. That is all pretty sensational info, thank you Adamu. My dear friend. It is I who thank you. What you do now to get this information out is a great boon. You think a small number will read this but you do not yet understand how consciousness works. This is powerful in ways you do not comprehend. I wish also to say that this action - our fly-by, our eventual arrival amongst you is in response to your countless heartfelt pleas. Almost every single inhabitant on the planets surface has at one time or another in one way or another cried out for assistance. For positive intervention. You have pleaded for the heavens or the angels or God or the "space men" or someone, anyone, to come and help you clear up the mess that is being made of your planet. Well, if you understand it correctly then we of the Galactic Federation are beings of the light, we know our oneness with Source. We are in harmony with the Christed energy, we are part of that which you'd call the angel realms. We are, dare I say it, going to answer your prayers! My final thought is this. From our perspective we know this to be true. You are us. Really this is true for us on the deepest and most fundamental level. You are both our children and our parents because you come from within our consciousness and you help us to recreate ourselves by your actions. And you are one with us as we are intimately connected by being a part of the oneness of all. So, that said, we CAN only desire the very best for you. We love you more than we can possibly express in words. I feel that Adamu. I actually do. I love you too. Thank you for this communication. Thank you my friend. Do keep spreading your light as you go. --- Okay. There it is. Now what does your intuition tell you? Is this right? Will it happen? Will you wait and see? Please understand I specifically DO NOT expect that you blindly believe the noises that emanate from my head. You are the holder of your truth. if you think this is all just BS that I invented to entertain myself then I am really okay with that. If you'd like to discuss then I invite that on the sister thread. book-of-light.com/forums2/viewtopic.php?f=86&t=114&p=1217#p1217Love and laughter Zingdad --- Re: Zingdad: Adamu speaks by Zingdad on Mon Sep 01, 2008 Okay so I promised to share the other channels that also seem to have the same info. A friend on another forum kindly PM'ed them to me after reading Adamu's stuff. Here is what I have thus far: Blossom Goodchild's blog site seems to be the first place this info was made available. She has a very excellent channelling on the subject on her site and I would urge you to read it. It's the August 1 blog. We wish it to be understood that on the 14th day of your month of October in the year 2008 a craft of great size shall be visible within your skies. ... It has been decided that we shall remain within your atmosphere for the minimum of three of your twenty four hour periods. ... Friends of earth. Do not be afraid. We beseech you to TRUST that we come to bring the downfall of those who have misintentions for the well being of your planet. Mike Quinsey is a channel that is respected by many. Here you can read his confirmation of this same event: link: www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/mike_quinsey/channeled%20messages/August%202008/08.29.08Diane.htmMichael has been wondering whether we will endorse the prediction of a special sighting that is intended for the 14th October, and we are more than happy to do so. Suzy Ward has quite a cool channelling on the subject here:www.matthewbooks.com/mm/anmviewer.asp?a=91&z=2Yes, plans are in place for a ship of much greater size than any previous sightings to appear on that date and be evident in your skies for a few days. The crew is in readiness and excited about making our presence indisputable. And then back on 06-May-2008 Sheldon Nidle first alluded to this on this page thegalacticpost.blogspot.com/2008/05/heaven-wants-to-get-your-many-new.html when he said: Each day a major amount of progress is made to justify our confidence in the Light's success. This permits us to move up some of our late-summer flyover schedules to the immediate coming months. These are the ones that I know of so far... --- ...and some more come in: Dianne Robbins. www.diannerobbins.comThe information channeled by Mrs.Blossom is true and also true is the information transmitted in different messages; they are complementary information. Channelled by Heidi Stadler www.rainbowstar.chGreetings to you, I am ASHTAR, I already know your question and I give thanks to you for asking me about the October 14th, 2008. Yes, there will be Starships decloaked on your skies on this date and there will also be ships before this date. Your world is now to the point where this can happen. Cool! --- Re: Zingdad: Adamu speaks by Zingdad on Sept 07, 2008 Okay, answer time. I finally have both the time and the mind-set to get to putting your questions to Adamu. Whenever I do this I feel I must offer a caveat. It’s this: You are your own truth. Your answers lie within you. What I offer you now is merely another possible perspective. It seems to me I have a telepathic link with another consciousness but I can’t prove this to myself or to you. And even if I DO have such a link I might sometimes get stuff wrong. Please do not simply believe what comes from my channelings. I don’t. It has happened that I have disagreed with what was said in a channeling. In such instances I don’t “censor” the channelings. I leave them in their integrity and then try to figure it out with more questions later. But I do not simply BELIEVE. You shouldn’t either. Please trust your own inner truth. And now I’ll let Adamu answer your questions: --- Will wrote: ...could you give us the Pleaidean perspective on other Star Races...and other Star cultures...?... Adamu: [he smiles] Not without writing many, many encyclopaedias worth of data. Or even many libraries worth. I can tell you this: As my consciousness expands so I encounter more and more life. You on earth peer out to the stars and ponder “is there life out there?”. I tell you there is nothing BUT life out there! You are in for a wonderful surprise very shortly. You are about to be introduced to your galactic family. In time you will meet more and more and more life-forms from all over the galaxy. And then you’ll begin to gain the awareness that EVERYTHING in the galaxy is actually a life-form. Your planet, the stars… all of it is actually alive. The galaxy is alive. And wherever you go you find life. You reside in one density. So you think that your solar system is almost sterile but for the life on your planet. If you could see as we do you’d know that there is much life in your solar system. Truly. And your own planet? You think you are the only so-called intelligent life form? You are not. Firstly because you vastly underestimate the other life forms you are aware of and secondly because your planet has much more going on in the other dimensions than you are aware of. So this is simply to let you know that there are a great many races and cultures in the galaxy. And our friendships and connections extend a great distance beyond this galaxy. In fact the Galactic Federation of Light to which we Pleiadians belong has made connections in other galaxies with beings that have similar ideals and have forged even wider alliances based upon a common understanding of the Oneness of All. Given all that how shall I begin to characterize what is “out there”? Who shall I tell you of? Where shall I begin? Instead I will simply tell you this. We, the Pleiadian culture are, for the most part, of unity consciousness. That means we see all other beings as brothers or, more correctly, as another manifestation of a greater Self. So we say, no matter who you are, you are I and I am you. Some cultures we see in a state of pain. Sometimes they are so confused and traumatized that they attack and attempt to destroy themselves. Such as has often happened on your planet and continues to happen in many parts. Sometimes the “self” they attack is another space race as has happened throughout galactic history. Our galaxy is littered with war zones, old and new. There are many races here that still do not know their oneness with all. And such races are, I’m afraid, prone to aggression. And that is how I would characterize the races and the cultures: to simply divide them into Unity Consciousness and Non-Unity Conscious races. You might have heard, we often speak in terms of Service To Other and Service To Self mindsets. Well these things correlate very well because if you are of Unity Consciousness then you cannot but have a Service To Other mindset. Can you see that? So Unity Conscious races will always try to do the very best thing they can to the benefit of All, including you. Non-Unity Conscious ones will try to do the best for themselves no matter what that does to you. There are some races that have had dealings with your planet that are of the Non-unity Conscious mindset. They have caused some damage to your view of your star brothers. But that is being turned to the good now. Soon all shall see. Will wrote: ...how many are interacting on Terra at this time ?...and what are their agendas ?... Adamu: Again, your perspective is not mine. From my view there is far too much going on to even begin to address this question. Some races are more active than others. Some have only a passing interest some have though their actions radically altered the whole direction of your planetary story. Also, what does “now” mean? You think linearly and that makes the question very hard to answer for one that sees a greater picture. You see we act through time. We go backwards and forwards as suits us. And sideways too – we also act in parallel time lines. All these things which are not apparent to you. And because we see how every action in every part of time impacts every other we are a little confounded by a question such as “who is here now”. But I do understand what you are trying to get at and I will endeavor to answer this in the way you are asking it. Firstly there are a great many races that are passively observing. Pure curiosity as what occurs here is very special and unique. Secondly there are a great many races here adding their light. They give energy and love so that things may move forward correctly and to the benefit of All. Do not underestimate the impact that this has! Thirdly there are a few races that stand ready to act physically in your presence but have not done so before in your recorded history. These are beings like us. The Galactic Federation beings. We include many races and some of those races are very closely related – sort of brothers and sisters of the same original parent race. Some you might recognize are us Pleiadians, the Sirians, the Arcturans, the Antarians, the Andromedans and those from Procyon, Aldebran and Deneb. These are names I can place in my young friends mind at this time. There are others. Also other from outside of this galaxy are here. And ones who are far above such consideration as “galactic neighbourhood” or even which universe you are from. I can say this of all of these: uniformly their agenda is the loving advancement of you as a race and your planet as a whole. We wish for you to awaken to your membership of the brotherhood of all star races. When this occurs this raising of consciousness will ripple out and this entire galaxy will be uplifted. Your planet is the lynch-pin in the whole story. Finally there is a group which has been very active in your planetary story. They have been up and down your history and tweaked and played with your planetary story in ways that would shock you if you but knew. They are not a unified group but I group them together by their actions and their mindset. They are the Service To Self races spoken about above. They have no compunction about coming into your planetary sphere and seeing it as a resource for them to plunder. I dare say, if the Galactic Federation were not here to curtail their activities they would a long time ago have made their presence unambiguously felt. In unpleasant ways. They are yet learning that such actions only harm themselves. I hesitate to characterize races in this group as there are elements in every race that are awakened. Just as there are even Pleiadians that are not awakened. Yes, it’s true. You may hear of some Pleiadians that have done some negative things. There are some. But I will concur with what is known amongst you that the members of the Grey race, the ones from Zeta Reticulum that have intervened with you, have not been of the most loving always. But do have some compassion for them. They are a race that is in turmoil. They do not know how to find their connection with the divine. They do not know how to find immortality – or the survival of the soul after death. These things are beyond their grasp. It has to do with how they were created. And they believe they must find a way to integrate their consciousness with a human body. It’s a long and complicated story. Then there are the Orion Whites, as they are called. These are from, I suppose one might say, your own far future. They are that which becomes of the Service To Self elements of your own planetary culture. They eventually ruin their planet with their activities and badly corrupt their own DNA with all their tinkering. Now they reach back into their own mythological past… to a time before things had gone completely hay-wire. And they find you. Some of them wish to understand you and see how things went as they did. Some of them wish to simply use you for a genetic mine and to continue on their somewhat messy path. Then there are the Reptoids. Now, this is confusing because there is a race from Alpha Draconis and then they have a sort of a child race which was created on earth a long time ago – in fact these are more earthlings that you are! This other race lives in vast caverns beneath the ground at another density. But either way, the reptoids are the least likely to be your friend if you should meet with one. The others will probably engage with you if you try. They may bargain with you, discuss things. The Reptoids are not likely to do this. They have a rather violent streak and if they are in your presence it is because they want something. And if they want something that you have they will take it. Your continued breathing not being a consideration to them. Finally, again, please understand that it actually goes quite deeply against the grain for me to make such generalizations and categorizations. There are a great many beings of every race that are very different from that specified above. To give some context… if someone from another galaxy asked what the “Humans from Planet Earth” are like. How do you think you would be described? What would the generalization of your race be like? Think for a minute how you treat your own race… How you treat your planet… How you treat other races you come into contact with - like the planets animals, like the spaceships that have for no apparent reason had missiles fired at them… I could go on. Your race would be given a very poor report card. You’d be labeled violent, destructive, traumatized and insane. So are you this? Is there not a single being of light and love amongst you? Of course there are! A great many. And so you see my point. There is a little light even in the darkest night and a little shadow even in the brightest day. Will wrote: ...what are the most benevolent options for discourse from the Earth human side ?... Adamu: If I understand your question correctly then the answer is simple. Act in love. Open your heart to perceive the beauty and the divinity of the other race. Look for what is similar not what is different. Find common ground and work forward from there. If you open your heart you can see the beauty and truth of any being. You will find compassion and forgiveness for those that you have thought to have wronged you and you will find upliftment and assistance from those that come to help you. Everything will change if you change. In fact you will change everything by changing yourself. The degree to which this is true will still astound you. Will wrote: ...what are your suggestions for kicking off diplomatic relations?... Adamu: I refer to the previous answer. Open your heart. See us with your hearts. And then we will understand each other. Then there is no need for diplomacy of any form. Each of you individually may have a relationship with us if you so wish it and if you allow it… if you open yourself to it. Then what use is a “government-to-government” interchange? It doesn’t serve us to work in this way and it certainly doesn’t serve you. This particular form of government that you have implies that some are more special and valued than others and that some may be empowered to take decisions that you or others might disapprove of. No. When we arrive fully in your consciousness and in your reality this will immediately begin to catalyze a radical shift in your approach to life. For example, you will first realize that your nation-state idea is a ridiculous fiction. It is meaningless to draw arbitrary lines on the ground and say “this is one country and that is another”. How does that serve you, the members of the country? It doesn’t. It is an age-old system that comes from a time of small minded beings that wished to rule over you humans. They were extra-terrestrial beings that wished to set themselves up as gods amongst your ancient forbears. But they EACH wanted to be a god. So they ended up dividing up the place: “here, this is mine and that there is yours and if you come over here and take my stuff then my humans will attack yours”. Like petty bickering brats. But compared to your poor, traumatized forbears they were so technologically advanced and so long-lived that they were indeed thought of as gods. They actually taught your ancestors to worship them with songs and bowings and scrapings. Quite sad for them, these god-kings, that this pleased them. But anyway that is how this division nonsense started. And it never has been to the benefit of humanity. It always has always only served the interest of the power elite. Who are still just such petty bickering brats niggling at each other over who has the most toys. Now, when you see our ships in your skies – what do you think will happen to your arbitrary divisions? Hmm? I think they will cease to compel you. Will you warring nations still want to give each other a hiding? Or will you realize that you and they are really one human race and that it is far more important now to find peace and love? We shall see. And if you do not immediately find peace maybe the revelation of the REAL chain of events which lead to the enmity in the first place will awaken you to how badly you have been lied to, mislead and manipulated. We don’t expect it to be long before peace breaks out. You’ve had two World Wars, maybe it’s time for World Peace I? It is posited that some may still firmly wish to fight and die despite this new input. They may not be accessible to the light. If that is so then they will be isolated from those that do not wish to fight and kill anymore. So then… if a sense of the brotherhood of all humanity is awakened… if there is no need for the separation of nations… then where is the need for governments? And considering the abysmally poor decisions they routinely make on your behalf why would you want them? As I said in the beginning: these institutions do not serve you. So you shall simply shuck yourselves of them. Certainly you are very likely to wish to employ competent administrators to look after things like infrastructure and so forth. Pretty much every large grouping of beings needs such people. But these should be true Public Servants… not the quasi-royalty that you are now burdened with. And this brings me round to the answering of your question. You may, each and every one of you, open “diplomatic relations” with us. When we do land our ships on your planet it will NOT be to speak with your so-called leaders. We will speak with you. You personally. Each of you that wishes to speak with us will have ample opportunity. And so we shall make ourselves available to assist you where you are. If you are wishing to live in harmony with your planet then we shall talk to you about things like finding ways to obtain energy without despoiling nature. If you are concerned about pollution then we shall help you to clean up your environment. If you are wondering about your own personal story or your true planetary history then we shall be there to tell you the story from our perspective. And so on. One to one. Heart to heart. Mind to mind. Because we love you as we love ourselves. tiaka9 wrote: Could you take a look at the following video please and ask Adamu if this is the type of 'tin-can' ship he was referring to? The man in the video is calling this a battle-ship. It certainly doesn`t look like a light ship to me, despite it having some coloured lights on the side. Youtube Video: UFO Mother Ship - here now! Hard Proof Even Skeptics are speechlessjp.youtube.com/watch?v=5R_uNUELwRUjp.youtube.com/watch?v=5R_uNUELwRUAdamu: There is some difficulty here. I cannot answer this question in complete candor. There is an issue of free will at stake with which I will not tamper. You will have to forgive me. All I can say it that I confirm absolutely that this is not a Galactic Federation ship… not a light ship.Zingdad: Thank you Adamu that was most informative. I am really pleased to have learned that new info about your name. Adamu: And now you know you can call me to mind without using a name. Zingdad: Yeah. But I still like having a name for you. Adamu: As suits you. Keep spreading your light my dear friend. Zingdad: Goodbye Adamu --- Well there it is folks. As usual Adamu finds a way to wind a few extra answers into what seem like short questions. Which is very entertaining and educational… but somewhat exhausting. I am somewhat puzzled by his response to the video. I haven’t experienced this before. There was a sense of a back-and-forth with him. It was as if he kept trying to answer it in different ways. He’d make a start and then stop. Then another and then a final clear answer came through which was this one: no details. I wonder… So anyway, I’d love to hear your thoughts and comments about all this on the sister page. And if you have more questions - fire away. It sometimes takes me a while but I do get to them. Love and laughter Zingdad --- Re: Zingdad: Adamu speaks by Zingdad on Sept 16, 2008 Video of Channelling Now Up! So I have been blessed with the meeting of someone from my soul-family. She is known on the 'net as Magenta Pixie. You are sure to have seen her vids on Youtube or read some of her channellings. If you haven't you should, she's awesome! Anyway. She and I got talking and she quite liked Adamu's channelling and offered to make a video of it! And to put it out to her audience! Yay! More light! So as a result of this incredibly kind offer I sat down in my production studio (I have an audio studio for my work) and I recorded myself speaking Adamu's words. But something strange happened. I slipped into channelling mode and really felt his energy as I began to speak. And my voice sounded a little different too. And then... he diverged from the script! It was so strange - as I was reading from the script I just knew to say some stuff that was different from what was on the screen. And in the same way he also he just dropped the old ending and gave me a whole new one. Which is much more powerful, I thought! When I was done I added a "musical bed" from something that I composed a while ago. And it came out quite nicely. But when Magenta Pixie added her intro and her visuals! Wow! So I'm really happy how this turned out and wanted to share it with you, my BoL friends As this is a first for me I'd really appreciate your comments and thoughts. If you have advice or ideas or constructive criticisms those are all welcome. The objective here was to get the message across in such a way that people (hopefully) also felt the energy of Adamu and so inspired them to be more hopeful and to move away from fear and towards love. Do you think this does that? Comments welcome in the sister thread. book-of-light.com/forums2/viewtopic.php?f=86&t=114&p=1217#p1217Oh. And please forgive the South African accent if it sounds funny to you. It's just the way we sound over here, okay? Note From Michelle: These are the 2 videos posted in last post:Adamu through Zingdad: Planetary First Contact PART ONE ca.youtube.com/watch?v=WnHdR2GZ3a8Adamu through Zingdad: Planetary First Contact PART TWO ca.youtube.com/watch?v=Vb029q4LJ_0--- Note From Michelle: The following is interesting. I agree completely with what is said. For some time, I have been struggling over what to do regarding the upcoming elections. After much though, I've come to the decision that to vote for either of the candidates goes directly against my best interests; I'm not voting. Please do not take this as advice from me as to what you should do...This is a personal choice I've made....Whoever the PTBs want to win will....Remember from previous posts here; people will go crazy over this election and we are advised to 'unplug' from the chaos.Re: Zingdad: Adamu speaks by Zingdad on Sept 21, 2008 I refer now to the discussion on the sister thread about US politics and the question of whether Barack Obama is a light being or not... or whatever. I had previously put this question to Adamu and I thought, since the question was raised here, to share his answer here. As I copied it here Adamu asked me to modify it a little. So here it is... Adamu answering the question of Light vs. Dark and which politician is on which side and is Obama on the side of "the light":
Adamu: I prefer at this time to take a perspective that is of unitary consciousness. I prefer to tell the tale of “we are all ONE” and that light and dark are momentary choices with which we dabble to make the game work. I’d prefer you all see that you all have both light and dark within you. But you ARE still in the game and so these things seem like inapplicable philosophy to many of you. And then you want to know the score on the light-vs-dark game again.
So to the question of Barack Obama... I will not judge or pontificate over another being. I will not make declarations about how that being should act or choose. So I will not issue judgements about Barack Obama nor about how people should vote in America. To get embroiled in such issues is to miss the point. I think the entire system has become one in which people give their power away to these politicians who then clearly do not serve the interests of those people, of the voters.
Given how the system is flawed and manipulated to what degree do you think it matters who you vote for? Do you think the winner will be the “man in power” after the vote is in? Do you think his thoughts and opinions will count for much? Do you not think that IRRESPECTIVE OF WHO WINS the system is not designed to keep the power in the hands of the existing cabal?
I say you should find your own personal power over yourself instead… master yourself and then see how the whole question of politics becomes irrelevant to you.
The presidential election and everything involved in it is entertainment and nothing more. It is meant to keep the American people from thinking about the real issues. And the outcome is irrelevant. It changes nothing. It’s very like that other thing Americans like to watch: Super Bowl football. Many Americans will act as if the outcome of who wins this game is vital to their future well-being. As if it is really important. But nothing actually changes no matter who wins. It is exactly the same with your presidential elections. A new face is presented and it is made to seem as if there are policy shifts but these are surface and minor. All that really changes is that those behind the scenes manipulate for more and more power. And you will not reverse this trend by picking the right candidate. If the “right” candidate tried to fight back that person would be made to look like a traitor and a criminal. They would be destroyed in the minds of the people. Or if that could not be done they would be assassinated. Quite recently in your history there was an American president that saw the way the power cabal was running things. He disliked it. He spoke up about it and he was eliminated by the power cabal for his insubordination. They warned him a few times. He declined to be silent. He was therefore assassinated by the power cabals agents and this was then covered up. I speak of course of John Kennedy.
I say this not that you should lose hope. Quite the opposite. There is endless reason for hope. I simply point out that if you desire real change you should not look to politics to achieve this. If you want change find it within yourself. Forget politics. It is all a sham for the entertainment of the masses.Zingdad: Okay. Thanks Adamu. I’m not sure how popular these thoughts will be!
Adamu: They are not meant to be popular. The majority of the population of the planet are enthralled by the game. They are deeply mesmerised by the illusion. It is meant to be so. If the game were not compelling it would not work. And so only a few will surface and awaken of themselves. Of course this will soon change. The appearance of the light-ship I have mentioned is one of the radical measures we are undertaking to help things along. But that begins another long conversation. Instead I will wish you love and happiness until we talk again.Zingdad: Thanks Adamu. Love and happiness to you too! ...and so it is that I care little for politics. What about you? Discuss on the sister thread if you feel so moved... ********** From: news.scotsman.com:80/uk/RAF-officer-breaks-37year-silence.4489914.jpRAF officer breaks 37-year silence on UFO radar mystery14 September 2008 By Marc Horne IT IS a close encounter of the official kind. A former RAF officer has claimed that UFOs are real and may have invaded UK airspace, branding official resistance to such theories as "stupid and arrogant".Wing Commander Alan Turner MBE was sworn to secrecy after he tracked a series of unidentified objects soaring over southern England at incredible speeds. But now the airman, who was honoured by the Queen for his years of distinguished service, has broken his silence and spoken publicly for the first time about his extraordinary experience. Turner, 64, a former head of air traffic control at RAF Lossiemouth, insists it is "stupid and arrogant" to rule out the existence of extra-terrestrials and is open to the suggestion that he witnessed craft from another world. But the Ministry of Defence stressed last night there were "realistic explanations" for such reports. The incident, which has baffled and haunted Turner for decades, took place at RAF Sopley on the south-west coast of England in the summer of 1971. At the time he was Duty Military Supervisor and had the responsibility of monitoring the skies on radar screens for potential Soviet incursions. On the day in question, Turner and his 13 colleagues were alarmed by a sudden and unexpected development. He said: "I can clearly remember people shouting: 'What the hell is that?' I got to a console and people were loudly telling me to look to the east of Salisbury Plain. "Twenty miles east of the eastern extremity was a series of returns, or radar blips, which were appearing in that position. There were five of them initially. Then six and then seven all following the same track. bv "They were tracking south-east, each exactly six to seven miles apart and moving at exactly the same speed. At about 40 miles from the point they appeared on radar, they disappeared, to be followed almost immediately by a replacement at the point of origin. "The objects were about 3,000ft above ground level when they first appeared and climbed so rapidly that, by the time they disappeared from radar they were in excess of 60,000ft. "To climb to such a height in only 40 miles was beyond the ability of almost any fighter aircraft at that time." In a bid to solve the mystery Turner diverted an RAF Canberra jet, which was returning from West Germany, to intercept the intruders. "When the pilot got within a mile or so of one particular blip, he reported, in a very agitated voice, that his radar had picked up something on his port side that was 'climbing like the clappers'. Neither the pilot nor his navigator made any visual contact with whatever it was." Within days, Turner was summoned into the Squadron Leader's office and questioned by two men, who wore civilian clothes and were not identified, about the incident. "I, along with all the others who were in the room on that day, were told in no uncertain terms not to relate what we had seen until cleared to do so." Turner, who was awarded the MBE in 1984 and retired from the force in 1995, has been assured that there were no training operations, classified or otherwise, going on at the time and there were no weather balloons or probes in the area. "I have no idea what they were, but I certainly wouldn't rule out the possibility that they were UFOs. There is certainly a chance that we have been visited by extra-terrestrials," he said. "It is terribly arrogant and silly to think that we are alone in the universe." He feels the time is right to end his silence and has accepted an invitation to be the keynote speaker at an international UFO conference in Pontefract, Yorkshire, next month. "I have spoken to three ex-Air Force mates, who held senior positions, and they have seen similar things, but did not report them as they felt their personal integrity would be questioned. That is why I kept quiet for so long, but I know what I saw." :
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Oct 1, 2008 20:55:46 GMT 4
VERY IMPORTANT TRANSMISSIONS From Our Star Family Welcome back. No doubt the excitement grows toward possible First Contact on October 14th. What I have up first here doesn't address that in a direct way. However, I do believe that it does contain reasoning for our Star Family's appearance to the masses. Things are quite serious on all fronts of our world...it is your responsibility to remain calm and assured that all is how it should be, and to provide an anchor for the incoming energies...to ground them. Before I continue, please note some of today's posts elsewhere: Of interest to you SEE: More on the bailout from Dennis Kucinich in his straight forward manner of speaking to us...Subject: The Bailout and What's Next Date: 9/30/2008 4:07:16 PM Eastern Daylight Time airdance.proboards50.com/index.cgi?board=news&action=display&thread=180&page=9#3142 At Money Masters and Enslaved Taxpayers:Stocks plunge on Wall Street as bailout fails in CongressBy Bill Van Auken, Socialist Equality Party vice presidential candidate: "...the answer of the Democrats and Republicans is clear: Working people must give up their jobs, living standards and social interests in order to rescue the financial parasites who created the disaster." In this compilation, I also posted: A significant Kryon Quote... this one was recorded at a Laguna Hills, California channeling about 10 months ago. "There is a possibility, a potential, that looms very, very strong, that one of your financial institutions; one with the most money on the entire continent, is going to fail. And it's called INSURANCE. SEE:airdance.proboards50.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=15&page=7#3144 OK, more on this important transmission. The following is from Miriam Delicado, otherwise known as Miriam Blue Star. There is within it an urgent plea to awaken FULLY; as many as possible. We are close to the 11th hour and still some on this planet would lead us to disaster. This is not to create panic, for you all know that we can and are creating our future reality at each and every moment within our minds, thoughts, truths, and feelings. Below is a video of a recent September interview with Miriam Blue Star. It is about 1 hour and 45 minutes long. You can watch it here or go to the source and download it. If your computer cannot support a video, you can download a mp3 audio....PLEASE LISTEN TO THIS!!!! Once you get through her opening personal background information, there is much about the creation of humans and our relationship with our 'caretakers' the Tall Blond Blue Eyed Beings that watch over us. She is highly credible. There are many warnings they have for us...STILL! And please note the statements on what has happened to our food seeds....I have posted info on genetic engineering and the secret changes in our food at our Environmental section....While much of this is alarming, I hope to post useful info on organic gardening in the future and more about wise consumption choices/purchases. There is also urging to educate yourselves on preparing yourselves for the future and how you will live, with emphasis on community. Miriam also speaks of the coming day when we Lightworkers, ALL OF US, will come forward en mass...We will come out of the woodwork, so to speak, from all walks of life....This will be soon; I feel it, and so do you! Ending this post, a MUST READ from From Blue Star the Pleiadian. RISE UP LIGHTWORKERS! Now Is Your Time! Michelle Miriam Blue Star: Project Camelot interviews Miriam DelicadoMiriam Blue StarSedona, Arizona, September 2008 Miriam Delicado was contacted at an early age by benevolent, tall blond extraterrestrials, apparently singled out specifically for a very special role. She was advised by them to keep a low profile for many years, and finally last year, 2007, she was told by them that it was time for her to write her book: Alien Blue Star. With that, Miriam became a minor sensation as thousands of people sensed that her book seemed to have been written for each of them personally. And now Miriam is a woman on a mission: driven, articulate, passionate, and powerful, she tells a riveting story of her very real and physical contact with a highly advanced, Guardian race, and the information she was asked to pass on. Miriam is aware that there are others of her kind. The message is aimed at all people and holds special significance for what George Green labeled the Ground Crew*: that we are nearly in what the Hopi - with whom Miriam has established a special affinity and allegiance - called the End Times; that our planet and our civilization are in great danger; and that (so far, at the time of writing) timelines do not appear to have changed... although it is always within our gift to create whatever future we collectively wish. We feel similarly driven, and it's our great privilege to assist her in her purpose by presenting this video. This may be one of the the most powerful and important interviews we have done. * George's term, not Miriam's. George and Miriam have never met. But it is clear to us that it's the same group of people that each addresses with the same urgency, and with almost the same message. Click here for Miriam Delicado's website:alienbluestar.com/ Source/downloads: projectcamelot.org/miriam_delicado.html Miriam Blue Star has just created a Ground Crew Portal for those of you who wish to receive updates: 9-26-2008 Broadcast The Time has come for The Ground Crew in this collective to join together and make the shift that we came here to create!
I have just received the signal to broadcast this message! We have been on this Mission for quite some time.
For we The Ground Crew shall NOW create a wave that will change everything that is forming here on this planet from this point on!
The Stage has been set! The New Script has been written. We are now guiding this show! We will now create a new flow 180 degrees from its previous direction. This transition shall be swift This flow shall be strong and will become stronger This wave can not be stopped from this point on. Our wave shall build from this point on! This wave is beyond words. This wave is within feeling and knowing. There is no looking back.
We Are Here! Under New Management. The Ground Crew! The Ground Crew Name: Email: Prepare for the next transmission. Go To: www.bluestar9.com/zGroundCrew.html------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ New And Relevant: Uriel's Message -- The World is Shifting September 29, 2008 As Lightworkers you have experienced the forces of the Shift in your lives for many years. Some of you have experienced enormous upheaval on financial and emotional levels, others have had health issues that have kept you hidden from the world for long periods. As you watched your life unravel you felt fear, confusion and wondered when your life would return to normal and when others would have to experience the shift. At these times you also felt very alone and isolated in your struggles as you appeared to be the only ones to whom this was happening. But that has changed and the world is now going through the Shift experience as you did. Lightworkers are accelerating their path and being prepared to help others. Although your struggles were difficult, you have succeeded. The goal of your journey was to clear the first layers of density so that humanity could also shift. That is happening now. The upheaval that is occurring on a global level should not inspire fear in you, as you know what is happening. It is what has happened to you and you have already been through this. You know where the light is and have set the grids to hold the energies of the Shift. You can rejoice in the end of your struggle and be open to receiving your work for the next part of your journey. Every one of you has experienced the Shift in a different way, you have had different kinds of situations that you had to face. And in all of these you have overcome your fears, learned your lessons, donethe healing work and released lifetimes of karma. This was required to begin removing the density from the earth's experience. As the density clears others begin to feel the shift in energies, become aware of the light and open to a new perspective. And this begins to move the dense energies in their life and the Shift and all of its cleansing and healing work begins for them. The world will struggle through the Shift, just as you did. But you know that the Lightis there to support you and because of your connection to the light your task is to hold the energy of the Shift for you know what will ultimately happen, you will ultimately be successful in bringing heaven on earth. Do not confuse chaos and fear with the truth, the Light is the only truth and you have accepted your divinity as the Truth of your life. You are preparing to enter the age of miracles and humanity will follow the path you have worked so hard to set for them. All of heaven rejoices with you, continue holding the light for others to find for this is how you sustain the energy of the work you have done. And be at peace for the most difficult and challenging times are over for you and the peace and rest you have so long wished for are now yours. Jennifer Hoffman816-350-1139 www.urielheals.com/------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ More on Oct. 14: SaLuSa 01-October-2008 Dear Ones a beautiful wave of Light is sweeping over the Earth and will continue to do so as there is a new awakening, hastened by the emergence of joy and happiness at the first public announcement of our arrival. How much it will reveal is up to your response in the meantime. We not only observe but also register the upsurge of a heightened energy full of expectation as to the future. The chaos now being experienced by you is the period of cleansing that shall see opportunities for a totally new approach to your needs. No longer are the old ways acceptable, and it would be a waste of your energy and resources to resurrect the format upon which your financial markets were based. It will be a time of concern for many of you, but remember that in the long run all of your needs will be satisfied. The suddenness of what is happening has been looming for a long time, and the outcome could no longer be held back. It has come as a great shock to the Illuminati who thought they were still in charge. However, your destiny has been taken out of their hands for some time now, and at last you are beginning to see how the changes are manifesting for your betterment. There are still a few steps to go, and we await the opportunity to promote our allies to the positions of power, but this time they shall be trustworthy, honest and true to the Light within. You have spoken and we of the Light have responded in no uncertain ways, and this is only the beginning of a series of changes that will quickly lead to peace at all levels of your existence. It is now required of you that you support those who are so obviously of the Light, and have already spoken and acted in ways that reveal their true selves. We can clearly see the auric colors that emanate from each of you, and it is your signature showing the level of your spiritual development. The clearer and brighter they are, the more Light you have brought to yourself and you stand as one who has awakened. This energy flows out and about and affects those it comes in contact with, and with it you are helping others to uplift themselves. There is a collective consciousness upon Earth, and we can tell you that it has risen quite noticeably with the announcement connected with the 14th October. It has given people the promise of an event of world-shaking proportions, which has suddenly drawn so many of you together. The details are not so important as the signal it gives out, that your time has arrived to take back your freedom with our help. The focal point for the events that are going to change your lives, and way of thinking are coming through the contact known to you as Blossom Goodchild. Others are also tuning into this energy and picking up similar information, and you can expect it to be supported to a great extent. There will however always be those that have reasons to differ, and we respect their right to interpret matters in their own way. In the ultimate there can only be the one Truth, but it sometimes takes time for it to manifest. Be intuitive and true to Self, and your own judge as to what you believe in, and you will find your place with regards to what is coming. It has to harmonies with your reasoning and if it does not, think clearly as to why not, and try to take an unbiased view of it. This is no time to be narrow-minded and restrict your ability to be open to a new way of thinking. The days of muddled thinking are over, and the truth will come out to the point of changing your life. The changes are to enable you to step right onto the path of Ascension, and in so doing leave the lower vibrations behind. They will no longer serve you any purpose unless you wish to remain within them. Open up to the Light as it is there for every soul to draw unto themselves, it favors no one against another. The Light is already present within you, if not subdued after so many lives where it has been veiled by the darkness created by the dark Ones. Now you can break out of their hold upon you, as the Light permeates every dark corner that remains upon Earth. Do not be put off by those who have doubts, as if you have been blessed by the Light it will have opened your heart centre to the truth. The Galactic Federation are here to help with both your physical and spiritual progress, and ensure the Divine Plan for you is fully revealed and enacted. First Contact is not just a part of it, but a marker that will signal the beginning of the end times. It is a magnificent plan that is flawless and perfect, in its desire to uplift as many souls as possible in the time remaining before Ascension. Many of you have worked so hard over a number of life times, to take this opportunity to leave the 3D reality and the cycle of re-birth. In future you will have no legacy left from it, but will have completed your time in it never to return except by choice. You will be fully released from any outstanding karma, and your lessons will have been considered well learnt. The Cosmos will welcome back those who have ascended, and they will eventually rejoin their particular families within the Star Nations to continue their experience in the higher dimensions. You will not be as you physically see yourself now; it is only a temporary body to house your soul as containment in the lower vibrations. However, it is one that is also your temple for the God spark that has ensured your everlasting connection to the Light. These are truths that people need to recognize, so as to be able to face the changes and release from the bonds with their physical body. Each cell contains a consciousness, and they are also to be uplifted into a higher expression befitting of the higher vibrations. I am SaLuSa from Sirius, and taking a more central role in passing on these messages from the Galactic Federation. The different energies have served their purpose in bringing to you a link with us, and upon our arrival we shall be received as your brothers and sisters and not as strangers. We have always made a peaceful approach to you, and you will feel our joy and happiness to meet you. We pose no threat whatsoever, far from it as we come with Love as messengers from God to fulfil the plan for your Solar System, and the greater plan for its ascension with the Universe. Duality is no longer your pathway; you have reached the point of completion. Enjoy the new reality forming around you now; it brings the Light and Love that is you and will remain so. Thank you SaLuSa. Mike Quinsey. www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/new_welcome_home_page_of_et_f.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Long, but a MUST READ! From Blue Star the Pleiadian. You know who the Pleiadians are! Some teaching for you...and warnings...M Blue Star: "Consciousness" 8-25-08 to 10-25-08 Greetings Earthizens,
I am hopeful that you have each and all been becoming more relaxed with yourselves, more comfortable with the Earth Star’s planetary Ascension process and her intense desire to rid herself of all malignant energies. I bring this to your attention now because this planet has been busily acquiring new energies and absorbing massive amounts of highly charged ionic streams while welcoming the arrivals en masse of new old Souls, both of the human species and the various Star Keeper races. This is not an easy time for her in one sense yet it is indeed the best of times. Isn’t evolution wonderful!! Now, because each person living on the Earth Star planet is being subjected to the continuous bombardment of healthy, glowing energy streamers that have begun an incredible “layering effect” which effectively removes the previous superimposed artificial and toxic layers of devious dark energies, you each were bound to not only feel the effects of this massive Cosmic undertaking, but to benefit from them as well. Tis why I had selected this chronological timeline as the right one to discuss my topic of “Consciousness” with all of you ones. Earthizens long, long ago lost their innate ability to understand consciousness. Your races have forgotten to use this ability and how and when to move levels of consciousness into higher forms than the previous levels you had as you yourselves have progressed in other areas as so-called “civilized peoples.” Civilized indeed! As you have moved forward at least technologically, your “Awareness Factor” has suffered great defeat. This defeat was brought upon you ones by you, yourselves. Now, think of consciousness as: awareness, awakened to mind-thoughts, sensitivity to mind-matter and the intangible union between you as the physical aspect of Soul Voice and the union between you each to Divinity. Well of course you have not been taught this in your schools, they are not “in AWARENESS” of this truth. Hmm, tell me again why you attend schools? All life is predicated upon levels, stages and degrees of Awareness. It is a matter of being “in the know” or being “in the no.” You see? Consciousness is not adding 1 + 1 and getting a false “2,” it is adding 1 + 1 and getting the answer of “1” and knowing that it is not mathematically correct but it is a SuperConscious reality far outweighing the mundane mathematical equation. The intangible union I spoke of KNOWS that the natural manner of giving and receiving information is through telepathic processing. The pragmatic and archaic method is to verbalize thoughts but not to LIVE them. Now, think of all forms of awareness as a parachute. Now visualize it as wide-open and in flowing, beautiful wind-driven motion; you are the one in the parachute. With arms extended in upright manner you and the parachute function as one complete OPEN entity. If you are not yet in the chute then it remains rolled up and quiet, unable to accomplish its mission because IT IS NOT IN USE. IT IS CLOSED. The type of “knowing” that is all forms of consciousness encapsulated within a mass of fluid, mobile in this sense, energy cells is a part of each person here. Each cell produced by this mass then gravitates to the personal magnetic alignment produced by your mind and Spirit and enhanced through your bodily responses to the cell-matter. Because consciousness exists on so many levels it can only be received as truth by the mind when it correlates with an individual’s personal belief systems and their honed ability to perceive truth. Awareness cannot exist for long in a mind that is in disuse; a mind that is blanketed with unilluminated “cotton batting,” so to speak. I do not speak of the unilluminated blanket in reference to the Illuminati now, I speak of the mind that has become suffocated by the personality’s either intentional disregard for learning truths or the personality’s unwillingness to alter what they have been conditioned to believe. These are the blockages which Create the individuals’ inability to perceive the deceitful mundane myths. As this happens the peoples stop searching for the Greater Truths and personal individual Greatness. Now, just as Soul exists in various stages and levels of development so does Awareness. Consciousness is a healthy, evolved form of energy which radiates from within the individual Soul; The Soul causes that type of radiance to expand upon itself by permeating the entirety of the physical vehicle and thus lights up the persona of the person as well as all aspects of that person’s “humanness.” Consciousness does not enter into a Being’s presence loudly. Rather, it enters subtly; sometimes bringing with it sensations of tingling, unusual warmth, and a sudden need to express yourself either verbally or non-verbally. Everyone here on the Earth Star planet bandies the term “consciousness” about without really understanding it or even wanting to understand it. The majority of peoples are content to think, “I am conscious of such and such a development; I am conscious that I am doing the right thing.” This type of “knowing” is quite limiting for it remains in the realm of less evolved thinking and “doing.” Yet it has been “mainstream” reality for hundreds of years. For the millions of peoples who only “know” what they “know” they do not realize that their lower state of awareness or knowingness, has effectively become integrated with their intellect to such a degree that over a period of time they cannot separate one from the other. So essentially they have subjugated their consciousness to their intellect. If you feel that this is not a bad thing then you are probably one of those millions who is not evolving because you have short-circuited “the Consciousness Factor.” Now, for the sake of expediency I shall simply refer to consciousness as “the factor.” Your five senses and all of your sentience correlates to individual layers and stages of the factor. Those who have tantrums because they cannot utilize their sentience or because they cannot soar to great heights with their sentience are either not yet ready for more evolved layers of the factor, or possibly too many lackadaisical periods in their lives have not yet been “gutted.” The factor is of course a multidimensional stream of energy. As such it LITERALLY is magnetized to you, by YOU yourself. The factor follows the ionic and anatomic trail of the molecules of energy which comprise the whole of “you” as a unique individual. The anatomic properties of yourself can easily be seen as a mass of colored “pixels;” with each different coloration denoting not only the physical “you,” but the essence of “you” as Soul walking in human form. Now, the ionic properties which govern you are seen as either a mass of similar or same (equal) colorations as the pixel image or as small clusters or isolated “beads” of colors which can show displacements or a void where a mass or cluster should be. During transitional periods that an individual is experiencing it is not uncommon to see areas that resemble fog or mist accumulating throughout the ionic range. In time those misty areas will alter and a coloration will replace the mist. Your own individual free expression can be viewed as a sparking white coloration IF that individual has not given in to the constraints of religious, governmental or societal lifestyles and beliefs. Each level of free expression bears a mark; it is a hue and a “musical note.” Although the mark may match with many other peoples‘ marks, it is still a singular identification marker which correlates to your intangible BUT quite visible indelible fingerprint. This fingerprint declares YOU are YOU and no one else. Your own personal magnetic field commonly known as “the aura,” is a dedication to the layers and stages of the factor which you possess. The aura of course exemplifies the totality of yourself. As such the aura CAN alter its coloration or hues constantly. As the factor is assimilated by you in the various growth stages of yourself it can further your determination to succeed in spite of yourself and your self-imposed blocks to success. Unfortunately millions of Souls here are as afraid of success as they are of failure. Therefore, they choose to not do anything that could cause them to question their beliefs. When this occurs the factor closes down. You are where you are and nowhere else. Now, the great importance of the factor is that it is predicated not only upon the Spiritual conduct of you as individual Soul, but that the individual Soul which clusters in mass groups with the same like-minded expressions of Soul Self, impact tremendously on the planet as well. You see, it is not necessary to be physically around other groups of peoples such as yourself as this occurs. The impaction of which I speak occurs naturally as energy magnifies itself to same energy bundles all over the planet. This is why very young Souls: Souls who have many, many journeys to make through the rebirthing process, cannot receive evolved levels of the factor. So much chatter here on the planet about “reaching out to others; sharing individual consciousness with others; displacing old, worn-out and untruthful beliefs with others,” yet all you need to do is send your level of the factor across the globe without any expectations that any receivers will know it was you. The factor cannot be forced, it cannot be bought or sold YET it is priceless. The factor is a personalized version of all of the Creation in one sense. Although the Creation exists in highly developed, highly refined geotropic forms as degrees of Matter, it is as Matter without body rotating around each life form. The Creation processing filter systems touch each individual, EVERY life form here through the degrees of the factor. It is the degrees of separation between you and the factor which designate your life path here; your whims, dreams, fantasies and ability to BE the Soul you truly are. Now, the factor is in ONE sense relative to an individual’s successes or failures in personal evolvement. Each level and stage of your factor, your personal factor that is, correlates to where you are as an individual in any manifestation of Soul Growth. Whatever level each Soul is on during ANY of the Growth periods reflects back to that One’s Soul Cluster as varying degrees of Illuminative matter or substance. If you or others are relying on and patronizing the conscious level of the factor-that is to say, if you are dealing with life and Spiritual issues only through the 1st. level of the factor which is “awareness of the practical world and everyday issues,” to such extent that you are subjugating the other forms of the factor-then you cannot rise above the mundane and “teleport” yourself to other layers of the factor. You see, those who insist upon first and second dimensional thinking, or perhaps do not know any better and are living in the practical world only, cannot be receivers of other layers and stages of consciousness. Therein lies the degrees of separation. It is ONLY when an individual, or at times a cluster of like-minded Souls, congregate with the intent of lifting their awareness to higher levels of perceptions that a further step in the factor is mandated for the role of “prime time player.” Now, with each level that a person consciously ascribes to come certain challenges which are automatically set into place as an aspect of the higher form of the factor. At times it may be a requirement for understanding others around you with a different perspective than you may have had before. At times it will most definitely require a continuing expansion of the understanding of yourself. Sound easy? I think NOT! The greatest capitulations by individuals and groups of same-minded peoples I have seen is when they are forced in spite of themselves, to say, “ I was wrong.” Ironically those 3 words are felt by the personality as the most damaging to the individual’s ego than any other words. Perhaps the words are considered “ PERSONALIZED foul language.” All successes just as all failures are in a major way relative to the individual factor which you ones each possess…to one degree or another. Your conscious self will direct you to all which needs attention in the practical world. BUT, those who are not willing or able to slowly assimilate all of the other forms of the factor experience the lesser successes in life. For most of them, it is ok with them. God forbid they should be “risk takers!” Now, YES of course there are “risks” here; for many among you ones it means leaping into the void and trusting that someone will be there to catch you if you need help. Then there are the millions of people who are too much in fear to step outside of themselves and “get a life.” The factor begins to heighten a person’s senses, to increase their levels of empathy, to demand in a sense that outmoded beliefs and ways of dealing with others must be changed for the betterment of the individual and all those that person comes in contact with. All that is required to get the proverbial ball rolling is to very seriously ask yourself as your own Soul Voice which you are anyway, to raise your Spirit Self, to elevate you to the next factor level. Needless to say this must never be done in jest. I do not speak of success in any monetary manner; rather I speak of success for you personally as a Child of God climbing the ladder which leads to the Spiral Staircase. I speak of success as I see you ones beaming and glistening in the Light of All Lights which will ensure that your Earthbound walk here will ever be regretted by you. Nor should it! What so many among you ones fail to understand is that as you evolve in the manner of accumulating AND USING high levels of the factor, all which you still do not have here on Earth, all which you still seek to make your lives easier, will be sent to you. Failures in the Earthstar walk are predicated upon unwise decisions, unfortunate choices in friends and of course the ogres of greed and lust. When you are living in the inside core of your factor those things may attempt to happen, BUT it is the level and stage of your consciousness which will alert you to high-risk situations and people. If you ones think and BELIEVE that life is no more than what you make of it, then think again! Life is a grand journey replete with the evidence of the factor at work in everything you do, everything you say and everything you think. Failures enter when you Create dramas in your lives, when you accept others’ dramas as your own and when you lose touch with your high-level factor. Now, when you as Soul Ascend in each moment by living within your factor it needs to be understood by you ones that even though an individual may rise to the next level, the next stage, a person CAN temporarily lose that position by being afflicted with the lower factors of others. It does not necessarily mean that the other persons are bad people; they could be having a bad day, their personal lives may be running amuck and so forth. BUT my point here is that yes, it can impact upon your own factor simply because the energetics are so vastly changed, or they are already different and you did not even know it. You see, the factor rises (ascends) with you as YOU. So it is that as you expand exponentially your body and mind react in a most wondrous manner to the elevated levels and degrees of the factor. Should you encounter the instances which I spoke of above, being around peoples who are stuck in one-dimensional and two-dimensional thinking, and I assure you…you WILL…then the best route to take during those times is to get away from them. I hear you thinking, “how can we get away from them if mass consciousness is stuck in lower vibrations, lower frequencies, and lower forms of consciousness?” Spend more time with your best friend, you, and as little time as possible among the wanton zigzag energetics of others. Do not forget… you yourselves have been there, done that. Should your professions, families, lifestyles etc., throw you into that maelstrom of energy, hold tightly onto yourself and all those others you know or shall meet who are on the same wavelength as are you. You see, one of the benefits of traveling up the steps of the factor is that those around you who are “not there yet,” will really not want to continue to be around you..nor you around them. So it will come to pass that you will either leave their presence or they shall leave yours. It is the way it is. Oil and water you see, they will never mix. In either case there is no failure here; it took you long enough to “get there” and the others will meet up with you at one time or another. Now, it is true you can lose touch with the factor during periods of extreme tiredness, illness, melancholy and so forth. BUT as soon as you bounce back from those extreme situations the advanced factor will be awaiting you. The factor flows slowly in one sense, yet rapidly in another. The integration between yourself and the factor takes shape in an asymmetrical form which seeks to encapsulate your Spirit, heart and mind in an extraordinary Light. It is wondrous for us to behold!! As this energy flows through you all Infinite doors and windows of possibilities and probabilities open for you. Your inner “knowing” begins to expand without any self-imposed or conditioned constraints laid upon it. You find that all that you think you knew will pale in comparison to all that you are now aware of without you necessarily understanding how you know the things you now know. All your forms of sentience correspond with the levels and stages of the factor you are now in alignment with. At times it may seem a tad painful for your clairaudience will be so heightened that noise distortions may bother you. You see, there are valid reasons why not all forms of the factor can be assimilated by any one person all at one time. Your physical vehicle cannot tolerate that much energetic movement coursing through it. Your mind cannot either, you would end up in “la-la land.” Now, the most common experience that an individual on the Earth Star planet has when he or she is suddenly moving up the rungs of the factor ladder is an overwhelming need/desire to share all which is happening through body, mind and Spirit with EVERYBODY ELSE. I do ask you please, restrain yourselves; the human language lacks the adequacy to explain certain things in understandable language to others. Simply be happy for and with yourself; be firm in the belief that in time all others will also have what you do. Now, an anomaly takes place when the person who is suddenly “in bloom” with the factor in the initial stages which MAY confuse the blooming Soul. I will try to keep my explanation as simple as possible, but some things are difficult for the human mind to comprehend. When the advanced flow of the factor begins it proceeds with EACH new level and stage of connecting with the individual in either a subtle flow or a rush of sudden movement. It is then that the person begins to consciously or unconsciously incorporate this massive “new” energy into the totality of themselves. Then the mind reacts in surprise, then pleasure and finally acceptance that something major has altered, that a high level of expectancy of “something” has now been achieved. The intellect is at this stage mostly running in the mode of “observer.” It senses no danger so it does not try to interfere. The heart feels a surge of relief which it then immediately broadcasts to all parts of the physical vehicle. The Spirit of the individual dances; It soars and releases certain types of molecular energies which float effervescently to the Higher Dimensions. Soul feels ItSelf unfettered and KNOWS It is advancing just as It desired to be. HOWEVER, when the initial phase is passed and new levels of energetic motions begin anew the same feeling you had experienced before becomes passé. In other words, you have accepted on a Higher level of Consciousness than you are aware of that this has occurred. The more levels you ascend, the more normal or commonplace it will feel. Some peoples are disappointed, they had been looking forward to that initial “high” feeling. For many individuals it is not a sensation they have ever experienced before. You see, this is actually a good thing; it is not necessary or even recommended that you ones re-experience that first “newborn” feeling. The more “everyday and normal” it seems to you the more you can be assured that you are moving forward and upward at Light Speed, at the right pace at the right time. The idea is for you to move forward and upwards but in an “ordinary” way, do you see? Now, although I will not name all the levels and stages of this Consciousness growth, suffice it to say that all roads there lead to the epitome of the Super Conscious. Contrary to many beliefs the Super Conscious is not merely a “one,” it is a “many.” No, not all may attain all levels of the Super Conscious while they are in mortal form. BUT if each individual cherishes, relishes and desires to continually expand upon whatever their own level is, then miracles are wrought…for the good of all. Now, all forms of the factor can and will remain with a person for the duration of their Earth Star life span. When Soul departs this dimension the factor is firmly entrenched within the Soul Matrix. Tis an aspect of the building blocks called “Soul Growth” needed for future evolved incarnations. There are certain instances as a Soul is transforming ItSelf through the factor processing when “Displacement Issues” occur. All right, yet again I will try to make this as simple and understandable as possible without needing to become too technical. As Soul traverses the factor streams, it (the factor) CAN cause disruptions that MAY be annoying, although to many peoples the disruptions themselves are comical and not clearly understood. Now, I am going to use an analogy here that MAY assist your understanding of what I am about to tell you ones. If you are working on a sand painting and using different colored sand and you are doing this outside for instance, it only requires a small bit of wind to blow over the sand and move the different colorations to other places, even if you did not intend for it to be that way. BUT as the sand is moved from one place to another a new design can take place. The original picture you were designing has been altered. Perhaps you can see that it is a better, clearer picture with a whole different meaning. YET the original foundation of the painting is still the same…but different. It is still your own Creation yet something more, something “unexpected” has been added or changed. You then have a choice to make; do you return it to how you originally Created it or do you allow the Winds of Change to be the guide and the instrument for reshaping the painting? This is essentially how the factor employs its own magnetic currents and directs them through your Sacred Orifices. When your levels and stages of Consciousness alter it can and does disrupt certain things in your life without interfering in your life choices. The factor then is a mass of such highly evolved matter that when it encounters anything that is of a lower or denser stream occupying certain areas of space within you, it temporarily displaces that substance until the incoming level and stage of the factor have achieved their destination. Now, this having been said I will give you a few practical examples of what can happen when the former matter is displaced by the evolving factor. Memory loss is most common; these instances are quick lapses of memory, sometimes referred to here as, “I just blanked out.” Forgetting where you placed things, seeing things that were not there a moment ago and may not be there when you look again in another minute, physical fluctuations of the nervous system which CAN include brief periods of rapid heartbeat, up and down feelings of fatigue etc. The “new” factor which I will now call “A,” is replacing OR converting your previous factor “B” into a higher more refined version of itself. Annoyance usually enters a person’s attitude because they are concerned that they are simply becoming forgetful or aging. Although it is not true it IS the intellect’s method of dealing with something it cannot understand. The intellect cannot understand it until YOU yourself do and accept it as “normal-under the circumstances.” Of course if a person is an airhead then this is not the case, they are just “an airhead.” If you can teach yourself to simply roll with the upsurges of energy and deal with the sometimes but not always, feeling of “coming down,” then you can simplify the process for yourself. I will say that at times peoples resemble bouncing balls as the surges course through them BUT the reward is worth it. Dreams and the Factor Now, the factor is in constant motion; it is fluid, its mobility is not hampered by external forces UNLESS you yourself are giving in to or have already succumbed to another’s lesser form of consciousness. Although there are exceptions to what I am about to tell you, this is what occurs during your sleep and dream times. As I have stated many, many times before, when you sleep and/or dream the conscious mind-the practical, “I see what is in front of me because I know it is there, therefore I believe it is there“-rests and is quiet as is your intellect. It is during these times as well as times of deep meditation that the factor dances like a leaf on the Wings of Spirit. It is here that the factor can raise itself to the next stage and level without any undue interference by YOU. Think of it as a “ Spirit Transfusion.” Although all dreams are symbolic in nature YET quite real in the story they are telling, it is WHILE the dream state is imaging or telepath-ing important information to you ones that the factor itself functions as the motivating force which it truly is and can be seen behind each dream as well as interfaced with the dreams. Their combined goal is to inform, warn, transmute negative information and further instill your determination with the realization that you are more than you believe you are. The factor “kicks in” big time during these defining epochs of your life THROUGHOUT your mortality. As the factor continues on its explosive journey while it is defining you and encircling all aspects of you, it is also infusing you with inspirations, ideas, and HOPE for a better you and a better tomorrow. It is then while you sleep that the same forces who deride all that you ones do Spiritually, make their attempts at restraining you from moving forward. The most common and heinous practice is by attempting to interfere with the information you should be receiving in dreams and images. You see, these insidious creatures do NOT want the factor to replace your previous levels. They FEAR the factor greatly! So it is that a person can be assaulted nightly because they are achieving success. Now, I did tell you ones that there are exceptions to this invasive assault. There are Souls here who are so highly evolved and have such spectacular destines to fulfill in one way or another, that they are not under siege while they sleep. You see, Soul Identity is known to the opposing force as well, not merely to all of us. Because you have all “been around the block” many times, who and what you are is not a secret. Souls who are the most evolved and have proved their dedication to just cause and are loyal in ALL ways to the Creator, to God and to the Universe as a whole, cannot be broken. Their presences in mortal form do indeed cause great consternation to the dark forces. These dark ones’ first impulse is “ok, let’s see if we can kill them instead.” That opposing force knows well that these industrious Souls are not going to capitulate, so why waste time on something that will not happen. They are however attacked in many other ways. It does tend to be the Souls who have cast away their former degrading lifestyles, their former addictions and their former disbeliefs who are being targeted while they sleep. The dark force does not like it at all when those who they have compromised, those who they have held in their grasp, decide to break free and “keep on trucken.” This does NOT sway the factor however; if anything it only increases the magnetic flow to the ones under attack. In time, the attacks cease. However it is a time-honored process of wearing a person down, I WARN you very seriously about this! Now, everyone DOES dream although not everyone remembers their dreams CONSCIOUSLY. That is all right too. Dreams are kept in “cold storage” in these cases and may interact with a person as simply an idea. The Factor and the id. Now, as I prepare to end my transmission for this time period I would like to do so with a brief discussion of the “id.” It has been said that the id is nothing more than a theoretical proposition of something that COULD be, but not necessarily IS. Let me state for the record: that the id not only IS, it has always been. The danger here to the silly and untruthful supposition regarding the reality of the id is that this untruth was designed so that peoples would not believe in its existence. The id is a primal force within the human psyche. Now, I speak not of any psychobabble; I speak of a driving force that is an absolute necessity for the mind, body and Spirit of an individual. The id also houses the factor so I ask you ones, can you yet see the WHY there are those who do NOT want this information to be understood by the peoples of the Earth Star planet? Remember what I said earlier, there are multitudinous layers of the factor which are designed to forge an unbreakable bond with you ones. So it is that the id and the psyche can either be healthy, glowing, evolving luminous beams of an aspect of yourself AS an individual, or it can be reduced to a situation where the factor cannot move forward, it is at a standstill. The human psyche itself IS a force to be reckoned with. Within the psyche there are many “rooms” which hold information relative to previous incarnations. If a person has had enough of previous experiences that were not in their best interests or if the id itself desires to move forward in conjunction with the desires of the Soul, then the id and the factor form a formidable team; one that is quite difficult to crack by the dark energies. The id itself CAN be a great tool to use for your advancement Spiritually. The psyche is not some subterranean area best left alone. It receives its nourishment from mind, body, Spirit and the factor. Without the factor the id would decay in a sense. When the id is damaged and in an unhealthy mode then the factor CANNOT push forward. Whatever level and stage a person is on with the factor AT THAT TIME, is the place they will stay….unless they fall even further down the black hole of the unjust. You see, when invasive assaults upon you ones occur it is not always physical. The physical injuries can heal BUT the most vicious attacks are upon the id-which then CAN be devastating to the factor. The conscious mind can run in circles, dealing with situations in a logical, pragmatic fashion. This does NOT make the information that the conscious mind accepts as truth, actually truth. It simply is a placebo of sorts; one that may calm the intellect and thus reassure the conscious mind. The factor however cannot be compromised that way. The same dark forces that are now learning to “duck and cover,” that is the ones still remaining here on the planet, are aware of the great danger that the id and the factor represent to their own misplaced alliances. I will not speak this day of the damaged psyche or transmit long information about the psyche and the id because I believe that God covered all of that is His wonderful presentation of “the Psyche and Psychosis,” featured in one of the chapters of “And then God Said..then I Said..then He Said.” My mission this day was to attempt to enlighten you about learning as much about yourself as you are able to accept. Now, in your present year of 2008 it is the id and the factor which although once not as severely attacked, which have become the primary focus of the unilluminated forces. When I and other mentors have told you ones again and again that you HAVE all the tools you need to defeat these beings who are counting coup, we all meant what we said. And we still do. You see, the greatest successes these beings have had have been possible because peoples were not aware of the need to fight nor of the abilities they have to not only fight, but to WIN THE WAR. So now tell me Earthizens, what other excuses do you have? Now, because the dark ones still left here are in dire need of victories, even small ones will do, their own scenting of impending danger has awakened them even more to the juxtaposition of the factor and the id. They are focusing a mass attack on all evolved Souls AND all initiates’ factors. Regardless of how clearly you may see, think or feel, do not assume you are invincible…NO ONE HERE IS! The forces of the remnants of what was once a gargantuan dark energetic mass are targeting your factor and id because they are at a loss as to what else they can do that they have not already tried. Disruptions of your id, not the ones I spoke with you about in above paragraphs, can easily be identified by you when it is a disreputable force attempting to subjugate your level and stage of consciousness. Irritability, personality changes, confusion, anger and unjustified hurt feelings occur when your factor is under attack. Lashing out at others is also not uncommon when this occurs. Please do not think of it as a compliment when your id or factor is attacked. Do not challenge those beasties by stating, “my id can beat your id up.” If you do not choose to be in awareness of what is occurring and why, if you do not choose to stand in defense of yourself then you will have to suffer the consequences. When these attacks occur they enter your consciousness like a horde of locusts, devouring all that is healthy and diminishing the Spirit of the host body. It is then that the Soul of the person begins a downward spiral, cast into the long journey which is the dark night of the Soul. If you ones remember that when you “catch-on,” when you are aware that you are being attacked then you can stop the assault. Keep your intellect out of it and remain strong in your Spirit; remain firm in your beliefs and you will be fine. The assaults will stop as soon as you recognize them for what they are. You are each so well-loved, so cherished by us and the God of this Universe. Is that not in itself the most formidable armory you can have? I wish for you and your factor to be in continuous stages of harmony. In this manner you and the factor can dance as you have never danced before, sing as you have never sung before, and BE as you have never BEEN before. Good day, I am signing off for now….. Salude….Blue Star the Pleiadian "There is a valley where that which is Spiritual stands on one side and that which is religious stands on the other side. In the middle walks the Creator and the Creation. In time, all shall be as one...I shall meet you there." ....Blue Star...... From: www.bluestarspeaks.com/bluestar4a.html
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Oct 8, 2008 17:44:53 GMT 4
Our Year of Great Potentiality Where We're At and...... Where Are You At?
Hey, Folks! Welcome to what I've just realized is my 2000th post! Well, that's fitting, for today I have much to share with you as the old falls away [and that it is, as you look across the globe.]
There's much chaos 'out there' and the fear associated with uncertainty. As much as one realizes that all is in divine order, you may have periods where your confidence is shaken or challenged. What I have here is a compilation of various messages addressing any doubts or fears which may creep into your being. Aside from financial woes, many may have doubts about their Ascension status and/or choices which have been made. I hope some of the following eases your mind.
Those of you who are the warrior-healer classes of Starseeds, may be also experiencing difficulties....I can relate to that; has not the physical transmutation required caused havoc within our bodies? I know how literally painful it has been to you. Below is info that will help ease your pains. I'd also like to add that if one has been a warrior for eons, there may be difficulty in dropping the heightened awareness toward danger that was needed in the past. Your days of rest are here, Warriors of the Light. Now is the time where you can turn your attentions toward creating that which you fought so hard for. I have been in a protective mode [for self and others] for so long, that it was brought to my attention that this stance of defense can only work against me now [Thank-you my guides!]
Also included is another message regarding October 14. Now, on with your reading....
May there always be work for your hands to do May your purse always hold a coin or two May the sun always shine on your windowpane May a rainbow be certain to follow each rain May the hand of a friend always be near you And may God will your heart with gladness to cheer you, Michelle PS: I had a double rainbow over my home the other day!!------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Just in from Mike Quinsey. Please note today's post elsewhere concerning behind the scenes info on the Federal Reserve. Here:Re: Money Masters and Enslaved Taxpayers « Reply #98 Today at 1:02pm » Is the Federal Reserve the new Third Reich? Fed is creating 'Monopoly Money' Why is the Fed committing acts of economic warfare against the United States of America?airdance.proboards50.com/index.cgi?board=general&action=display&thread=15&page=7#3152 You might feel that you shouldn't pay attention to such matters, however I disagree. Consider this message, just in, from Neale Donald Walsch. Also, I will be posting alternative realities/options at the Money Masters... thread, those which differ from the PTBs plans!On this day of your life, dear friend, I believe God wants you to know... ......that positive thinking does not mean turning into an ostrich. Burying your head in the sand in the name of "staying positive" is not a good strategy. Wearing blinders rather than looking right at what's going on right now is not the way to create your vision for tomorrow.
Sculptors have to look at the block and begin cutting parts of it away before their vision emerges in the marble.
Look directly at the block if you want to create the art.
Love, Your Friend....---------------------------- Diane 08-October-2008Please resist looking back at what were by contrast with today happier times. Of course you have felt more comfortable and settled at different periods of your life. However, you were always destined to experience more chaos and threats to your well being, as the Illuminati planned to strip you of your freedom. To loosen their powerful hold is no easy challenge but as you see it is now falling apart, at the very time they expected to gain more world domination. What is in store for you now bears little resemblance to life under the old Laws, and its restraints that have eroded your rights little by little until you have very few left. You seek fairness and justice, and conditions that take away the worries that plague decent people trying to make a comfortable life for themselves and their families. You should not be in poverty or lack the fundamental rights of access to assistance in such areas as housing and health. All of this will be placed on a new level through the fair distribution of wealth, and our assistance to enable your needs to be met very quickly. Almost at a stroke our coming will release so much anxiety over your future. You will soon learn of our plan and understand how it will change your lives, and give you what you should have had many years ago. You have been deliberately kept down, and subjected to all manner of events intended to make you reliant upon your Government. They have far from alleviated any condition that was causing you concern, but rather exacerbated the situation for their own ends. Your country is now bankrupt yet at one time it was extremely wealthy, but your wealth has been channeled into the families who have controlled your lives. Through manipulation and covert actions they have kept you in need, and at the same time spent your hard earnt dollars on war and politics to gain world control. Their actions are no longer secret but even so you will be shocked to learn the extent of their power, and the draconian and fearful measures they have used. Some people have been easily fooled, and there remains a difficult period during which we will have to provide much evidence of what has been taking place in your name. That will not tax our ability to do so, and we shall make the truth known on a world-wide basis. Your media will be unable to stifle or hide the truth, and they have been as a guilty as anyone at hiding it. In the future your leaders will be chosen for their honesty and integrity, and their spiritual awareness. They will speak openly and truthfully and shall intuitively know what is needed. Our presence will be as ones who assist in ensuring the new plan eventually works for all people wherever they are, and equality will be our byword as the standards of your lives are raised up. So many problems will be overcome in the first few months of our contact with you. Once your day-to-day worries are removed, you will find more time to understand the needs of your spiritual self and you shall also be helped in these matters. After all, the main reason we come to you is to make preparations for Ascension, and it requires that you lift yourselves up to levels that will enable this process to take place for you. So many of you have moved onto this path through your dedication and understanding of the task, whilst others are unsure and seek guidance. Ascension has nothing to do with religion as such, and people of all denominations can be prepared for it. You need the desire and knowledge of what it means, and how you can release yourselves from a mindset that can hold you back. Ascension is every bit about God and the Divine Plan for your upliftment. It has to said that while every effort will be made to give each of you an opportunity to be part of it, without a fundamental belief in a greater intelligence that guides Humankind it will be difficult to move forward. As we often point out, within the plan for Man there is even so a freewill element that makes it your choice as to where you go from here. One thing is certain, that one has to made before the end of this cycle, as the old paradigm is no longer applicable. If you feel that you are ready live by the application of Love and Light and have accepted the Oneness of all life, you are certainly ready to take the path to Ascension. Intuitively you should know what best suits you for your continuing evolution. There is no disgrace in preferring to continue your experiences in this dimension, as each of you have been given unlimited time to go exactly where your needs take you. You are immortal and have infinite life, and whatever you choose you shall be loved and treasured as are all souls. In the Divine Plan much emphasis has been placed on giving you an opportunity to ease yourselves into the higher vibrations, and increasingly the Earth has been bathed in them for this reason. It is an awakening process open to each and every one of you, so that none shall be denied the chance to ascend. As your consciousness grows so you will gravitate towards the ways of one who has found the Path of Light. If you are not ready for it, you will simply remain with your beliefs that your present reality is sufficient for you. There is no pushing or pressure to bring you into greater awareness, but any steps in that direction will serve you well in the future. In the ultimate you will one day ascend, as that is your divine future, and encoded within you. Be assured Dear Ones that what we are doing is for your upliftment and that of Mother Earth, and it is our choice to serve others throughout the Universe. We serve you by serving the Will of God, and God’s energy permeates All That Is. You are as much a part of God as all other life forms, and in that you have your undeniable link with everything that exists. On Earth you have endured lives that have trailed the depths of darkness, but now you can leave it all behind if you so desire. We could quite correctly say that you have the chance of a lifetime to move on, and encourage you all to seriously consider the wonderful plan placed before you. Trust in the Father of Humanity who loves you beyond words, and has opened the way for your release from the dark energies. I am Diane from Sirius and soon we shall be with you on Earth, an occasion we very much look forward to with great joy and happiness. You need us to help you through the end times of this Cycle of Duality, and that we shall do with great love for you all. Thank you Diane.
Mike Quinsey.------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The Dissolution of the Old World…. Hathors.9.22.08 Orcas Island In this message we wish to give you some specifics regarding the financial and earth changes that are now upon you. We had hinted at the probability of this in previous planetary messages, but now the probabilities have become realities. The main focus of our intent for this communication appears toward the end when we will share what we feel you can do, individually, to ride the storm. The Current Financial CrisisThose who have created/sustained the dominant planetary economic system are now finding themselves with their “backs against the wall.” This is because the system, as it exists, is not self-sustaining. It is a form of imprisonment and is not in attunement with the shifting frequencies of consciousness that are taking place (albeit embryonically) on earth. And so financial institutions are attempting to re-organize themselves. But this is an attempt to perpetuate that which cannot be sustained. They are simply trying to re-arrange cards in the House of Cards. But their attempts will ultimately be futile. This is because the current economic system is based upon greed, lies, control, and manipulation, and these thought forms, these cultural paradigms, are not in alignment with the new consciousness that is arising. What you are witnessing is the dissolution of that which needs to pass away, but that which will take its place has not arisen, and so it is a very frightening passage for those marooned in 3-Dimensional reality. The financial situation is complex and interconnected. The difficulties currently experienced in both the United States and England will affect the entire global economy. These will be difficult times in terms of monetary considerations, but paradoxically these can be extraordinarily uplifting times spiritually. We anticipate further deterioration of the financial markets in the United States, Europe and Asia. The corporate structures responsible for perpetuating the dominant economic paradigms will find themselves on very flimsy ground. This will unquestionably result in the loss of jobs, real income, and an increase of suffering for individuals. Our advice is get to know your community, your immediate surrounding community, because as the system implodes, it will be local relationships that matter. Another element that makes this period particularly volatile is that your perception of time is changing. Culturally perceived time is speeding up and more seems to be happening in less time. This is occurring both for individuals and for the culture as a whole. This rapid movement and changing of events shall become faster and faster. You are entering a relentless pace in which your perception of time will increasingly accelerate. Because your perception of time is speeding up, and the events within those timeframes are increasing in number, many will enter a kind of shock, a state of disbelief. Specifically, it is unimaginable that the economic system can deteriorate so rapidly! What do you do when money is scarce and the things you are used to in your life are hard to acquire? These are critical questions. Collective humanity is at a pivotal point for it is at the cusp of new cultural paradigms — a shifting from fixation on 3-Dimensional reality into a realization of higher dimensions and the possibilities that will be open to all as a result. While such a shift of cultural awareness sounds inviting, the actual process is extremely chaotic, which is what you are now in the midst of. Factors of NoveltyAs chaos increases, over the next several years, you can expect to see radical increases in what could be described as factors of novelty. By novelty, we are referring to a concept borrowed from your physics. We are not using the term as it is used in your mainstream culture, which is essentially the mindless pursuit of that which is new and different to fill in the void created by emotional desperation and emptiness. Novelty, as we are using the term, refers to unintentional and unanticipated changes within a system. These changes can be positive, negative or both. The term, factors of novelty, refers to the phenomenon that incidents of novelty exponentially increase as systems enter into a state of chaos. And the probability for chaos increases when you have many different systems interacting at accelerated rates. Unexpected results and situations, that were never anticipated or intended, can and will arise. As novelty increases worldwide, it will create mental and emotional strain for many individuals — primarily due to the fact that the paradigms that they have used to navigate through life will be (and are) dissolving right before them. As difficult as these times are, and as difficult as they will be in the near future, there is an evolutionary catalyst within all of this. New ways of thinking and new ways of generating resources have to be created if humanity is to survive. The old ways simply cannot continue. This is because they are not self-sustaining; they are intrinsically damaging to life; they are based upon lies and manipulation, and they are out of alignment with the new spiritual energies that are entering the scene. Nevertheless, those who have created and sustained the lies are doing everything in their power to keep the House of Cards intact. Your evolutionary opportunity in all of this is to pass through the storm by living (metaphorically speaking) in the center of the hurricane — the eye of the storm — where it is calm. We will offer some suggestions for this in a moment, but let us turn our attention to the Earth Changes, for they are upon you. In previous communications we said that the melting of the polar icecaps and the glaciers would accelerate faster than scientists anticipated, and indeed, this is the case. This shall continue to accelerate and the models of weather generated by computers will not accurately predict the changes. Like everything else upon your earth, all changes shall accelerate. From our perspective we see an increase in the intensity of hurricanes, and we see them arising in times when they do not traditionally occur. There will be an increase in tornados and aberrant weather. Alterations in the cycle of the seasons (where fall and winter patterns occur in spring and summer and vice versa) will continue to escalate. Plants and animals that have based their life rhythms upon these seasons shall be increasingly confused. Due to these and other climatic changes (as well as earthquake and volcanic activity), we anticipate increasing food and water shortages over the next two decades. Another critical element in this evolutionary stew is the upcoming Presidential elections in the US. For better or worse this Office affects not just the United States, but also the entire world, and while there are differences between the two camps, in some fundamental areas they are the same. Those who pursue the Office (from within the ranks of the two major political parties) may indeed have their personal visions of what America and the world can be, but they are like pawns on a chessboard, and the ones who move the pawns are largely unseen. Unfortunately, their agenda is not the health and wellbeing of the United States, nor of the world. Their agenda is the consolidation of power. And the confinement and imprisonment of the human spirit that results from their blind pursuit of earthly power does not concern them. An unprecedented collision of forces is now upon you. The economic and political situations, conjoined with earth changes are creating a crack in the façade. This façade is nothing less than the cultural, economic, political, and religious illusions and delusions that people have “bought into.” More and more individuals will see through the lies, simply because things will fall apart. The curtains that were hiding the lies will fall. This is not a graceful process. But the old ways of being and doing must come to an end, in order that new ways can take root. It shall be increasingly difficult to perpetuate the old world in the same ways it has been perpetuated. And by this we mean both the old world of your civilization and the old world of your own personal lives. As the wave of spiritual evolution accelerates, those who insist upon living in the old paradigms will find it increasingly difficult. Fear and paranoia will be the tone of the day, from the minutest aspects of personal life to international relations. This “tug of war” between that which wishes to remain locked in place, tugging against those forces that wish to open the world to new possibilities shall indeed become a surrealistic experience. The evolutionary pressures upon individuals and society are extraordinary, and those individuals who are less centered (psychologically imbalanced) may experience an increase in irrational behaviors. Many countries around the world are already seeing a rise in irrational acts and unusual crimes. Escape VelocityWe have spoken about it on numerous occasions, and although it is very simple, it is a powerful ally. Your word for it is appreciation and what we mean by this is the ability to appreciate the smallest things in your life as well as the large things. Appreciation is a fascinating vibrational field with multiple effects. As you watch your economic system go through its metamorphosis, as you watch earth changes increasing and the stresses upon those around you escalating, including the escalation of stress on yourself, remember the doorway of appreciation. All you have to do is step into this field and the disturbances around you will be less able to effect you negatively. The situations you are dealing with might not change, but your emotional response to them will be of a higher order. And you will be more resourceful in how you deal with the challenges you are facing. Were we to describe, in detail, the probable future in terms of negative events, it would be overwhelming. That is not our intent, and so we will not discuss it. What we wish to discuss is escape velocity. How do you escape the negative, imprisoning forces that continue to confine you and the human spirit? The most efficient and simple way is to cultivate appreciation — as ridiculous as that may sound in the face of the immense challenges facing your earth. Appreciation is a key that will unlock the doorway to the new world, even as the old world dissolves and falls apart, as it must. As the spiritually driven evolutionary forces increase, and the rip in the fabric of your civilization becomes clear to more and more individuals, there will be a tendency for those who are fixated on 3Dimensional reality (without access to the higher dimensions of themselves) to enter into a state of mental and emotional shock, a kind of numbness. You can recognize these numb people because they will walk and talk like normal, but they are like zombies, half aware, half alive. Have compassion for these individuals because they are caught between the old world that is passing away and an uncertain future that has yet to be born. Have compassion, yet be wary of them. Do not let them seduce you into their numbness and fear. If you learn to live in appreciation, you will enter a domain, a vibration that will carry you through the chaos of these times. You will find a type of solace and comfort, and the vibrational rate of your energy body will increase. At some point you will reach what we call escape velocity. You will easily step out of the illusions and the lies of the old world. You will see them for what they are, and you will become a joyous co-creator of a new world that is being birthed even as the old world passes away right before your eyes. The Hathors through Tom KenyonSeptember 22, 2008 Orcas Island, WA Thoughts and Observations from the channel, Tom KenyonWhen the Hathors gave me this particular planetary message there was no hint that the Wall Street fiasco was coming. At least I hadn’t heard about it, let’s say that. I am amazed at how quickly things are changing and I have to acknowledge that the Hathors were bang on (once again). When I was in the eighth grade, my algebra teacher would always introduce a new section of the curriculum with a slight grin on her face. She would look down at the book and then up at the class with these words — “it’s going to get worser before it gets better.” I think that’s what the Hathors are saying here as well. We are all in for a heck of a ride. But the strange thing about collective mayhem is that there are always islands of sanity, solace and comfort. I agree with them that we must find this within ourselves, and I agree with them that it is probably a good idea for us to get to know our neighbors. As usual, the Hathors emphasize the importance of appreciation. They say at one point that we need to cultivate appreciation for the small things in life, not just the big. And as they have said previously, we need to learn how to create this feeling in the moment without having a specific reason to be happy. That may seem odd to some, choosing to experience appreciation when nothing has happened to make us feel that way. But essentially what the Hathors are saying is that appreciation is a specific vibration of consciousness and when we are in that vibration we are elevated. And I suspect that such skills as self-elevation (when many around us are in distress) will be an excellent skill to have. Like all skill building, repetition and actually doing it (in this case, entering into appreciation) is the key. If you are new to these Hathor messages, I encourage you to take a look at Ecstasy and the Heart. It is a very interesting and beneficial way of experimenting with the state of appreciation. And although they do not mention it in this message, you would find their messages about the Holon of Balance and the Holon of Healing helpful. Descriptions of how to create Holons also appear in the Archives. As many of you no doubt know, the Chinese word for transformation consists of two ideograms that translate as — danger and opportunity. There is no question that we are entering into dangerous times. But there are opportunities as well. The evolutionary question is: will you, me, and we (the great collective) find the opportunities to create a new future for ourselves? Or will we get quagmired in the old world of perception and belief? If the Hathors are right about this, and I think they are, we would all do well to cultivate more appreciation. Then perhaps, we will self-elevate enough to recognize that we live in an amazing universe brimming with possibilities even as those of us in the old world struggle with how to enter the new. Tom Kenyon Orcas, Washington Note: The focus of the Hathors in the upcoming Stairway of Illumination Intensive in Seattle will be on the infusion of spiritual light into the seven major endocrine glands. The Hathors consider the infusion of light into the endocrine glands a crucial step in the process of personal ascension. This is the only Tom Kenyon/Hathor event this year, and it takes place October 31st through November 2nd. For more information about this workshop, go to the Calendar. www.tomkenyon.com © 2008 Tom Kenyon. All rights reserved.Source: tomkenyon.com/birthing-the-new-world/------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Here's the one for the warrior-healer Starseeds. Also, one of my friends reported visitations from deceased relatives which were a bit unnerving; that is addressed here also...this one is fascinating. E n e r g e t i c S y n t h e s i s October 2008 Rolling Up Our Sleeves By Lisa Renee Dear Family, Over the last months we have been navigated through the remnants of the exploding energetic debris with our own personal bulldozer. The Universal Bulldozer came in to demolish our old inner residence and is blasting away anything that is not necessary to maintain the core foundation of our new spiritual house. In the Universe’s perfect efficiency you can see not one thing is left over or is going to continue to be unused. The Universe is telling you …”use it or lose it” and in that moment there is no more leftovers! We get exactly what is needed in every moment. We now see the core architecture of our new personal abode and its energetic framework as it is being rebuilt from the inside. It is rather curious to actually see with this new lens of perception, almost like you can see inside yourself with “x-ray goggles” these days. Well, “How are you today Ms. Kidney?”, and “Top of the morning to you!”, Mr. Liver. We are communicating quite differently with our own bodies and its internal operating systems. We now experience ourselves at another level. It has become clear to us during this dismantling (bulldozing) phase that the chapters of our previous life are complete. There is no revisiting who you thought you were and used to be. If some “thing” or some person has been in your periphery hovering in the null zone and you are not exchanging energies any longer, it is gone. (or will be soon) Imbalances at all levels on this path are over. Pairing down to simplify ourselves, removing the clutter, rearranging relationships, putting belongings in storage, selling all belongings, moving to new locations or house-sitting have been a common test of our adaptability to surrender. Are we willing to release the past patterns of our perceived ownership or possession? We possess nothing in order to be given everything. Now we are ready to roll up our sleeves for the next phase of our life’s journey. For the many of us beginning to see the “dry land while having been at sea”, this feels like a big sigh of relief! The Verge Recently, it has felt like we are residing inside a fast spiraling vortex while it is consistently gaining momentum and force. It has been interesting to see this reflected in the collective macrocosm with so many recent hurricanes. Many of us can feel we are on the verge of a catalytic breakthrough as this energetic momentum is gaining thrust. We are getting ready to be shot out of the cannon breaking through and into the next reality, our new timeline of experience. The twists and turns have been aplenty with a few major surprises popping in and out suddenly. This is surreal at times as you are not required to move or initiate any action. It’s all coming to you. The inner forces of your own transformation are accomplishing the narrowing down of your being into a singular focus of divine will. It has been required that you relax into this shift fully and to the degree you have let go is relative to your ability to equalize and enjoy your emotional state. Additionally some of us are being asked to set up orbits and moving channels as conduits to process large amounts of emotional debris coming from the unified fields. The mass consciousness fields are quite erratic and large containments of emotional fields are being processed. The Earth, Mineral, Plant and Animal kingdoms are collaborating with humanity on transmuting these powerful forces. More awareness on our collaborations via direct communication with these kingdoms has been expressed, and if you are so compelled, please open a direct dialogue. We have many more variations of dimensional perception now and therefore many more classrooms of experiences. You will observe many levels of these classrooms as reality bubbles, akin to frequency splits between the realities. To remain neutral, balanced and non judgmental towards scenarios and others is key to your inner peace and connection. Keep intentionally cultivating personal discernment and resonance (how does it feel to you?) with neutrality in all your choices and communications. There is no need to get caught up in judgment, blame or needing to be “right”. Choose for yourself and allow others to have the same freedom of making their personal choices. It is not up to you so please get out of the way. We have been pushed to the verge of our outer limits, big time. People, places and things have been flying to you, past you or around you in just about every conceivable direction. And that’s only if you have been guided to leave your house for a moment. Who is the Silent Choreographer? Observing the many movies running simultaneously around you, you are whisked in and out of your own stage in the play. As an actor in the play the choreography is something you do not even have to try to make happen, it just does. Ah! The synchronicity! As you become the star of your own universe you can see the shifting “sets” of the movie usher in and out of your observer without any pulling upon you. The oceanic tides of this dance are becoming easier as there is nothing tying you down in any direction as you are more freely floating within the energetic stream. Much reconfiguration transpired during the times of imposed silence as we sometimes were required to drop out of the mainstream. Many days the words would not come and we wondered why speaking felt so tiring. As we yet unraveled another layer, complete non-action was apparent. We have wondered if we are supposed to act upon or do something to change ourselves. Yet when we check inside we can feel the forced quality of “initializing action” and clearly, nothing can be forced in these new energies. You have been participating (or getting a major push to apply this awareness) in the new energetic physics of the merging dimensional scales. It is requiring that you adapt into changing gears and relinquishing control. There is no control panel anymore. And who is the Choreographer you ask? The perfect proton of the Female God principle has returned to reclaim balance to her creation. And she and her powerful energetic physics of “being” are carving its new space inside of you. You are learning to experience the qualities of her new magnetic attraction as you allow her pure presence and her principle to reside within. She will attract all of your heart’s desires if you let her. (Admittedly, she is not taking no for an answer!) Physical Alignment For some of the warrior-healer classes of Starseeds, the physical transmutation required has been over the top, pushing the physical body to the very limits. We honor your group dear ones, as this is not every being’s contract with the Earth. However as challenging as this may be, by the very nature of your inherent energetic responsibility we are suggesting utmost care be given. As kundalini and stellar forces are making their way within your body make sure you discipline yourself to stay in movement and increase flexibility. Rest is needed but an equal amount of physical movement is required to maintain consistent wellness. The viral patterning present is utilized to burn out distorted DNA/RNA patterns and is activated with kundalini and upon the energetic light code transmissions in order to enzymatically transfer that information to the cells. If the body goes severely out of balance with energetic blockages, extreme fatigue or illness is the result. This is prevalent now and so the following suggestions. • Physical Exercise that makes you sweat - Trampolines, walking, hiking, aerobics, etc. • Ecstatic Dance- Play music with a fast tempo and learn to release your body to the sounds of the harmonics. Close your eyes and feel the sounds, allowing your body to move to the rhythm in its own way. Your body can realign itself when you allow total movement expression to sound. • Mineral and/or Salt Bath Soaking - Utilize any body of water to immerse yourself. Program the elementals by asking the body of water to help you release toxins and rejuvenate your body. Drink a lot of fluids. • Yoga postures and breath work - Learn yoga or make an effort to attend yoga classes. • Deep physical bodywork such as applying acupressure in Shiatsu and Thai massage stretching will help considerably. Energetic pooling from blockages in the primary stargate locations in the body can create incredible fatigue. You may request a friend, your child or partner to apply pressure with the heel of their palm to specific points on the body. (see below for suggested points) Sometimes rubbing areas in circular motion will also release. Use your intuition and experiment. When extreme soreness is felt in an area that means there is a blockage. Focus on that area and ask the Source Creator for a healing. • Many Alternate Therapies ( sound vibrational healing, zero point balancing, etc) as you are guided to support your physical body alignment. The Bloodlines With the changing of the guard at this Ascension planetary cycle, there has been much offered recently about the clearing of the bloodlines. Apparently it is our blood that contains all the memories, the imprints of cause and effect, the evolutionary histories as recorded in our genetic line and therefore our blood. Recently the Guardians have offered some interesting information that I share for your discernment and for your own informed awareness. Indeed as they tell us of fascinating stories of the Atlantian timeline involving a story of hybridization between the Divine Human and the Divine Annu. (The Reptile Races) This was an agreed upon genetic experiment in order to rehabilitate the reptile and other digressed Stellar Races. This historical “memory” is recorded within human blood and has genetically digressed the human body design in this last Age. This genetic hybridization created the “nephilim” race memories which resulted in a more aggressive, enemy patterned, primal and survival instinctual behavior that was adopted by humanity. This reptilian brain hybridization is the basis of the current human’s binary thinking or 3D polarized thinking process. It is this holographic “race” memory and its energetic support structure that is unraveling in a collapse at this time. The new energies on the planet will and cannot support it any longer. As the magnetic resonance and structure of the planet’s global brain is shifting, these binary programmed behavioral patterns and their energetic architecture are beginning to collapse. (see the June article on the Global Brain for more detail) One of the programs that was being fed by an energetic architecture (artificial matrix created on this planet by off planet sources such as the Annu) to keep human’s enslaved is the false ascension matrix and false Christ story. The Guardians have shared that as of the Fall Equinox weekend, (September 21st) another layer of the false memory insert of the crucifixion story of the Christ is being healed. It is being healed by the transmutation of the memory within the physical bodies of those beings (under agreement) who hold the genetic memory and DNA relationship to the “Christ body”. The physical body acts as the alchemical container which brings to the surface the “cellular memory” recorded in the planetary hologram, therefore recorded within the human DNA structure. The planetary magnetic fields and the human physical form DNA link ups and their activation instruction sets are directly interrelated. The False Christ story is an allegory (symbology) which has direct relevance and clues to the crucifixion of humankind. Crucifixion and the “Wounds of Christ” are direct implants and energetic distortions that were made in the human being’s light body in this last de-evolutionary cycle. The more we collectively focus on the man bleeding on the cross, the more we “energized” human enslavement into the “memory program” used to control and suppress. Therefore we, as a species, were entirely responsible for the energetic cause and effect of enslavement and crucifixion of our race without realizing it. The planetary body has also been “crucified”. To comprehend this better is to understand this planetary body was designed for the “Adam Kadmon” form, a form designed to hold the intelligence field of the Cosmic Christ Consciousness (12D Intelligence) This body’s divinity design is the “Christ”, so everyone here no matter what consciousness lineage is embodied and has incarnated into the “Christ” model so to speak. This was designed this way ( for many reasons) to be in direct relationship to guarding and protecting this planet, as the planetary body template is an exact replica of the human Christ body template. The Cross is the symbol that cut off the human from the “Christ” body, therefore the human body from experiencing its wholeness or its divinity. The split in the middle of the vertical part of the cross represents our polarity split between our masculine and feminine. This obstructs ascension (freedom) through the merge within of the sacred inner marriage. The horizontal part of the cross was cutting us off at our midsection (solar plexus) so we could not synthesize the lower chakras of our elemental physical vehicle with the spiritual forces of the higher chakras above the solar plexus. Nail like implants were placed in our pineal, spleen, palms, and feet. These are the symbols of the “Wounds of Christ”. Many of us have cleared most of this, however the rest of the planet’s population is not so privileged. This is why so many humans are not at the capacity to discern or activate higher sensory perceptions, they are literally “locked” into their 3D identity station, unable to actually feel their divine source. This will change as this healing reaches critical mass in the planetary fields and collective human mind field. And that is exciting news. For some of us directly involved as the Starseed “clean up” crew, the genetic rehabilitators for the planet, this informational history is supportive to the understanding of where we are leaving so we may understand where we are going. All of this has had purpose and perfection. This group is the Ascension Vanguard and energetic steward for the human race by soul agreement. This group is required to face the shadow, go toe to toe with the darkness and master the realm of polarity with nonattachment, non-judgment applying perfect love and faith. This is the direct process required of the “Ascension Resurrection”, the ability to transform anti-life forces (anti-christ) into the eternal life. (christ energies) To those Warriors of Light, you are just now learning why your contract of polarity integration was required from you. You are recognized, known and supported with your profound gift and contribution to humanity. Many of your planetary spiritual family had not recognized this contract and you have felt alone. Understand that this level of alchemy has been perfect, necessary and profoundly transformative for human beings and the entire Universe. We are now realizing the revelation inherent in those moments that had confused us in comprehending our true purposes. Your agreements and personal transmutation have given the gift of Ascension and freedom as a choice available to the human race. We have all done this together, and this was our piece of the divine co-mission. For this family, please be aware that current Bloodline detoxification may create symptoms such as: skin rashes eye issues liver flutter spleen flutter digestive problems diarrhea or changes in bowel elimination fatigue and need for sleep Ancestral clearings, relatives showing up suddenly, etc. You may want to use the Core Soul Protection Prayer Audio below: (http://www.energeticdownloads.com/Prayer CSP 4.3.07.mp3) And dedicate its clearing to your Ancestors and clearing your bloodline. And so we are experiencing the most surreal, exciting transformational times of evolution, together. Stay in the luminosity of your heart and soul path! In deep love and gratitude to all of our families, Lisa Specific Points for Bodies Release: Using both right and left heel of the hand, apply pressure with the heel of the hand in pairs on top of the specific points ( when possible) and move up (from feet to head) and then down (head to feet) the body. Start with the backside, having the person lay on their stomach moving from feet to head. Finish on frontside from head to feet. You may also want to do “organ massage” or body walking. As you become adept at technique you can use your feet to apply pressure. Apply deep pressure with hands or fingers from 30-60 seconds in each point or use a kneading motion rolling back and forth from your left and right hand: Backside-12 Pair Points: Palms of Feet Center of Calves Behind the Knee caps (gently) Center of Hamstrings (back of legs) Both Buttocks Lower Back Mid Back High Back On top of houlders Behind both Ears Center of Neck where Skull meets Neck Center of the Mid-Skull Frontside -12 Pair Points Center of Forehead Both Shoulder Indents Center of Thymus/upper chest Palms of both Hands Center of Solar Plexus/stomach Center 1-2 inches beneath navel Indent area of Hips and Thighs Top of mid thigh Gently Cup both Knees with pressure Squeeze Calves Squeeze and Hold Heel of Feet (a) Apply pressure to Both Big Toes (a)The heels of the feet around the ankles are lymphatic points for stimulating lymphatic movement. Massage this area thoroughly. Suggested alternate modality: Kathara Healing Manual, open Kathara Grid Points 1 and 2. ( Azurite Press) © 2008, Lisa Renee Please note in order to distribute this Newsletter in other forums please do so with the following guidelines: Include author's credit, copyright and include the ES website url. energeticsynthesis.com ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ On choices made:The Determinants of Your Life God said: When you have a question about your life, little or big, it doesn't really matter much how you answer it. You have a choice to make here and there, and you make your choice. No matter how great your decision may seem to you, it is only a decision. Whatever choice you make, in one sense, nothing is changed. Oh, yes, of course, the surface may change, yet the surface is only the surface. Underlying the surface, is a strong force that works for your good. In the big picture, in the really big picture, whatever choice you make isn't going to matter that much. I understand it matters to you. It may seem all-important to you, yet in the long run, it doesn't matter what turn in the road you take any more than it matters what restaurant you go to or whether you go to the movies or not. You may say it's life-changing whether you marry or not. You may say it's life-changing whom you marry. Certainly, it means something whether you marry and whom you marry. It matters more who you are, and you are you regardless of your companions along the way. Nothing is earthshaking, beloveds. Even earthquakes are not earthshaking. Do you understand what I'm saying? Whether you go to Paris and learn French or go to Istanbul to learn Turkish, you are learning. Ultimately, the course of study is about you, so you are the subject matter. You are the curriculum. You will learn yourself equally in Paris or Istanbul. You will learn yourself married or single. You will learn yourself no matter whom you marry. Yes, don't take commitment to marriage lightly, and yet, when all is said and done, it's only a part of your story. Whether you sail on the Queen Mary or a yacht, you will reach your destination. I understand you may have had your heart set on the Queen Mary yet a yacht or an airplane or a train or a buggy will get you there. Your destination is assured. In that way, your destiny is affirmed. The route you take is up to you. In terms of the world, beloveds, you are fallible. In My terms, you are infallible. You are always taking a gamble in world life. Even the best choices you make in the world are not a sure thing. Ultimately, your choices are a pig in the poke. In terms of the world, you cannot be sure. In terms of Heaven, you can be sure. That is how I can say that your choices are not so important as you think. Ultimately, your choices are only choices. They are not determinants of your whole life, even when it may seem so. You can be sure that if you swim in the water, you will get wet. You can be sure that if you live life, you are living it. No one said your life in the world has to be perfect. No one said you had to sabotage yourself either. Life is not accidental. There are no accidents in the long view, but, of course, in the short view there are accidents aplenty. And yet it all comes out in the wash. We can say I am the Wash. Heaven is the Wash. When you are swimming in the water of My heart, you are swimming in the water of My heart. Whatever detours you take are only detours. You can never stop swimming in My heart regardless of choices you make. Whether they are seen as right choices or wrong choices, you are swimming in My heart. Beloveds, you are irrevocably Mine. So, I ask you, what can happen really but that? Source: www.heavenletters.org/the-determinants-of-your-life.html ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ A word from the Arcturians on fear:The Other Sideby Mary Angela From here to there. The journey has begun in earnest. But a few steps more and a bridge will be crossed. To be traversed at will, but never to be the same. There becomes here.Greetings benevolent one(s)! We are the Arcturians.We come forth this day, bearing your wings so you may once again fly. We warrant no expression of grandeur, only the ties that bind us together during this most magnificent time on planet earth. Surely we are here to remind you of your power...your ancestral roots of such divine heritage. We come ever closer to you in your dealings as the energy of earth has recently supplied us with a major connecting point, the point of presence that makes this type of direct communication possible. What currently plagues you is merely the planetary release of the final outworking of fear based in domination and control. Fear...these thoughts that you mind, thoughts that you are less than or incapable of creating your reality as you so wish, are only the parts of you that are still tied to... connected to... the collective energies of... fear. Have you not noticed that on some days you are quite certain of your outcome...certain that you have made the proper decisions to live out your souls intentions and in full support of your higher plans? And have you not noticed that on other days you feel unsure, incapable to see clearly how you will supported to live out your dreams...the dreams by which you ascertain from a consciousness much greater than your own? We say that this is due to the collective cleansing of unfit energies for a unified world, as they pervade your atmospheric density. These energies are not for your choosing, for surely you are always supported in your endeavors. But as well, those endeavors of grace, those endeavors by which you are connected to so faithfully are those by which you must now also set free. Why, you ask? We say this in an attempt for you to release yourself from the bondage of having to uphold your creations. We say you have done your part, and in this you are free. You are free now to release even your most divine creations to the greater good, and should you release that which you are most afraid of losing, only then will have the ability take your creations to even greater heights. There is no fear. We say...release your fears of holding and surely you will have it all. Release your fears of responsibility and burden for surely your role is only one. Those who join you on your journey into oneness join you with soul willingness, for how could it be any other way? Do you remember when your decisions to follow the path of your soul were not nearly an option, for they called out to you in such a way that you could not deny? ....against all adversity, against all logic? Now you are poised, at the final hour, to again remain true to that voice within that is clamoring to be heard. The choice that is being drowned out by the collective storms of chaos that surround you at this time. Warrior soul(s), you have not let down those who believe in you, you have not relinquished your power as a cocreator, you are merely releasing the final vestiges of doubt that plague the full embodiment of your potential in mastery. The new masters of earth are now stepping fully into their roles as true wayshowers by example. The example of great, untold internal strength. Internal strength is built upon the foundation of stillness, a stillness which permeates all knowing with the truth that you are free. That you must not waver from your center & remain true to your calling. When you do, when you arrive at this knowing...truly you are free. When you cease to doubt your internal knowing based on external circumstance, you are free. When your internal voice drowns out all others, you are free. When you release the final doubt of your purpose, your are living it. Yes, there are great storms whirling about this way and that. Storms that beckon you to notice, to pay attention to the energy of powerlessness that begs to be fed. Yet, we say that this reality matters not, this reality can be no further from the truth, your truth. As your light quotient increases within, so too does the darkness increase without. This, dear soul(s), is the purging of all false realities. Your role in mastery is to effectuate change with your mind. Your power is determined by your ability to never waver from your still point. The masters of earth are coming together now. The power in these groups will be the tie that binds each you to your true gifts, your calling as wayshowers of a new land. As we portend of these great changes to come, we remind you that to implement the changes that you wish to see for all others and the earth, you must first become the change within yourself. You must first realize that your external reality is very quickly mirroring the internal workings of your powerful mind. In knowing this, we remind you that the changes you seek rely not upon global, nor economic affairs, but on your ability to wholly detach from them. As you create a new way you organically release all connection to the old. Attaching to any thought forms that tell you otherwise are to be nullified, for any thought that would lead you to believe that you have not the power to create your reality is a thoughtform based in illusion and fear. Cleanse, purify and release all false realities now... this is the key to thine kingdom of grace. You are tested along the way, yes, for you set these up for yourself to ensure that you stayed firmly planted on your narrow path to truth. Knowing this, look only ahead, for what is behind no longer serves and what calls to the left and to the right only serves to distract you from your power. And there will be those around you who fear the outcome of your thinking, yes. But we say, be grateful for these mirrors that illuminate any lingering doubt within you... for they present you with the ability to choose. The temptations to believe in less than your potential will be earmarked on your journey, yes. But these temptations are only reminders that you have the ability to choose again... to choose from a place of truth, of power. So the question must always be...which reality do you choose as your own? For surely all choices are valid, but only one is the of the highest. All is perfectly aligned. All is well. Take these words with you everywhere you go, bathe each thought that arises in this truth. This is your only role now, to remain centered in the neutrality of your truth. Be at peace with what surrounds you, be at peace with what falls. We assure you that what is aligned with truth can never falter. That which is divinely ordered will never leave you. The divine grace bestowed upon those who walk forward into the new will shine the light on a new path for all to follow. We urge you onward and remind you of this power you hold. We remind you as well that choice is the secret to mastery, for it has always been so. Yet, the secret lies not in making the choice, but in believing it to be true. We leave you with one final thought before our farewell... Be true to your internal knowing insomuch that you would be willing to lose everything to attain it. In this, you are poised to have it all. We are your comrades in service, your friends from home and your future aspects of self. We remind you today that you are the creator(s) of your reality, in every moment.... and to a much greater degree do your thoughts influence this. Each moment that you buy into a false reality, that you are less than, you quickly attract a scenario, a thought, a synchronicity to confirm that reality. Your internal wealth will be the foundation of your security in the new world, and your abundance will come from a place of knowing, with certainty, that you are limited only by the thoughts you willingly entertain. The world around you will continue to fall as it should, but your continued sustainability is assured each time you center yourself in this truth. Stay consistently within the luminosity of your truth, and you will partake in the miracles you came to create. Success is always yours... Farewell divine architect(s) of the new earth. Keep well." With Love, LaurenThinkWithYourHeart.net Copyright © 2008 - Permission is granted to copy and redistribute this article on the condition that the content remains complete and in tact, full credit is given to the author(s), and that it is distributed freely. © 2008 Expect Miracles, Inc.--------------------------- Ending Note From Michelle: I had planned to add more here but will stop for now; I'm running out of room. This post will end this page and I do not wish to split this compilation over 2 pages. Please return in a couple of days and I will add more...... Thanks!
|
|